| 
                             
   
   
      
                	 	 	 	    CHAPTER 1 – THE BAR          The Estrella de la Manana Cantina, commonly referred to by the locals as the Star Bar,
         or just The Bar as a matter of simplicity, offers everything you'd  expect from a bar and grill with a package liquor license. It's built of plaster coated adobe and there are large areas where the plaster fell off long ago.  The roof is flat and leaks a bit. There is a pool table that requires two quarters and a modern jukebox that requires paper currency, no coins. The  restrooms designated HOMBRES and MUJERES are outside in the back and aren't much more than outhouses
         attached to the main building. The  bar itself is made of mesquite wood, is shaped like the letter U and has fourteen
         mesquite stools around it. There are five tables along the walls that  seat four people each. At the open end of the U shaped bar is a table for the
         cash register, popcorn popper, shelving on the wall for liquor stock and  a doorway leading to the kitchen and storage room. A flat-screen TV with cable access is hung over the door leading into the kitchen which is  always on without the sound being on. The TV sound interferes with the jukebox, but anyone can read the closed captions on the TV if they please.           A painting on one one wall depicts a large yellow five point star rising from behind a desert mountain range complete
         with saguaro and cholla cactus,  a jack rabbit, gila monster, a road
         runner and  the obligatory diamond back rattlesnake. The artist was certainly not a trained professional, but the spirit  of Arizona
         is all there.
         On the apposing wall is a mural depicting a cowboy on a bucking horse made entirely of beer bottle caps and is indeed a true
          likeness when viewed from a distance. The floor is made of
         very aged wood with some deep gashes in places where a
         shod horse, that a drunk rode  into The Bar on a 4th of July, slipped while in a panic to get out. The ceiling is unpainted dry wall with water stains and several bullet holes.
          Beside each bullet hole is a note written in pencil
         declaring when the shot was fired, by whom and what the circumstances were. There  were no serious injuries that anyone
         can recall.       
         Liz Dilling has
         been the owner and evening shift bartender for longer than anyone can remember and most of the regulars are in their 60s...
         more or less.  Fact is, most of the
         inhabitants of Panteras, Arizona, population 212 according to the 2010 census, are in
         their 60s... more or less. The community has  two gals for every guy which is a situation
         common to small towns in remote areas, or
         not I suppose.  Nobody in town lives very far below the poverty line and very few, if anyone, lives very far
         above the line either.        Liz is perhaps 75 years old and does anything she can do to appear younger, which is any woman's right. Her hair is piled high, dyed red and features  ever present
         gray roots. She wears far too much makeup. She evidently didn't
         like her natural eyebrows because she plucked them bare and now draws  eyebrows in a pronounced arch upon herself. Her thin lips are always bright
         red that somewhat match her finger nails and over rouged cheeks.
         At five  feet-five inches and
         maybe ninety five pounds she resembles an
         aged Minnie Mouse in her over-sized shoes
         and cocktail dresses. She is always over  perfumed which isn't so bad during the winter, but is often nauseating in the summer. She always
         wears a pair of reading glasses  around her neck like  a necklace. She has to look sideways through them
         because the center of the lenses are very scratched from careless use.  In summation, Liz Dilling more closely resembles and smells like an ancient madam of a brothel rather than a saloon keeper.       
         Aside from her
         semi-comical appearance, Liz is perhaps the most respected, liked and admired person in Panteras and is considered the unofficial Mayor.  Nobody has contributed more money or personal time to local causes, nor has she ever
         refused a personal loan or favor when it was asked for.  Her love of children and animals is the stuff of local legends. She spares no expense decorating not only her bar,
         but also most of the community  for
         all holidays and occasions both American and Mexican. Mexican-Americans, both legal citizens
         and illegal citizens, make up only 15% of  the town's population which is unusual for
         a border town. There is only one African-American woman who moved from New Orleans after  Hurricane Katrina and there is an Apache-Irish mixed family of six living on the outskirts of town. Everyone
         else is of varying shades of white.     Some say Liz must have some horrid bones in her closet and her generosity
         is pure atonement for past sins. Others say that she probably just  needs to be loved and needed since her husband died and her only
         son simply disappeared a decade ago.  Her husband drank himself to death, which is anyone's right, and her son was far from
         what you could call law abiding.         Lasha Darkmoon, which may or may not be her given name, is the elderly hippie chick who prepares food for anybody who
         orders from the  not so extensive menu between noon and six in the evening.
         Tacos, burritos, burgers and chicken wings are the preferred staples all washed down  with mostly Papst Blue Ribbon, Bud Light or Corona beer. Designer beers haven't caught on in Panteras and probably
         won't. Fancy beer and  fancy food can be had by driving 20 miles or so in Bisbee
         or Sierra Vista. Local folks like to keep it plain and simple and the number of churches  in the area are a testament to their mostly clean living. Lasha habitually wears tie-dyed T-shirts and skirts and always
         wears her waist length grey  hair in a pony tail. She is proud to tell anyone who
         might be interested that she followed the Grateful Dead around the country for years selling  tie-dyed clothing and accessories. She only wound up in Panteras because her VW bus broke down  while she was looking to score a few kilos of weed from any one of the locals who are in that business...
         or were.  
              Bartender Grace Halsell's day
         shift begins at ten in the morning and ends when Liz takes over at 4pm. Liz stays open until the last regular leaves,  or last dollar is spent, which is usually not much later than 9pm on weekdays and no later than midnight
         on Fridays and Saturdays. Grace is a  middle aged no nonsense gal with
         a tough biker chick image and demeanor. She is pretty and has a figure that men naturally lust after. She took  full advantage of that fact as a stripper in Oakland, California for several years in her younger
         days. Harley-Davidson T-shirts purchased from many  different dealerships tucked
         into tight jeans are her usual attire. Many local men have asked her who H.A. is when the PROPERTY OF H.A.  tattoo on her right butt cheek is noticed during romantic interludes. Most of the men became somewhat
         nervous after she informed them that H.A.  stands for Hells Angels, until
         she assured them that she is no longer anyone's property since moving away from the San Francisco Bay area many moons ago.
              Ursula Haverbeck is the fill-in bartender and cook when the others have
         days off. 'Ursie', to her friends, was born and raised on a working cattle  ranch
         near Wilcox, Arizona, is tough as nails and ranch wise because of it. She is admired for her friendliness and down to earth
         sense of humor.  She is also feared as being someone who you would have
         to kill to keep her from killing you if she was to unleash herself upon you for crossing  any of the lines that she has established regarding disrespect in the form of personal insults to herself or her friends.
         She sometimes reminds misbehaving  patrons that she has castrated many a bull during her
         younger days on the ranch and can prove it here and now. Ursie isn't very far from being  pretty but her strong appetite for beer, booze and burritos makes her resemble a five pound sausage in a three pound
         skin when attired in her regular western wear.          Meshell Partridge is the part-time cleaning woman and trash hauler. Meshell is the only African American in town. She
         lost everything she owned,  which wasn't much besides her rented furnished apartment,
         clothes, photos, keepsakes and a thirty year old Ford Pinto when Hurricane Katrina flooded  New Orleans in 2005. After being 'paroled', as she refers to it, from a FEMA camp following Katrina she traveled by
         bus as far as Benson, Arizona  where her adult son picked her up and brought her to
         nearby Sierra Vista where he is stationed at neighboring Ft. Huachuca as an Army  communications specialist. Meshell and her son's wife butted heads  for two days until the wife announced that either
         Meshell had to leave or else  she was leaving. Meshell was the only person to respond
         to an ad Liz had placed in the Sierra Vista Herald for a part-time custodian. The interview  didn't take long. Liz asked her if she had a drivers license, if could she drive a standard transmission pickup truck
         and was she  allergic to bleach or ammonia. Annie answered yes, yes and no and
         she was hired and things worked out in her favor from there.          All of the female crew at The Bar are very good at what they do and very seldom do they fall behind
         in their main duty of keeping the customers  happy by keeping the cold
         beers, and inevitable shots of Jack Daniels, coming without much of a waiting period.  A large sign near the cash register reads, NO YAPPING ABOUT RELIGION OR POLITICS and is strictly enforced... sometimes.       
         Now, before you imagine that an all-woman crew
         at The Bar could be ultimately vulnerable to rowdy drunks with large beer-muscles or quasi-criminals  with bad intentions, keep this in mind: Even a drunken fool won't fight a woman because you'll lose  either way. If you punch out a woman you lose and if a woman punches you out you really lose. 
                
         No local, even when they aren't in their right
         mind, will risk being indefinitely 86ed from the only bar in town, nor will they run the risk of being  dog-piled upon by the local regulars who feel duty-bound to help maintain civility on their watch.  And if a situation should get totally out of hand then an unmentioned factor comes into play.    
           Arizona is a conceal and carry state. It's legal for anyone 21 years of age
         and older to carry a concealed hand gun even into a bar as long as the bar  does
         not post a no weapons advisory and as long as you don't order an alcoholic beverage. Liz and her crew usually know who is
         carrying and  who isn't and they tolerate the carrying while drinking infraction
         as a matter of a last resort security measure. The Baretta Pico 380 caliber is the most  popular gun of choice lately because of it's small size and flat design. There is no NO WEAPONS ALLOWED sign at the
         Star Bar.  And then there is Ursie, if she is on duty, who only needs to brandish
         a kitchen knife and pantomime a castration to gain control of any situation.            Panteras is about four miles North of the Mexican border along the San
         Pedro river that begins ten miles south of the border and flows North.  The
         San Pedro isn't really what you could call a river, it's usually more like a creek that sometimes resembles a modest river
         during the summer  monsoon season. Naco, Arizona is the nearest port of
         entry about nine miles to the East. The Coronado National Forest begins just a few miles to  the West. You can imagine what sorts of illegal activities are common place in the area. Drug smuggling, human smuggling,
         and illegal immigration  are rampant. The U.S. Border Patrol vehicles are so
         common place that you'd think you were in a country  under military occupation
         and the numerous BP checkpoints enhance the appearance of being occupied.     Now that the U.S. marijuana laws are all but extinct, pot is no longer coming North from Mexico. The bad news is that
         hard drugs such as heroin and fentanyl are now coming North with a vengeance, thus
         proving that for every door that closes, another door opens... for better or worse. Speaking of opening doors...        
                  On a cool and beautifully bright spring morning Grace began another day at The Bar by unlocking the
         front door after entering by way of the side door.  As usual there awaited the regulars of regular customers
         who always arrived like clock work at 10am after drinking at home all morning.           First
         through the door, as usual, was Hank Ford. Hank is a retired auto mechanic who spent thirty five years working at a Minneapolis
         Chevrolet  dealership then moved from Minneapolis to Panteras to enjoy the warmth, small town
         pace and affordable property. And yes he still gets ribbed about  being a guy named Ford who
         worked for Chevy. Tucson was his and his wife's first choice as a retirement place, but Tucson had grown too big too  fast since their original visit and now reminded them of Minneapolis, only much hotter in the summer. Hank is still
         proud of his Navy service  during the Viet Nam conflict and always wears a baseball cap with
         his ship's name emblazoned on the front: U.S.S. AMERICA CV-66.             Since retiring
         Hank found that being around his wife day after day in their double-wide on an acre of land was rather irritating. Not that
         his wife is  usually anything but pleasant, it's just that she correctly thinks that it
         is her home and he only boards there. He tried the usual getaways such as golf,  fishing and
         tinkering in his shed, but soon realized that the only good thing about golf, fishing and tinkering in a shed was  the drinking of beer. So he cut out all activities except the beer drinking and became the most regular of regulars
         at The Bar.          Being a good natured big man at 6' 2'' and 240 pounds
         with long gray hair and a bushy gray beard, Hank is drafted every Christmas season by Liz to  be Santa
         Claus at The Bar and at various festivities around the area. After consuming a few Bud Lites Hank finds that being Santa is
         a hoot.  Hank and his wife never produced children of their own, so being Santa is a way to
         enjoy other people's children... for a little while.           Next through the door is usually
         Theo Adorno or Ernie Zundel.  
         Born and raised in Phoenix, Theo retired from the
         Phoenix public school system as a history teacher and coach of the Cortez High School  cross-country
         team. He received his liberal arts degree from Arizona State University as a history major with a minor in government.  His dream since childhood, a dream inspired by watching Roy Rogers and all the other 50s cowboy stars on TV, was to
         become a real cowboy someday.                                                                                            
                                                  
         Theo's dream came partially true when he moved
         to Panteras, after cancer killed his wife of forty years, and purchased a modest frame and stucco  house
         on ten acres with a small barn and corral for horses. He bought two horses, a gelding and a mare, and was determined to build
         up a small  herd, but that never worked out for him. He bought a serviceable saddle and tack from
         a feed store in Sierra Vista, but was too embarrassed to ask  the salesman how to saddle a horse
         and ended up asking a neighbor with horses to show him how. The neighbor was nice enough to  show
         him how to saddle and bridal a horse, amongst other horse tending tips, but forever after referred to Theo as 'the Citidiot'
         behind his back.    
              
            It became a pleasurable habit for Theo to ride
         his gelding the two miles into town almost  every day to check his post office box and/or pick up
         something from the general store.         
             On a hot summer morning around 11am Theo decided
         to stop at The Estrella de la Manana Cantina for the first time for a cold beer. He had previously  avoided
         The Bar because of it's reputation as being a hangout for bikers and rednecks where sometimes people with guns shot holes
         in the ceiling.  To his relief the bartender gal was friendly, as were the patrons, the swamp
         cooler provided a cool humidity and the beer was as cold as could  be without being frozen.    
          He liked The Bar. He had a few more cold ones and then bought a round for the half dozen other patrons
         who then began treating him like their new  best friend. But after a couple of hours he remembered
          that he had tied his horse to a scrawny mesquite tree and it was getting very hot. He shook  hands
         all around, tipped the bartender,mounted up and headed home determined to return sometimewithout his horse. And that's how
         Theo Adorno  became a regular at The Bar.                Ernie
         Zundel had immigrated alone to Canada from Germany in the 70s as a thirty five year old man looking to escape what he considered
         'the occupation'.  He earned and saved a small fortune working as a roughneck in the Edmonton
         oil fields. After enduring two decades of hard outdoor work in usually  freezing weather he determined
         that it was time to thaw out in a warmer climate for a while. Being a fan of Hollywood western movies he set out alone  in his BMW to go see Monument Valley, the Grand Canyon, some Indian reservations, Old Tucson Movie Studios and such
         marvels. He did just that and more.         
            On an adventure, with Tombstone as his destination,
         he happened to wander through Panteras and stopped at The Bar for lunch and a beer. While seated  at the
         bar enjoying his tacos and Corona he couldn't help but overhear a discussion between two patrons about a property one of them
         had up for sale.  Forty fenced acres along the river with a well, septic system and electricity
         to the property all for a price Ernie couldn't believe, $80,000. If this was  true, all
         he would have to do is purchase and pull a single or double wide onto the property and he'd be good to go in what he  considered to be paradise. Ernie gestured towards the two fellows to get their attention to express his interest in
         the property.             They both drove him out to see the forty acres and a
         deal was struck that day with a handshake and a promise from Ernie to produce a cashier's check  for $75,000
         the next day. He arranged his purchased double wide to his liking near the river and from then on he has considered the staff
         and  regulars at The Bar his family.               Usually
         following behind Theo and Ernie is Eric Blair. Eric is a short thin man with a wild shock of thick brown hair and a mustache
         to match who  dresses in yard sale clothes and exclusively uses a bicycle for transportation.
         He is otherwise known as the Blair witch because of his manner of  scowling while staring off
         into space until he is slapped on the back to bring him back from wherever it was he went. The few people who know  anything about him report that Eric fancies himself to be a serious writer of profound novels, but he hasyet to produce
         even one page of  anything for anyone to read. Eric has a head chock full of trivia and semi-useless
         information that he has accumulated  by reading boxes of paperback books of all kinds that
         he purchases at yard sales... along with his clothes and necessities.             They further
         say that if only he could somehow organize his knowledge he just might actually write an interesting book someday. As it is,
         he can usually  be found sitting at one of the tables nursing the same draft beer for hours
         while scowling at whatever it is he is fixated upon... out there. Nobody  knows much more about him
         beyond what they see of him in the bar or what they see of him bicycling around town going to wherever. He seems  to frequently move from one hovel to another. Panteras is a live and let live kind of town where Eric Blair is as welcome
         as anyone else as long as  he doesn't do anything that's considered too strange. Nobody knows
         what he lives on. Rumor has it that he was a union electrician in L.A. for  twenty years or so and draws
         a modest pension. Rumor has it.  
              
           And then there is Bob Edmundson who is the youngest
         of the 10am regular regulars at forty-four years old. Bob suffered a bad fall from a two  story
         roof top a few years ago while working as a roofer and now shuffles along more than walks due to multiple injuries to his
         legs, hips and back.  He was awarded a substantial insurance settlement and receives full
         Social Security disability benefits. He takes prescribed medications for chronic  pain and washes
         that down with copious amounts of Papst Blue Ribbon beer. He prefers PBR, as he calls it, because it's red white and blue
         and not  much matters to him beyond that. His ex-wife took his teenage twin daughters and all
         of the furniture back to Oceanside,  California a year ago to be close to her parents. Nobody
         really needs to walk too far in her shoes to know why.             Bob now lives alone in
         a nice four bedroom, two and a half bath house in nearby Hereford, Arizona that is not what you could call furnished.  Besides the huge-screen TV on the living room wall and the hide-a-bed where he sleeps and watches the TV, there really
         isn't much else besides  his Harley-Davidson motor cycle that he can no longer ride. The
         Harley drips oil, of course, on the living room carpet but Bob doesn't mind.  The Harley
         reminds him of better days. His clothes are mostly still in the suitcases that he packed when he vacated the house that his
         daughters  were raised in. He says that he had to move out of the house because he could still
         'see' and 'hear' them there. He misses them dearly and often  wonders what it was that he
         said, or did, to make them shun him so. Do not feel sorry for Bob because he hates being felt sorry for and  will be the first to tell you in a convincing tone of voice.          Those who
         do not know Bob Edmundson, beyond seeing him seated at the bar in The Bar, imagine that all is well in his world because of
         his  ready smile and friendly interest in anyone and anything. He is always happy to share
         his pitchers of PBR with anyone holding an empty  glass and can match anyone joke for joke.      
             Now that some introductions have been made let's drop in and eavesdrop on the conversations  and observe the activities that go on during a typical day at The Bar... and meet some more locals. 
              
             “Mornin' Gennelmin,” Grace Halsell greeted the
         early birds as she opened the door. “How y'all doing?”  They responded with various
         grunts and cliches as they filed in such as “About to get better”,  “Another
         day in heaven!” and “Still above ground.”             The men
         took their preferred stools around the bar except for Eric Blair who took his preferred seat at the table nearest the bar
         with his back to the wall.  For Grace to have asked anyone what they wanted would have been
         beyond redundant. She began serving the preferred beers in bottles and pouring  the draft
         PBR for Bob and Eric. She had to come from behind the bar to serve Eric who accepted his beer with a nod and a barely audible
         grunt.  She turned on the TV and began the process of popping fresh popcorn. She was always
         very aware that men would always stare at her butt without  actually looking at it whenever
         she had her back to them. Even after seeing the same butt for years, they all would still stare at it.  It's just how men are.    ESPN was the usual morning show they watched for sports updates and highlights. No news programs were ever tolerated
         as they  were considered the same shit–different day and who the hell would want to listen
         to anything a politician had to say anyway.           It would be about a half an
         hour before the next two customers came in. Charlie Coughlin and Art McCollum arrived together albeit separately. 
                    Charlie was an ex-pastor of his own church and a former teacher at the small bible college in neighboring
         Miracle Valley. Personal events, advancing  age and convincing arguments caused him to set religion
         aside for the duration without rancor. He had become weary of the fight between good and  evil
         because evil was always kicking the hell out of good... so to speak. It was time to let younger folks man the ramparts while
         he retired to smell  the roses and enjoy a bloody mary in the morning which is what grace
         prepared for him without being asked. His Social Security checks and a  small pension afforded him
         the lifestyle he now enjoyed. It was his routine to nurse two bloody marys until noon when he'd be the first to be served
          an order of shredded beef tacos for lunch by Lasha whose routine it was to make tacos first thing
         for Charlie. No conversation was necessary because  all routine transactions were performed on mental auto-pilot.      
             Art McCollum is one of the local jacks of all trades yet master of none. With all of the men-less
         women in the area there is always some odd job  or another to be done. His wife had grown tired of women
         always asking Art for one favor or another and his never refusing them. So she put her  foot
         down and began telling the women to “either get your own damn husband or start paying mine to do your man jobs.”
         In essence, Art was  able to quit his construction job and work his own hours as a Rent-A-Husband
         with his wife as his agent. His own hours included some time in the  mornings to stop in The Bar
         for a shot of Maker's Mark and a couple of beer chasers before tackling the days tasks. The alcohol in the morning  made dealing with women with strong opinions about how to do things more tolerable. Often a second dose of alcohol
         in the early afternoon  would be required to be able to continue the days scheduled workload.
                   
               CHAPTER 2 – THE ASSUALT ON OUR LIBERTY      
             Around 11:30am a middle-aged couple entered the bar and seated themselves at a table along the opposite
         wall  from where Eric was sitting. Grace called over to them from behind the bar. “Mornin'
         folks what can I getcha?”        The man responded. “I'll
         have a Bud and my wife will have iced-tea... and a couple on menus please.”        Grace nodded. “Drinks coming right up and I got menus for ya but  the kitchen don't open for another half hour.”
            
            “No problem, we can easily kill a half hour just
         enjoying the coolness in here.”          The couple were strangers and
         they were dressed too nice to be locals. They more closely resembled a couple that may  have
         just finished a round of golf at an upscale Country Club. As Grace served the drinks she asked. “Where y'all from?”
                     The man responded. “We're from Tucson enjoying a little day
         trip. We were going to see Karchner Caverns but didn't know that you need reservations,  so we
         decided to make a side-trip South on the side roads on our way to Bisbee. We've lived in Tucson for thirty years but have
         never been in this  area before. It's lunch time so here we are.”        
             Grace responded. “Well, Bisbee ain't much further, but y'all are sure welcome an' we appreciate
         ya stoppin' in. The cook will be here shortly.”  Grace went on about her business of preparing the drinks,
         popping corn, tapping a keg, cutting limes, keeping the regulars serviced, wiping  off the
         bar and such things that bartenders do.          All the regulars noticed the
         Tucson couple enter but made it a point not to stare at them. Staring at strangers is considered rudeness in a saloon...  or anywhere else for that matter. They all overheard the conversational exchange between Grace and the couple, but
         good saloon manners  also dictates that you act like you don't hear anything at all... only
         because it's none of your business unless you are directly addressed.     After fifteen minutes
         had passed the man got up from the table with his empty beer bottle and his wife's empty glass  and approached
         the bar saying to Grace. “Another round please.” Grace nodded and got busy with the next round. 
                    It was then that Hank noticed the baseball cap that the Tucson man was wearing that very much resembled
         his own cap, only it was emblazoned  with USS LIBERTY AGTR-5. Hank figured that he must be
         a Navy Vet and a kindred spirit so he spoke up. “Say Mister when were you on the LIBERTY?”     The Tucson man then noticed Hank's cap and quickly deduced where this conversation was going and replied. “I wasn't
         on the LIBERTY and I  wasn't in the Navy.” The Tucson man quickly continued talking upon
         seeing Hank's knitted brow puzzlement. “I wear this cap in support of the surviving  crew's
         campaign for a re-investigation of the events of June 1967. In fact, one of the crew members presented me with this cap and
         his personal ship's ring  in appreciation of my support.” 
                 The Tucson man then had everyone's attention and they were all staring at him out of pure curios  puzzlement. The Tucson man continued to address Hank and added. “Do you know about the LIBERTY?”     Hank replied. “No Sir, I hadn't heard of it till now. I was four years in the Navy, but I never heard  of the LIBERTY. What are you talking about anyhow? What event in '67. What investigation?”        
             Lasha Darkmoon, who had arrived through the side door, poked her head through the kitchen door to
         hear more out of curiosity after over hearing  some of the conversation. Even Eric had focused his attention
         on the Tucson man. In fact, Eric was especially very focused on the Tucson man.    The Tucson
         man continued. “The USS LIBERTY was an intelligence ship that had positioned itself off the Egyptian coast in international
         waters to  monitor the events of the Six Day War. On June 8th, 1967, Israeli Air Force
         and Naval forces deliberately attacked the LIBERTY fully intending to  sink it with all hands lost.        “Stop right there Mister!” Demanded Theo Adorno. “I have a degree in history and taught history for thirty
         years and I don't believe that our only  ally in the Middle East would do any such thing.”
         He continued. “Where do you get this crap from anyway and why the hell would Israel want to sink an American Navy ship?”   Theo continued out of pure indignant disbelief. “It surely was some kind of mistake. It had
         to be. It was probably dark or foggy or whatever. It simply can't be true at any rate!” 
                   It was then that the Tucson Man's wife spoke up addressing Theo. “My husband is far from being either a liar or
         a fool Sir, I can assure you that he  is telling the truth. Research it yourself.” She
         continued. “Israel deliberately tried to sink the USS LIBERTY in daylight on a beautiful clear day  and killed 34 crewmen in the process. I could not believe such a thing could happen myself which is why my husband
         and I made it a point to  contact surviving crew members several years ago to get to the bottom
         of it all. We got the real story directly from the people who were actually there!”   
               Hank then spoke up in a very condescending tone of voice. “But why in hell would an ally want to do such a thing,
         it makes about as much sense as  you do.” Hank then noticed the Tucson Man draw back and stiffen
         to his full height, which was about Hank's height and the man probably weighed  as much or
         more. Hank had been in enough fist fights in his time to learn that being punched in the face hurts pretty bad and he'd had
         enough of learning  that lesson. So he added. “Look, no offense, but ya gotta look
         at this from our point of view. Ya just can't stroll in here from wherever  and be runnin' down Israel
         with some crazy story that we are supposed to believe outta hand. It just doesn't make any sense I tell ya.”      
             The Tucson Man's posture relaxed some and he continued. “Israel wanted the United States to
         help them smash just about every country in the  Middle East, all of whom we're, and still are, Israel's
         mortal enemies. The Israelis figured that if they could sink an American Naval vessel,  with all
         hands lost in the process and blame it on Egypt, then Americans would be more than willing and able to assist with Israel's
         destruction  of all of her neighboring enemies. Very much like Pearl Harbor.” 
               “WHAT!” interrupted Theo. “What does Pearl Harbor have
         to do with anything?”  
     The Tucson Man's wife stood up at their
         table and said to her husband, “Let's go Chuck, I think we are ruining these people's day.”
     Chuck reached behind himself to his back pocket and produced his billfold, selected a twenty dollar bill from it and
         placed it near the untouched  Bud and ice tea. Then he said to Grace who was nervously and unnecessarily
         wiping off the bar. “Thank you.”  He then rejoined his wife who  was already walking away,
         placed a hand on her lower back to urge her ahead of him at a quicker pace and out the door they went.  The last thing they heard as they went through the door was, “can you believe those assholes?” They figured
         correctly that Theo had said it.         Grace felt duty bound to give the Tucson couple their change for the twenty,
         so she quickly made the correct change, hurried from behind the  bar and trotted out the door
         to where the couple had gotten into their car. She held out the bills and coins saying. “You forgot your change Mister!”     Chuck responded. “That's all yours and I'm sorry about upsetting everybody, sometimes my cap opens up a can of
         worms.”         “Don't worry 'bout it Mister, they'll
         simmer down, and I'll tell ya what. I ain't no fan of Jews anyhow. My Grampa, who ain't with us any more,  he had a book laying around his house once and I read most of it. It was by Henry Ford, ya know the car maker Henry
         Ford. Well he wrote  that book and I still remember the title. It was THE INTERNATIONAL JEW
         THE WORLD'S FOREMOST PROBLEM. Ya oughtta read it some day.”         Chuck
         winked. “I already read it. A few times.” And off went the Tucson couple to perhaps a pleasant lunch in Bisbee.      
             Grace was in deep thought as she watched them drive away. She said to herself. “Man, if that
         fella read  Ford's book then maybe he wasn't kidding 'bout that ship.” She determined to
         look into the matter some more.  
              
          Upon re-entering The Bar and re-taking her station
         behind the bar she asked, “So Hank, is your real name Henry like the car maker?        “Yeah, that was my Dad's idea. But my middle name is different. Why?         “Oh nothin' I was just wonderin'.”   
             Hank then demanded with a crooked smile on his face, “Well quit wonderin' and get me another
         beer will ya!”     As she set the bottle in front of Hank while picking up the empty
         bottle she asked him. “Didja know Henry Ford wrote a book?”        “No, what about it?”        “Oh nothin',
         I was just wonderin'.” Then she broke off the conversation to see  whether or
         not Lasha was ready to take orders. The lunch bunch would be coming.           Eric Blair
         had been staring at the very spot where Chuck had been standing. He had been mustering the courage  to speak
         out and he was ready. To no one in particular he blurted out loudly. “THAT GUY WASN'T LYING!”        Everyone was somewhat in shock that Eric would say something at all, and to say what he said, and
          say it loudly, was astounding. Theo Adorno spoke first. “Jeezuz Blair, now what? What made you
         say THAT?”    
            Hank added. “Yeah Blair, what made you
         come back from Mars and say that?”        Art McCollum also added.
         “Yeah Blair, whaddaya you know that we don't know?”           Eric knew
         he had committed and there was no way out now. “I read two books a while back.” He stated. “One was called
         ATTACK ON THE LIBERTY.  The other one was called WHAT I SAW THAT DAY, I forget the guy's
         names who wrote them, but they both described in detail exactly what  that guy was talking about.
         I believe it. I believe the Israelis attacked that ship. That guy wasn't lying. I still have those books if you would like
         to read them yourselves.”       
           There was a pregnant pause. Then Theo spoke first.
         “Yeah, I'd like to see these books of yours. You can't believe everything you read you know!”        Hank added. “I'd like to see them too Blair, bring 'em on.”   
             Then, in a kindly manner without any sarcasm, Charlie Coughlin asked.  “I
         would also like to examine your books Eric. Can you bring them here tomorrow?”        Eric responded to Charlie. “Sure I can. No wait, I'll go get them now!” True to his declaration, Eric stood
         up and took several steps towards the door.  He then froze, did an about face, returned to his table
         and tossed down his half empty glass of beer. Then, knowing that  he owed for the beer, he said
         to Grace. “I'll be right back.” Out the door he went, mounted his bike and raced directly home.         The
         conversations at The Bar were much noisier than usual when Ozzy Moseley strolled in and a few people were intently looking
         at their smart phones.  He wondered what was up. Ozzy owns and operates the local 'We Come
         To You' auto repair service. His one ton high-cube cargo van with roll-up  rear door and dual tires
         on the rear is a marvel of automotive parts and tools. There are the semi-standard engine belts, spark plugs, distributors,
         hoses,  jacks, a tire-buster, a 5' tall tool chest of drawers with every metric and standard
         tool you can think of, a varied assortment of motor oil, brake fluids,  steering fluids, etc. and
         etc. There is even a motor hoist that he has actually used on the road side. Jim Traficant, the area tow-truck operator and
         a  frequent patron at The Bar, experienced a significant decrease in revenue when Ozzy started his business
         a few years ago. Jim also suffered a serious  humiliation when his tow-truck threw a fan belt with
         a tow-on and had to call Ozzy. Ozzy compounded the humiliation by refusing to accept  Jim's
         money as a 'professional courtesy'. Since that day Ozzy's first beer is always paid for if Jim is at The Bar first... as a
         professional courtesy.  
              
           More than a few times people, only half joking,
         have asked Ozzy if he is rocker Ozzy Osbourne's son because of the resemblance; the long straight  blondish
         hair, the heavily tattooed arms, and his mannerism of half shuffling and half walking on his tip toes. He always replies “Yes
         I am Mate”  using a convincing slurred English accent. Ozzy Moseley's actual first name
         is Oswald, but he considers Oswald to be too snooty the same  way Charlie Coughlin considers
         Charles as being a hoity-toity name.       
            Ozzy chose a vacant bar stool and asked everyone
         in general. “What going on? What's so interesting on the phones today?”        Hank answered first. “Awww, there was some joker in here an hour ago telling everybody that Israel tried to sink
         an American ship on purpose,  a Navy ship back in the sixtys. He kinda pissed everybody off. Then
         the Blair witch announces that he has  books about the whole thing. He went home to get the
         books. We're lookin' up this shit on the net right now.”       “Yeah.” Volunteered Bob Edmundson who was on his smart phone. “And all kinds of stuff is popping up here.
         Like Israel said it was  mistaken identity and payed millions of bucks for their fuck up.
         And other things say it was deliberate. I don't know what to believe... yet.”      Ozzy said. “Oh!, you must be talking about the USS LIBERTY.”      There was dead silence until Hank asked. “Well whadda you know about it Oz?”        “Well, about five years ago, I think it was, on Memorial Day, I was up near Phoenix, in Maricopa, at a car show that
         I entered my '49 Merc in.  This was at a motor-head themed restaurant bar called... uhh...
         I forget the name of the place right now, but out behind the place was a large  half-covered
         patio and there was maybe fifty or so older people back there. They had a P.A. set up and these old dudes wearing blue ball
         caps,  like yours Hank, were giving speeches and saying prayers and ringing a bell and shit.
         And they had plaques and signs  placed here and there. Us car show people could hear 'em back there
         but we didn't know if it was part of the car show or what.”         Ozzy continued. “I went
         over and watched the goings on for a while and got real curious when a bunch of the dudes in the caps gathered together  for a photo. They were all kinda helping to hold a thick sheet of metal about a foot square with a big bullet hole in
         it, or more like a cannon hole.  After they were lookin' like they were done I approached one of the
         old dudes and asked him, nice as I could, what was going on. I could read his  cap. It was
         like yours Hank only it said USS LIBERTY along with some letters and numbers. The old dude kinda layed the whole story on
         me  while he showed me the rigamarole that they had set up.” Ozzy stopped for a moment and looked
         around at everyone looking at him and finally said.  “These guys didn't give me any idea that they
         were anything but serious. I believe this shit happened just like they said.  They had a
         table set up with some books for sale so I bought one.” Theo cut in and asked. “What's the title of the book Oz?”     “WHAT I SAW THAT DAY by Phil Tourney. He even signed it.” 
               Lasha, who had been standing in the kitchen doorway offered. “This is some real trippy shit man. It's spooky man.
         I need a doob.”  
              
           Eric Blair came through the door frowning while
         holding up a book in each hand.  As he neared the bar Ozzy squinted his eyes to see better and announced.
          “That's the friggin' book I'm talking about right there!”  And added.
         “Hell Hank, don't YOU know about this shit, you were a Navy guy?”        “Not till this morning, no.”        Ozzy
         offered. “I think we shouldda nuked Israel or some shit and hung a few politicians including Johnson...  But that's just me.”         
            Hank asked everyone in general. “Did anybody
         catch those Tucson people's names, did the wife call him Chuck?”        Charlie
         Coughlin affirmed it. “Yes. Chuck.”        Hank said. “Well,
         there's gotta be more than a thousand Chucks in Tucson. I'da liked to  talk to him some more... now.”
         And then he asked Ozzy. “Why hang Johnson, what did he do?”       “Read the friggin book, you'll see.”   Hank then
         and there determined to do just that. Theo called dibs first on Eric's  other book. Ozzy offered.
         “If I can find my copy, anyone is welcome to borrow it.”      Hank
         asked Ozzy. “How come you never brought this up before Oz?”         “I did! Not here, but I brought it up a few times to some people and they told me to shut the fuck up  and called me a neo-Nazi, said the past is past and shit. It was a mistake. So I shut up... till now.” 
                    Lasha reappeared with reddish eyes after supposedly using the ladies room outside and asked of everyone.
         “What are the odds of two  people in this burg both having the same book about this ship shit
         that even history teachers and Navy men don't know about?”             Nobody
         accepted the question. Hank wondered out loud. “So what else didn't they tell us in school?”        Grace offered. “I'll betcha my ass that nobody here can tell me the name of Henry Ford's book!”
           Those with smart phones got right on that bet.      CHAPTER 3 – HENRY FORD'S BOOK 
                  “I got it!” Declared Bob Edmundson. “According to Wikipedia, Ford's book was, or still
         is I suppose, titled THE INTERNATIONAL JEW and  then there's a slash or whatever ya call it then... THE
         WORLD'S FOREMOST PROBLEM. It came out in the early 20s.  Says that Ford was a anti-Semite
         and even tried to keep us outta WWI.”             Art McCollum asked. “So,
         whats a anti-Semite?”     Theo offered. “An anti-Semite is someone who hates Jewish people.”
            
            “So Ford was a Nazi then... right?”  
               “I suppose.” Theo responded. “But evidently Ford's
         book came out  before the Nazis came to power, so Ford was something like a pre-Nazi.”      
             Art then asked Theo. “What was Ford's beef with Jewish people anyway,  what did
         they ever do to him, did they all drive Dodges or what?”      “I really don't know, but I think I'll see if I can find this book and have a look.”      Bob offered. “Well hell Theo, looks like you can go to some on line places and read
         it there for free in a PDF... whatever that is. And  looks like Ford had his own newspaper called THE DEARBORN
         INDEPENDENT where he wrote a bunch of stuff about Jewish people.”             Then Bob
         had a thought and called to Grace who was washing glasses. “Hey Grace! You owe me your ass and I'm here to collect.”
                Grace looked up from her chore, gave Bob an exasperated look and
         said. “Sorry Bob, you had to know it, not look it up.”        “Well hell Grace! Who would know about a book Ford wrote like a hundred years ago?”        “I did.” She replied.           “Hey!” Bob blurted out to get anyone's attention. “Isn't Freddy Pollock a Jewish guy?” 
               “Naw” said Ozzy. “He must be Polish with a name like
         that.”        “No no.” Bob asserted. “He
         even wears one of those pentagrams around his neck.”  “The Star of
         David has six points Bob, not five.” Theo assured Bob.  “A pentagram has five
         points like the Pentagon has five sides.”         “Anyways, Freddy
         and his wife live on my road and I've never seen 'em put up a Christmas tree.”  Bob declared.
         “But they do put one of those candlesticks in the window.”    “A menorah.” Said Theo.    “Say what?”
         Bob shot back.      “The Jews call that candle stick a menorah
         Bob.”        “OK, a menorah it is then and the Pollocks
         are Jews I'm tellin' ya.” Bob continued.  “So how come you know about so much about Jewish
         stuff Theo, are you Jewish?”      “No, but I had
         some Jewish students along the way when I was teaching in Phoenix so I picked this knowledge  up from
         them. Where are you going with this Bob, so what if the Pollocks are Jewish, what's your point?”      “Well, Freddy probably knows about this LIBERTY ship stuff.” Bob replied.  “And he might know about Ford's book, why don't we ask him about it.”   
             “Nawww Bob, leave those old folks alone. They are nice people  and they don't bother anybody, no real reason to bother them.”             Grace butted
         in and declared. “Read Ford's book Theo and then we'll talk about nice people.”   
             Theo shot back. “Jeezuz Grace, can we drop this and will you see if my  burger is done yet, I think I ordered it when mastodons roamed the Earth!”   
             Grace called back to Lasha. “Yo Darkmoon, where's Theo's burger?”        Lasha answered in a tired-bored voice. “It'll be done when it's done,  damn grill
         takes longer to heat up by the day, give 'em popcorn to shut 'em up.”                Liz
         always provided baskets of popcorn for her patrons free of charge for years. She knew that  the salt
         made customers thirsty which meant more drinks were sold. Then she got the idea to charge 
          50 cents a basket because patrons were eating popcorn like a plague 
          of locusts and free popcorn probably cut the kitchen revenue down some.  The result
         was resentment and a general boycott of popcorn.   Liz then noticed a perceptible
         decrease in the bar sales. So free popcorn was  again available. It's the little things that inspire
         people to be generous.  
              
           Bob looked up from his smart phone and asked,
         “So Theo, have ya ever heard of  THE PROTOCOLS OF THE LEARNED ELDERS OF ZION?” He
         read the question slowly to get it right.        “No. Now what
         are we talking about?”      “Well.” said
         Bob. “I'm still at this Ford Wikipedia place and it talks about this protocols thing. What are protocols anyway?”       “Protocols are like procedural rules. Like a certain way something must be
         done,  especially in government or maybe religious ceremonies.” Replied Theo.      “And what's, or where's Zion.”   
             “Well hell Bob, YOU got the smart phone, look it up.”      “Oh sure. I got it right here. It's that National Park up in Utah, I've even
         driven by... wait a second.  This other thing says it's the name for the land of Israel.
         That's probably more like it if Ford has it in his book.”             Theo
         then suggested to Bob that maybe he should net search THE PROTOCOLS OF THE LEARNED ELDERS OF ZION and see what comes up.   After a long while Bob looked up and announced. “Man, I don't know if they are a... what do they say...  a fabricated anti-Semitic hoax, or a plan for world domination. I guess it's like a book of plans.”  
               “Enough for now. Gimme a break while I enjoy my lunch will ya Bob.”
                Then to Grace, who was pouring a couple of drafts, Theo
         said,  “Grace dear, I think the ketchup in this squeeze bottle has coagulated, could
         I please have a fresh one?”    Grace being Grace responded thusly.
         “Theo dear, can you not see what I'm doin', how  'bout ya un-park yer fat ass from that stool, lean over
         the bar, an' grab one outta the condiment rack yerself.”    Theo did so and said, “Thank you Grace, I love
         You.”      She let out a heavy sigh while shaking her head in exaggerated
         mock exasperation.     
              
           By now the last of the lunch bunch had finished
         leaving the usual mess that Lasha had come out of the kitchen to clean up. The Corona clock next  to the
         TV, that had only the numeral 4 at all of the hourly positions, indicated that it was a quarter to 3... or a quarter to the
         numeral 4 in the 3 position.  Lasha deposited the tip money from the tables in the community tip
         jar by the register. The gals split the tips equally to avoid arguments  that could easily degenerate
         into cat fights. There's been argumentative exchanges in the past that included such declarations as...     Lasha to Grace: “Oh yeah! Well the only reason you get any tips at all is because you wear those goddam jeans
         so tight they can see the outline of  your goddam hemorrhoids! And aren't you afraid you are
         going to accidentally poke a hole in those saline bags of yours and then slip on the wet floor!”     Grace to Lasha: “Oh sit on it bitch! Maybe you'd get a few more quarters if ya didn't look like Jerry Garcia's
          Gramma and maybe shaved yer beard more often! And at least I don't smack my boobs with my knees when
         I walk!”           Those are some of the cleaner witticisms the gals hurl
         at each other during disputes of any kind.  For the reader's sake, regarding literary dignity and
         decorum, we'll stop there.    
              
           Actually Grace and Lasha are very good friends
         and there is nothing they wouldn't do for each other, or to each other. They are like sisters. They fight  dirty and savagely at times, but if anyone dares to offend or threaten either one of them they will close ranks and
         jointly attack the offender with very malicious intent and ability.           3pm was
         the quiet before the storm time at The Bar. Grace and Lasha had a little time to tidy up before Liz arrived. A few of the
         10am arrivals had  had enough and went home to nap or finish drinking themselves into a coma in
         the comfort and safety of their own homes.  It's true to say that the 10am arrivals were the most
         responsible of all drinkers. They are almost what you could call   professional
         drunks. They know their limit lines and never cross them. They know when to cut themselves off, which  was usually when the room began to spin counter-clockwise.           Panteras
         has no police department nor Sheriff's station, no postal delivery nor garbage pick up. Everyone has a post office box provided
         for free  to property owners at the tiny Post Office. There's a nominal fee for non-property
         owners. The County provides large garbage containers in a fenced  designated area away from
         town known as The Mall. There is no mayor nor city council and no stop lights. As a result, the community runs very  smoothly. There is very little, if any, crime only because the wrath of the heavily armed community is far more of
         an efficient deterrent to  would-be criminals than a professional police force.     There were tweekers and criminals in the past who simply disappeared, like Liz Dilling's only son who had succumbed
          to the attraction of pot smuggling back in the day. In Panteras it is every man for himself and himself
         at the service of every man.    
              The elementary school is modern and staffed by qualified
         teachers. High school kids are bussed to Sierra Vista.  College age kids leave for colleges and universities
         in cities and are seldom, if ever, seen again. 
            Panteras, Arizona is not a place anyone moves
         to for career opportunities, career advancement, or as a springboard for social or  political
         ambitions. It is a perfect place to move to to get away from all that... particularly those who have reached retirement age.    
              Ernie Zundel had been manipulating and studying his smart phone all through the events and exchanges
         of the day. Grace leaned over the bar  and pretended to be looking at his phone and asked. “Whatcha
         looking at there Ernie, ya haven't added yer two cents all day, ya wanna 'nether Bud?'      Ernie looked up and said to Grace in his Germanic accent. “No, no thang you, et's time to go.” He continued.
         “I haff been looking at za site zat hass  Henry Fort's bouk. I weesh I know about dis soona.”
         He got up from his stool, fished a few bills from his shirt pocket and placed them near his empty Bud for Grace. 
               Grace offered. “Yeah, makes ya think don' it?”      He nodded and ambled out still fixated on his phone.             Ernie
         seldom, if ever, patronized The Bar during Liz's shift. Liz never actually had said anything to Ernie to offend him. Fact
         is, she never said anything  to Ernie at all besides, “Wanna 'nether Bud?” He got
         the distinct impression that she didn't like him, and she didn't. Ernie was a German. Liz held a  very strong
         opinion that Germans, no matter who, were the dregs of humanity for their alleged atrocities prior to, and especially during,
         World War II.  No German got a free pass from Liz even though they were born long after the
         war was over, or happened to actually be a humane and likable individual.  It was the Jew's holocaust
         narrative that really got her red in the face. She figured that there had to be some genetic defect inherent in Germans to
         have  perpetrated such a thing.           Ernie had
         learned that there were more than a few people who thought like Liz in Canada and America. There had been some instances when
         someone,  who upon being introduced to him or who would overhear him speaking, would flippantly
         say something such as, “How goes it Adolf” or any other  number of provocative insults.
         Ernie had to take it as he was always outnumbered... just like the generation before him who fought in the war. There  were a couple of times that the insult was definitely designed to provoke a violent reaction such as, “Hey! FUCK
         YOU kraut son of a bitch!”  Those hurling such insults were always, of course, amongst a large
         group of imbibers.    
              
           Upon arriving at home, Ernie turned on the computer
         in his living room, navigated his way to the website that displayed Henry Ford's book in PDF  format
         and began reading at the beginning of the book on the large screen. He read until 3am when his vision blurred to the point
         of it being futile to read any further.            
       CHAPTER 4 –
         THE (RE) SEARCHERS              Eric had handed off his
         two books to Charlie Coughlin upon returning to The Bar. Charlie kept the one book that Ozzy had a duplicate of and gave  Ozzy the other book. Ozzy had expressed a desire to read another book on the subject to see if the stories co-related
         and learn anything that would  further enhance what he already knew. Hank and Theo claimed next
         in line status.           Ernie wasn't the only one whose curiosity has been piqued
         to the point of action. Theo also returned home and immediately fired up his computer  to get
         to the bottom of this LIBERTY issue and Henry Ford's blasphemous book about Jews being a big problem. He felt somewhat defrocked
         as  an accomplished, authoritative historian and was determined to arm himself with facts, figures and
         dates in anticipation of what were surely to be  lively debates at The Bar.   
                  There were plenty of on-line websites offering varying opinions about the USS LIBERTY incident. Some of them were seemingly
         maintained  by what he considered to be neo-Nazis, white supremacists, white nationalists and
         other such nefarious types. There were also some pro-Israel  sites that dismissed the incident
         as a typical accident that inevitably occurs because of 'the fog of war'. The Tucson couple's statement about going  right to the source, in the form of hearing the story from those personally involved, seemed like a very good idea.  He found a site titled USS LIBERTY VETERANS ASSOCIATION which looked to him like a good place to begin.     The veterans site contained information and links to related sites that  had even better
         information and more links to other reputable sites on so on... and on.             After many
         hours of reading statements by the Captain and crew of the LIBERTY, and statements by high-ranking Admirals etc. Theo became
         angry  and even more curious. Sure, he naturally became angry because of Israel's ruthless
         treachery, but he was  more angry at the Americans who assisted the Israelis both during the
         slaughter and  during the cover-up.        Americans that included President
         Lyndon Johnson, Secretary of State Robert McNamara and  Admiral John McCain (the former Arizona Senator's father).
                     Theo wondered why on earth would any American, much less the President,
         Secretary of State and a very high raking Navy admiral sacrifice an  American ship and crew. Then,
         remembering the Tucson couple's statement about the incident being a means of drawing the U.S.A into an  expanded war, he began wondering about Pearl Harbor... and many other things. Could it be that there actually are psychopaths
         in the highest  positions of power in America... and elsewhere? He now wished, like Hank, that
         he hadn't been so hasty to dismiss the Tucson couple as befuddled  fools. It would have been
         very interesting to know what else they knew. He also regretted his remark about them being ass holes as they exited  The Bar and became mortified to imagine that they had heard the remark. He decided to hit the sack and try to stop his
         mind from racing,  but try as he did, sleep didn't come till the wee hours of morning.      
             Eric Blair was also at home. For the first time since he could remember he felt like part of a group,
         any group, especially the group at The Bar.  He felt like he had not only participated in a meaningful
         exchange of ideas, but was a significant contributor to an awakening of minds. If the  regular
         regulars at The Bar would actually read the books that he provided, and if they would only do some homework, then perhaps
         they would  be interested in other things he knew of but couldn't share for fear of ridicule and
         further ostracism. He felt a sense of relief that perhaps he  wasn't slowly but surely succumbing
         to insanity after all.    
              
           Eric had no computer, nor any immediate access
         to one, but he had stacks of boxes and stacks of loose books that resembled a pack rat's dream of a  community
         library... if there could be such a thing. He went directly to his 'taboo' box of books and went through the contents until
         he found  what he was searching for. He located two books. One titled, NUREMBERG THE LAST BATTLE
         by David Irving, the other was titled,  THE LEUCHTER REPORTS by Fred Leuchter.         Eric,
         after reading and re-reading both books in the past ,was convinced that the Jew's narrative regarding the so called German
         perpetrated  holocaust was largely a lie of unfathomable proportions, particularly the 'facts'
         about the homicidal gas chambers; but who in Panteras would be  even passingly interested
         in hearing anything that he had uncovered on the issue... especially at Liz's Bar. It's more than likely that Liz would 86  him, or anyone else, for life if she got wind of anyone expressing doubts about what she considered unassailable facts.
         After all, she had seen the  photos of the conditions of the 'death factories' that were liberated
         near the conclusion of the war and she had seen the convincing TV programs.  As far as she
         was concerned nothing that appears on television could be anything but the truth, otherwise it wouldn't be on television.
                        Eric was imagining that maybe he could open the communities' eyes
         to some hideous reality if he continued to present his stored information.  Maybe he could somehow open
         the country's eye's. Maybe he could make it a better world if he could wake people up and take action! ...maybe.      
             It could not be said that Hank Ford's world had been rocked, but it had at least been severely jiggled.
         What disturbed him the most was a feeling  that he had somehow shirked a sacred duty by having
         been kept in the dark. Although the crew of the LIBERTY were not shipmates, in fact  far from
         it, they were fellow members of the United Sates Navy who had been shit on by their government and the United States Navy...  if this all was indeed true. They were fellow comrades in arms and kindred spirits... period. In the Navy everyone
         sails, fights, sinks or swims together.  TOGETHER! This sort of attitude may be considered old
         school by contemporary standards, but then, Hank IS old school and proud of it.  He, like Theo,
         was now determined to get to the very bottom of this USS LIBERTY matter and proceeded exactly as Theo had. He was on a  mission. His wife quickly deduced that he did not want to be distracted in the least while he was going about this  business of his on the computer. When she asked him if he was ready for dinner he responded with a gruff and final
         “NO”. 
   He was intently reading information on websites that he previously
         had no idea existed and he sometimes scribbled furiously on a note   pad before
         him. Sometimes she would hear him groan and say “Jeezuz H. Christ”, “Unfriggin' believable” or something
         stronger. Couples who have  been married for long periods of time learn exactly when to and
         when not to invade each other's space. She didn't dare even ask if  he was coming to bed that
         night. She fell asleep to the sounds of intermittent clacking on the computer keyboard in the other room.  
                   Both Charlie Coughlin and Ozzy Moseley fell asleep in their favorite easy chairs that night  with the books they were reading falling to the floor. They both had strange dreams. 
                   CHAPTER
         5 – HAPPY HOURS  
                      Liz arrived promptly at 3:55 that day as usual. She parked
         her '74 Ford Galaxy 500 in front of the side door that everyone knew was her inviolate  parking
         place. There are those who asked her why she didn't get a newer, smaller and more economical automobile and her answer was
         always,  “Cause if I'm gonna be in a wreck I want some real metal 'round me, them new
         cars is made a beer cans and plastic milk cartons!” She made a good  point. She made many good
         points such as whenever she was asked when she was going to retire she'd respond, “Never, 'cause I need a reason to
          get outta bed and this joint would go da hell without me!” Or when asked why she never went
         on a vacation she'd say,  “At my age jus' bein' alive is a vacation, 'b sides, this joint
         would go da hell without me!”       
            Grace was always ready to hand over the day-shift
         cash and receipts, make a report regarding the day's highlights, low points or needed additions  to the
         stock before retrieving her black leather fringed Harley-Davidson shoulder bag from the storage room. Lasha handed her half
         of the shift tips  on her way back out through the kitchen. She then took an available stool at
         the bar to enjoy her shift drink. Sometimes there wouldn't be an available  stool, so she would simply
         squeeze in between two familiar male patrons who would almost immediately offer her their stool. Not only was this a  matter of good manners, but Grace was known to have knocked patrons off their stools for lack of good manners if she
         was in the mood... which was often.     Grace reported the buzz the Tucson couple caused regarding
         the USS LIBERTY, or 'some Navy boat' as she referred to it. Liz had listened while  squinting
         her eyes and cocking an ear towards Grace but shortly pursed her lips, shook her head and waved her hand to indicate disinterest
         in  what she considered literal nonsense.             The Happy
         Hour gang was starting to arrive. The gang consisted mostly of younger working guys and a few gals  who took
         advantage of the two dollar PBR drafts, two dollars for 10 chicken wings and the free popcorn after work.        The juke box came alive with the varied sounds of classic rock, contemporary Top 40, country from
         all eras but never any rap.    
         Liz was a little more than half serious when she
         advised the jukebox tech-rep that she'd shoot him if he didn't remove the 'rap crap' as she put it.  Hard rock
         was tolerated but not heavy metal. Liz would always play Sinatra and Nat King Cole for her own pleasure late at night before
         closing.  She also noticed that the classic crooners had a calming effect on whomever was there
         when it was nearing the time she preferred to close.           The pool table during happy
         hour became a constant sound and at least a half dozen players would usually line up their quarters. A couple of  guys regularly brought their own sticks in cases and fancied themselves to be hot shots... and sometimes they were.
         Most players used the  house sticks selected from the rack on the wall. Considerable stick
         rolling on the table was the method used to determine which stick was  the least warped. Alcohol
         always seemed to be a detrimental factor affecting pool skills as the evening wore on. In fact, alcohol became a  detrimental factor affecting some people's ability to stand or speak. Gravity evidently became much stronger later
         at night in various areas of The Bar.  As the evening wore on some patrons dropped things and
         caught themselves before falling... if they didn't fall down altogether.           Falling
         down in The Bar was no real sin, after all, who hasn't fallen down in a bar. But those who fell twice, or more, were asked
         to leave... and  they would, only to encounter much stronger gravity outside around the porch
         where the two stair-steps lead to the parking lot. It had been  suggested to Liz that perhaps
         a ramp, instead of steps, would be a more humane way to come and go. Liz responded thusly, “If someone stumbles  er falls comin' in 'cause of them stairs, then I'll know ta keep an eye on 'em. Iffen they stumble er fall goin' out,
         then that ain't none a my concern.”      One regular pool player worthy
         of mention at this point is Nesta Webster. Nesta is another cowgal biker type whose story is similar to Ursie Haverbeck's.
          She was born and raised on a poultry ranch North of Bisbee. When she reached the legal emancipation
         age  of 18 she moved off of 'that noisy goddam chicken asylum' as she refers to it and moved to Bisbee.
                She didn't last a year in Bisbee because of all  the 'goddam commie
         hippies, lesbos and fags' as she refers to many of the residents.           Bisbee
         had been a very prosperous mining town until the mine closed in 1985. It was the most productive copper mine in Arizona for
         a hundred years.  It was, and is once again, like a mini-San Francisco nestled in the hills with
         dreadfully steep streets and sidewalks... only without the ocean and  skyscrapers. Bisbee fell into
         pitiful decline and was all but abandoned after the Copper Queen Mine closure. Then the hippies and alternative lifestyle  types moved in attracted by the below bargain basement house and commercial property prices. In a sense, San Francisco's
         Haight Ashbury district  expanded to Bisbee. The town is once again thriving. You'll see
         nothing else but restored Victorian architecture not only downtown, but everywhere  else
         in the vicinity. Being there today is very much like being there over a hundred years ago... especially at night.  There are more than a few haunted buildings where even the staunchest of non-believers claim to have felt a presence...
         or not.               Nesta was blessed, or cursed, with looks very much like
         Dolly Parton's. Only it's much more of a hard-case look rather than a friendly look. When she  does smile,
         which is seldom, it could be said that she lights up the room... and it is said. Nesta Webster is very aware of the affect
         she has on men and  enjoys the attention. She encourages the attention by routinely wearing
         tight buttoned shirts with the top half of the buttons undone semi-revealing  enormous breasts
         that defy gravity and appear to be near the point of explosion. Or she wears a tight T-shirt that is cut in front from the
         top of the neck  line to the bottom of her breast bulge. Wrangler jeans with a wide black silver
         studded belt adds to her attractiveness. When she bends over to make  a shot at the pool table,
         factoring in both breasts and buttocks, every man in the room while ogling either hopes that she misses so the  game will continue indefinitely, or they hope she makes the shot and ultimately wins the game so she can play another.
                  Ursie Haverbeck, for no apparent reason, once asked Liz why she tolerates
         'that whore' being in her bar. Liz replied,  “Cause it's a free country an 'b sides, shes more
         of a draw and a hell ova lot more entertaining then them goddam bands I had in here.”     Liz
         was once inspired by the locals to have some live music on Saturday nights. She gave it a shot. The first band was from Bisbee
         where  every other resident is a musician of one kind or another. The pool table would be
         tipped up on a dolly and moved to the store room for the  evening to make room for the band
         and dancing. The juke box was rolled to the store room as well. Sad to say things started out on the  wrong
         foot, or feet, and went downhill from there.             The first band hired was the
         one that Lasha had strongly lobbied for. They sounded like a cross between the Grateful Dead on heroin and an auto body  repair shop... only worse. When they arrived to set up both they and their gear smelled like patchouli oil, body odor
         and pot.        The unfamiliar songs they  played were all fifteen minutes long, more or less.
         Anyone attempting to dance during a song grew weary after ten minutes and quit... for good.  There
         was no rapport with the audience, in fact, the three musicians that stood usually had their backs to the audience. They were
         too loud, incorporated  no volume dynamics at all and evidently could only play in one key.
         The alleged harmonica player's harmonica was not the compatible key to the  other instruments. I could
         continue, but in summation, they stunk literally and musically without any redeeming quality at all besides expressing  gratitude for the half-pay Liz gave them when she fired them after only an hour's work. The remaining patrons called
         up the patrons  who had left to tell them that the band was packing up. Most of the patrons
         who had bailed returned and the night was salvaged.           To her credit, Liz assumed
         all responsibility for the debacle. She blamed herself for taking the word of a 'psychedelic parasite'  like Lasha in the first place and forthwith determined that she would go to see a band herself before hiring it...
         and she did.           The second attempt at live music didn't go much better...
         actually much worse. The band consisted entirely of soldiers stationed at Fort Huachuca  who all
         had some professional musical experience prior to their enlistment. They were now musical hobbyists who had gotten together
         for like minded  camaraderie, a little extra spending money and some fun. They played classic
         rock and a little classic  country that was perfect for The Bar patrons. Liz agreed to allow
         them to run a bar tab as part of the deal.        The band brought with
         them a half dozen fellow soldiers who were  supposedly their manager, road manager, sound man and roadies making it a  total of eleven guys running up the bar tab. Liz assumed correctly that it would be an eventful night so she had Ursie
         on duty as bar back  and Lasha in the kitchen pulling an eleven hour shift. 
                    The first two hours went splendidly. The band was good and they controlled their sounds and volume
         well. The members of their entourage  were friendly and enjoyed themselves dancing and buying
         expensive drinks for themselves and the locals... that went on the tab. The third  hour started
         to turn a bit dark due to misunderstandings between the locals and the soldiers regarding respect for the institution of marriage,
          who was whose girlfriend, where hands were being placed during dances, and no meaning no. Then all
         hell broke loose near the end of  the final hour of the festivities.   
                 Liz informed the band, and their entourage, that their tab now exceeded their guaranteed fee for performing and they
         would be required to pay cash  or open a credit card to continue being served. The band's intoxicated
         'road manager' became extremely indignant claiming the band had generated  a million dollars in revenue
         so the fee had just been increased by an amount that would cover further tab use. When Ursie called “bullshit!”
          the 'road manager' advised Ursie to “butt out lard ass”' and... it was ON! 
                    Although the otherwise honorable men of our Armed Forces fought   bravely, they were far outnumbered
         and had no weaponry to speak of  other than musical equipment. Ursie luckily failed in her attempts
         to castrate her primary foe due to the confusing mayhem and was knocked  senseless by a well swung
         Fender acoustic guitar. Shots were fired into the ceiling causing a tactical retreat by the bloodied soldiers who dragged  the unconscious drummer and 'sound man' with them out the front door. The entire squad fell all over each other while
         attempting to negotiate  the two steps down to their vehicles in the parking lot. The victorious
         patrons hurled vicious insults, and all of the  band's gear, out the front door. The Sheriff was called
         who assured the caller that a deputy would be there in the morning.           Damage
         to The Bar, besides the broken bottles and glasses, was minimal only because most everything that could be broken had  previously been broken already. It was good that the front door opened out, not in, otherwise the soldiers probably
         would have further suffered.        The third and final attempt at live music ended when the band from Tucson was a no show. The jukebox
         saved the evening.  
              
           Meshell Partridge was not only a part time employee
         but also a frequent evening patron at The Bar. She had picked up more part time work  as a
         house cleaner for some of the elderly widows in town and performed some custodial and lunch preparation duties at the elementary
         school.  Liz indefinitely loaned her the pick up truck her son had owned and Meshell rented
         a guest house behind one of the widow's homes. Liz and  Meshell had discussed possibly keeping the kitchen open
         until closing with Meshell as the 'Nawlins Style' cook. She was making friends and  her being
         an African American woman did not seem to be any issue with anyone at all. People are usually only  intimidated
         by numbers and if your number is only one, then you aren't intimidating as a racial entity... even if you wanted to be.     Life was good for Meshell Partridge in Panteras. She began thinking that she might stay for the duration.      
             Monika Shaefer is also a frequent evening patron who is the music instructor and band director at
         the elementary school. She had become a  widow at thirty-five when her husband was struck by
         a car    while crossing a busy street in Tucson in broad daylight. She had previously been a  music
         instructor at one of the many Tucson high schools and is still an in-demand freelance violin, or fiddle if you like, player
         who is well  respected in the Tucson music scene. Being  a petite and pretty blond with
         a slim figure and a ready smile is a plus in the entertainment business.  After hearing about the teaching
         position in Panteras, which is a place she hadn't heard of, she drove down and applied for the position. Being  over-qualified and having to accept a drastic cut in salary was not a problem. She no longer trusts big cities and the
         idea of working with younger  kids appealed to her. After teaching high school age kids for awhile
         her opinion of them was not generally positive. She didn't think that the  'time out' generation was
         amounting to anything but a cult of brats.          Monika and Meshell got to know and like each other at
         the school and are now often seen together. They are known as the M&M's.           Jimmy Traficant
         and Jim Forrestal work together as house painters and painters of anything else that anyone wants painted. They have business  cards that read JIMMY JIM'S PAINTING CO., a phone number and an email. A likeness of their card is painted on the doors
         of their work truck.  They've known each other since they were preschoolers. Because they are
         both named James, one needed to become Jim and the other became  Jimmy to make a difference.
         A game of rock-scissors-paper decided the matter, best two out of three. Neither boy felt like he lost or won, it just  needed to be decided. Both are married to women who can't stand one another for some forgotten reasons. Some people
         are grudge-holders,  others aren't. Jim and Jimmy are regular regulars at The Bar for the
         4pm Happy Hour. Sometimes they are at The Bar for coffee and Kahlua in  the morning. Jimmy has two
         daughters in high school while Jim has two sons at the same school. Some people like to think that the kids  will marry each other someday, it just makes sense to them.           Leon DeGrelle is a U.S. Customs & Border Protection Officer attached to the Naco, Arizona Office.
         He and his wife live on a ten acre ranchette  near Panteras with their three daughters who are all horse lovers and accomplished competitive Junior Rodeo Association barrel
         racers. Leon  often stops in at The Bar in uniform during
         Happy Hour to enjoy a couple of beers on his way home. He and Liz enjoy chatting with each  other and see eye to eye on virtually every issue imaginable. At home he is incessantly water-boarded by four females who mostly hold  strong opinions contrary to his about... everything! Leon's Grandfather fought for Germany
         during WWII as a member of the Belgian  SS-Freiwilligen-Sturmbrigade-Wallonien Division. His father immigrated to the U.S. from Belgium in 1961and never mentioned  to anyone his fathers service in a German SS Division comprised of Belgian, French and Spanish Nationals. Such men were  considered traitors. 
                    In fact, 40% of the German SS Divisions were comprised of non-Germans.
         There was the Ukrainian SS Galacia Division,  the Scandinavian Viking SS Division, the Spanish Blaue SS Division, the Hungarian
         Gombos SS Division, the British Frei Korps, etc.        The last Waffen SS Units to hold out defending Hitler's Berlin bunker were comprised entirely  of Frenchmen of the 33rd Waffen Grenadier
         Division of the SS Charlamange or 1st French Division.     Leon
         knew about these things and found it odd that virtually no one else knew. But then, he knew  that much of the actual events
         of WWII were either purposely omitted or contrived to fit a preferred narrative.              Another man in uniform who often stopped in for a bite to eat either at noon or 5pm was Deputy Bob
         Bitker of the Cochise County Sheriff's  Department headquartered in Bisbee. Bob lived in nearby Hereford with his elderly mother. He was divorced,
         had no kids, his father died years  ago, his mother didn't drive, she had a large house on an acre, so it was a good fit they they should live together. He helped her by being
         her  chauffeur, gardener, handy man, protector, etc.
         and she provided him with free room and board. A win-win for both. A perk Bob enjoyed was  the use of his Sheriff's Department cruiser for commuting to and from headquarters besides using
         it on duty. Liz considered it a plus to have a  Sheriff's cruiser parked
         in her lot with a uniformed Deputy enjoying a hearty snack at one of the tables inside.
         It was a reminder to the locals that  although there was no official law enforcement presence in Panteras, there indeed was an unofficial one.  Bob gave his private
         phone number to Liz just in case.             Bob wasn't around when the band of soldiers caused the Saturday night riot some years ago or he would have gotten there
         before morning.  At that time he was a Marine in
         Iraq attached to the  Special Purpose Marine Air-Ground Task Forces Crisis Command –  Central Command that was based in Kuwait. Bob Bitker was far from being a Mama's
         Boy and anyone who knew that he lived with his mother knew it.           Leon DeGrelle and Bob Bitker knew and liked each other and sometimes arranged to meet at The Bar when
         off duty to do some drinking and  socializing dressed
         in civies. Even out of uniform both men had the clean cut look and bearing of law enforcement
         officers. All of the locals  knew who both men were
         and were at ease in the presence of both men and liked them for their easy going mannerisms when in or out of uniform.
                Both men were non-judgmental
         nor prejudiced, or if they were they hid it well.             There was a recent incident when both Leon and Bob were at The Bar enjoying their day off on a Saturday afternoon, sharing a pitcher of PBR  while watching a NASCAR race on the TV. The M&M's were also there
         along with Jimmy Traficante, Hank Ford, Bob Edmundson, Ozzy Moseley,  and a few of the local Mexicans.             In walked three young ladies all of
         varying degrees of attractiveness. They looked to 
         be college girls to the patrons although they were actually older... but not by much.     The girls seated themselves at a table and seemed unsure of what to do about ordering something. Ursie was on duty with Lasha in the kitchen.  Ursie saw the girls come in and knew they weren't locals. Ursie sees everything
         that goes on in 'her bar' when she's on duty. The
         girls were  uniformly dressed like bird watchers who
         were sometimes seen in the area. They wore Army style 'boonie' hats,  long sleeved-collared white cotton shirts, utility Bermuda shorts and low cut hiking boots
         with low cut socks.     Ursie came to the front of the bar and called over to the new arrivals. “Welcome
         ladies, what can I getcha?”        One of the girls got up,
         approached the bar and asked Ursie if she had iced tea and some menus.       “You betcha, how many iced teas?”             The girl ordered three iced teas – no lemon, no sugar with lots of ice, took the menus that Ursie extended to
         her and returned to the table.  A few  minutes after placing
         the iced tea order with Lasha, Ursie took the drinks on a tray over to the girl's table, served the drinks and asked if they  had
         decided on something to eat. They inquired about veggie burgers or meat-less tacos. Ursie suggested
         bean burros or maybe a salad.  They all settled on
         dinner salads with no dressing.     
            “Coming right
         up.” Ursie announced. She rolled her eyes and then crossed them for anyone to see as
         she walked  back behind the bar. There were
         a few knowing smiles on some of the patron's faces who overheard the exchange.
                 When the salads were ready Ursie served them to the girl's and offhandedly inquired. “Where ya gals from?”   
             The girl who seemed to be the leader who ordered the teas answered.  “We live in Tucson,
         but we spend a lot of time in Arivaca.”        Ursie said.
         “I've heard of Arivaca, but where exactly is it?”        Leon, who like everyone else, could plainly hear the conversation  spoke up.  “It's about sixty miles South West of Tucson about twelve miles from the border.”        The leader of the girl's said. “That's correct Sir, have
         you been there?” 
               “Sure.” Answered Leon. “I've been to a whole lot of
         places along the  border from San Diego to Brownsville, Texas. What do you gals do
         in Arivaca?”  
            The leader answered, “We are volunteers
         for NO MORE DEATHS.”  
            Leon froze
         for a moment. Ursie inquired. “So what's NO MORE DEATHS?” 
             The leader answered, “We are a group of volunteers who assist immigrants that are coming  to America for a better life and to
         escaped violence and persecution in other countries.”      “Is that so?” responded Ursie.
         “And how do ya assist the immigrants, and do ya mean ILLEGAL immigrants?” 
                  The leader continued by first ignoring Ursie's reference to illegal immigrants
         and explained their activities as though her indoctrination had been thorough.  “We maintain a year-round humanitarian presence in the remote desert areas
         in the Southwestern border area where migration has been pushed, where  people are walking North up to 80 miles. We drive and hike to remote locations and leave water, food, socks, blankets
         and other useful supplies for  immigrants. Our medical team provides treatment for any individuals in distress.”
         She wasn't finished yet and continued. “In Northern Sonora we provide  phone calls and first aid to abused deportees and Northbound migrants. We provide a check cashing
         service for those deported with un-cashable  prison checks. To those
         planning to cross the desert we provide useful items and advice regarding legal assistance, transportation and lodging.”
                     When the leader was finished with
         her speech, Ursie, who was becoming beet-red in the face, looked from the one girl to another.  They all had their slightly nodding heads cocked slightly higher and they were wearing smug smiles of prideful
         agreement.        
             Before Ursie had a chance to explode, Leon cut in to ask a question
         somewhat loudly and purposely saying. “Has it ever occurred to you ladies  that YOU are putting these ILLEGAL immigrant's lives at risk by ENCOURAGING
         ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION by  performing all of your activities,
         and that YOU are directly responsible for the deaths of some of those ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS?”  
              
           One of the other
         girls, now armed with righteous indignity, stood for effect and responded. “Sir, no human is illegal.
         We are not the problem we are  the solution. If it
         wasn't for the racist policies of WHITE MEN there would be no border. We are all God's children endowed  with the inherent right to live anywhere on Earth we please. YOU PEOPLE are the
         cause of all the suffering and death!”      She then looked directly at the three Mexicans sitting together at the bar taking the whole exchange in and asked.  “Don't at least YOU gentlemen agree?”           It was George Marival who spoke up first
         saying. “Hey man, I was born here and don't agree with you at all! Salvador here came here LEGALLY  by going through the
         citizenship process LEGALLY! If there were no border do you know how much drugs and gang-trash
         would be here? Do you  know that there would be more
         people here than there are in China and fools like you would be the first to start crying about
         how crowded it is! NO!  I don't agree with you. It's bad
         enough that these wetbacks take jobs from people born here –  they work under the table – and suck up my tax money that gives them shit that I don't even get!”         Armando was by then inspired
         to speak his piece by addressing the still standing girl adding. “Man, don' you know tha' ween
         you gif ILLEGALS  all uf da sheet you gave to them
         they call to Mexico or Honduras or Guatemala or whadever and say 'hey man, get up here man, the gringos  we'll take good care of you and give you everthin'-  jus' start walkin' man!' ...No fool, es YOU that help to kill the people... serio! I know!”      The standing girl melted into her chair fighting the urge to cry by biting her lower lip, which had
         to hurt and  further aggravate the urge to cry. She had attempted to gather allies to their cause... but failed
         miserably.  
              
           The leader, who was also repressing the urge
         to cry out of indignant anger, then stood  up and began by saying in a very whinny tone. “How
         can YOU PEOPLE be so mean? Why do...”      Ursie, who had stepped back to enable George and Armando to  better see whom they  were talking to, exploded in a very loud and furious voice, “GET THE FUCK OUT NOW!”   
                 The girls recoiled in unison from Ursie
         out of abject fear. They all plainly got the
         message and knew full well that any further statements could lead  to a physical assault of the worst sort. They immediately
         commenced a rapid exit while simultaneously losing their ability to stifle their urge to cry.      
             Ursie called after them. “GET THE FUCK OUT AND IF YOU NEVER COME BACK IT'LL BE TOO SOON!”
         She continued to  vehemently vent. “I OUGHTTA TAKE CARE OF YOUR STUPID ASS LIBTARD COMMIE
         ASSES RIGHT HERE RIGHT NOW!         At this point it was Bob Bitker who spoke up loudly, “URSIE!... ENOUGH!”     Ursie shot a malevolent glare at Bob and froze,
         knowing instantly that he meant what he had just said and he could certainly back it up.     Bob then added in
         a calmer tone of voice. “They are leaving and we will let 'em go. I think everyone's point has been made here.”
                     Ursie, while still looking at Bob, only with a calmer expression on her face, took a deep breath, held it and then fully exhaled. Of course Bob was right. 
         It was time to simmer down and get back to work. She got busy clearing the glasses of
         tea and bowls of salad from the table in front of her.                It was then that Lasha appeared in the kitchen
         doorway with her head tilted a little forward and downward with her eyebrows raised  to maximum height. She looked slowly around at everyone and finally said. “Wow.”
         Which was all that really needed to be said.   
                  George inquired. “Yo Ursie, those girls
         didn't pay for their lunch did they?”     “Nawww, I'll
         pay for it, damm fools. It's worth it just to have seen their cutsie asses walking away fast.”      George was lost in thought for a moment and then said. “No, I want to pay for  it and please don't
         try to rob me of the pleasure of doing something nice for you.”      Ursie felt pleasantly trapped by what George had said. She looked at him with a blank expression while
         thinking  it the rest of the way through. It was an offer she couldn't refuse and then she replied
         simply, “thanks George.”             George paid the NO DEATH'S girl's bill, but Ursie got even with him when it was time for
         the three Mexicans' next round. Ursie filled three cold  fresh glasses with Bud. She also filled a pitcher. She placed the glasses of Bud in front of them, turned around to get the pitcher and set it before
         George  and said. “That's all on me George and please don't try to rob me of the pleasure of doing something nice for you guys.” She winked and carried
         on with her chores.  
              
           All three Mexicans
         lifted their glasses towards Ursie and George said, “Saulud Amiga.”  Most of the other patrons at the bar also lifted their glasses while saying “Salud.”       
      
      
    
   
                 
   
   
      
             	 	 	 	    CHAPTER 6 – THE NATIVES GET RESTLESS 
                       Grace was puzzled when she opened the door to The Bar at 10am to see only Eric
         standing there. “Where is everybody?” She asked.      Eric reminded her of the events and exchanges of the day before by saying. “I don't know. Everybody is probably  burnt out from doing homework all night. They might not make it in today. They might be doing more
         homework.”      "Ya mean about that Navy boat shit that went down yesterday?” “Yeah.” Eric Replied.   Grace held the door open. “Well,
         come on in and sit a spell. This is your lucky morning Blair, you'll have your own private bar... for a while I expect”  Eric took his preferred chair at his table with his back to the wall.  
                 Grace automatically poured him his beer and was about to come around the bar and serve him,
         but thought better of it. “Why doncha come sit at the bar.  You'll save me a trip an'
         ya might enjoy a different point of view fer chrissake.” She added. “Hell, there ain't nobody here but me 'n you.”
                He was befuddled. This was a radical departure from a comfortable routine. This was tantamount
         to being personal with someone. He might have  to talk the her! He noticed that Grace had set his beer
         on the end of the bar so it was evident that he'd have to come get. “OK” he replied.       
             After taking a stool at the bar and sitting for a few minutes watching
         Grace going about her business Eric announced.  “I can't do it Grace, I can't sit here.” He got off of the stool to return to the safety of his chair.        Grace,
         who had been sweeping up mostly popcorn on the floor behind the bar,  stopped in mid sweep, furled
         her brow for a moment then asked. “Why not?”     He thought for a moment about whether to tell the truth, which would add to the general belief that he was losing his mind. 
            He decided
         to tell her the truth. “Because I can't shake the feeling that somebody
         is gonna to  sneak up on me behind my back and stick a knife in my liver or some such thing.” There he said it. 
             “Oh THAT feeling. Yeah, I get that feeling sometimes and so do some others that I mentioned it to.
         One fella called it  ...uhhh... the 'creep with a club syndrome'. I don't know if there is
         such a thing but I knew exactly what he meant.”        “Really!” He said.
         “Ya really know what I mean?”  
         “I shit you negative Friend. I decided to
         not letta damm feelin' like that decide for me how to live. Bein' in fear ain't livin', it's more like  dying if ya ask me.” She continued. “There's been plenty a things that scared me so I decided to face the
         fear an' make it leave me alone.”    
            “Gimme a fer instance, can ya?”
         Asked Eric.       Without hesitation Grace replied. “Tarantulas!... them goddam things used ta scare the bejeezuz outta me. I mean jus' look at 'em. Then my
         ten year  old niece taught me a lesson 'bout tarantulas. We was out walking together, I was watching her while my sister was at
         work, an' we crossed paths with  one. I picked up a big ole' rock an' was gonna smash it, but my niece screamed 'NO
         - STOP!' An' she reached
         down an' kinda put her han'
         under the  thing an' picked it up! Of course I was horrified an'
         I tried to smack the hairy goddam thing outta her han' but she dodged my han' an drew back.”  Grace paused for a moment and stared off into space as though she was reliving that moment... and she was. “My
         niece told me to leave her 'frien'  alone 'cause it had no idea to hurt nobody, 'cept maybe grasshoppers and such.”
          Grace went on. “I asked her
         where she got this idea and she  said that her Daddy
         showed her that tarantulas won't bite nobody 'less somebody means to harm them. She offered to let me hold it, or let it walk 
         on my jacket sleeve, but I wasn't ready for that. I did let one walk up my sleeve some time later. But maybe my point is more like a live and let live  thang. I mean ya don't hafta be scared a nuthin', ya just gotta respect it for what it is an' leave it be. An' that goes double with people...
         unless they  mean ta harm ya, then jus' shoot 'em. It's
         yer right of self defense.”   
         Do you carry a gun Grace?” Eric inquired.  
            “Fuckin'
         A!... Well, not on me, but I always carry my Glock in my purse.  With the safety off. It's yer right an' a smart thang ta do if ya ask me.”      “Have ya ever shot anybody?” Eric inquired.    “No, but theres been a couple
         times when I got it out 'an pointed it at some assholes that were botherin' me.  An' a time I fired off a round through thedoor at some joker who was tryin' ta get in my house in
         the middle of the night.  People tend to leaveya alone if
         they know ya gotta gun. They leave ya alone if they even heard ya gotta gun or
         even think ya got one.  Ya oughtta try it.” 
                    Eric picked up his beer, got up and seated himself at the bar... again. It never occurred to him to own a gun. He feared them.           The door to The Bar opened and in, along
         with the bright morning sunlight, came Jim and Jimmy.  The JJ's is how most locals referred to them when they were together, which
         was most of the time.      
              Grace greeted them.
         “Mornin' fellas. Whatcha up to today?”      “Goooood Mornin'!” Jim began his reply. “Can ya get us two big ole coffees to go? We gotta couple of rooms  to paint today over at the college.” Everybody knew that the college was the Bible College in Miracle Valley.      “Comin' up. She replied and added. “You guys are off to a late start this mornin' ain'tcha?” 
               Jimmy explained.
         “No, we were at it on time,
         the damm truck got a late start 'cause
         the battery died.  Had ta call Oz ta bring us a charged
         one ta swap out.”    
             Grace went about preparing the coffees to go and asked. “I fergit, Cream or sugar?”   
             “No thanks.” Replied Jim. “Coffee is bitter sure, but it's downright
         sickening with sweets in it.”     
           “A little cream for mine, thanks.” Jimmy replied, then asked.
         “Where is everybody?” 
             “Blair here thinks everbody is doing homework today, like research home work
         an' readin' books.”        “Researchin' what, what
         books?” Asked Jimmy.      “Oh it started with some Tucson couple yesterday that got everbody riled  about some Navy boat sunk by
         Jews, or some shit like that.”
         Replied Grace.      “The USS LIBERTY.” Offered Eric. “The Israelis
         tried to sink it on purpose during the Arab  war in '67. They didn't sink it but they killed 34 sailors,
         Navy men. It's a long story.”     
         “Had ta be a mistake. Israel is our buddy... right?” Declared Jim.  “We gotta get crankin'. I'd like to hear  the story sometime,” said Jimmy as he paid for the coffees and handed
         Jim his.     “Later fellas, have a good one.”
         Grace said as they were leaving.      “Same
         to ya, thanks.” Jimmy said over his shoulder and off they went.
            Eric was glad that they were gone. He wanted to talk to
         Grace some more and this was maybe the first time he ever had her to himself.
         He'd learned,  by listening to her interact with customers,
         that although she was certainly rough around the edge, she was far from being stupid and strongly resented  it if someone assumed that she was. She had an
         approach to life based on common sense and standing her ground. She always extended courtesy and  returned courtesy when it was extended to her. She held strong opinions about many issues, but kept them to herself
         unless questioned.  She was a lot like Liz...
         only younger of course. Eric wasn't the only one who thought that Grace might be Liz's secret daughter. 
                  Eric asked Grace, who was now washing glasses that had not been washed at the end of Liz's shift last night.  “Grace, have ya heard of the holocaust?”    “Of course
         I have, who hasn't, them Kikes won't
         ever let us fergit it... why?”
                “Well, I heard ya mentioning
         Henry Ford's book yesterday and got to thinking  that maybe there is
         a book I have that you might wanna have a look at.  It's by a guy who is a gas chamber expert, you know like
         prison execution gas  chambers expert here in America. He says the Nazis never had
         any gas  chambers and he thinks the holocaust is
         mostly a big fat lie. He went to Germany and places to see for himself.  He ain't buying it and I ain't either anymore. If ya wanna read it I can bring it.”        Grace replied. “Oh hell man, I hardly find time ta sleep, much less read a book now days.”  She noticed Eric slump a little from disappointment. So she added,  “Tell ya what. You bring yer book sometime an'
         I'll be glad to have a look.  Maybe I'll leave it
         on the john 'cause that's about the only time I got time.” 
             Eric perked up again and said. “I can go get it now if ya want.” 
             “Nawwww. You jus' sit right there. No hurry.”    
            After they
         both let the conversation rest for a few moments he inquired. “Say Grace, do ya know where that word kike came from?” 
             She responded after pondering the question with raised eyebrows. “Nope, no clue, but I know kikes don't like it much. Why, do you know?”
                “I do! Back when all
         the immigrants were getting here at Ellis Island the immigration guys would ask new people to sign their name on some papers.
          The people who couldn't write at all were supposed to
         make a X. But the Jews who couldn't
         write would make a circle instead of a X because they  said a X looks like a cross, you know, like making the sign of the cross, so they made a circle instead.  Kikel is the Jew word for circle. So the immigration guys started calling Jews
         Kikels or just Kikes.”         “Well, that's a handy
         bit of info.” She remarked. “Seems to me them Kikes sure don't think much
         of Jesus to do shit like that. Seems to me that them Kikes  are downright anti-Christian!” She paused for a few moments before continuing.
         “Seems to me that them immigration  guys shouldda known the trouble they was making by lettin' a bunch of Jesus haters in here in the first place!” 
             “Yeah!” Eric offered. “That's what I think too. Hell, ya can't even say Merry Christmas now days without some dipshit tellin' ya it's Happy Holidays now.” 
             “Amen brother. There's a lotta weird crap
         that goes on like it's normal now
         days an' I think the Kikes are behind all of it. I know for a fact that they
         want  to take our guns from us and there's only one reason
         ta do that.” Before Eric could say anything she continued. “Cause if we knew  what they've done, are doin' an' wanna do... We'd shoot 'em!
         An' I'll sure as hell shoot anybody
         who tries to take my gun... or guns.” 
              “You got more than one gun Grace?”
                 “Fuckin' A Dude! I gotta
         410 gage shotgun for varmints, a single shot break action. A 12 gage pump action always loaded with double ought for  bigger varmints, such as people. A lever action 30-30. A 32 cal revolver, a 380 cal Baretta semi-auto and my Glock semi-auto 9 milimeter for
         walking around.”    Eric exclaimed, “Jeezuz Grace, you could hold off an army!”Grace responded, “That's the plan Stan.” 
              Eric then asked. “Didja know that the Mayor of Chicago is a black woman that married
         and Jew woman?”      Grace stared at him for for a few moments while trying to tell if
         he was joking. “You gotta be kiddin'.”     “No, I swear, look it up.”         Grace then began. “No, I'll take your word for it, but that's exactly
         what I mean by weird shit goin' on. I mean, whodda thought twenty years ago,  or whudever, that some 'African American' woman could be 'married' to some kike woman... I mean it's really,
         fuckin', nuts!” She held  up two slightly bent
         fingers on each hand to indicate quotation marks as she said the words, African-American, and then the word, married. 
                Ozzy Moseley entered The Bar and went directly to his preferred stool followed a minute later by Bob Edmundson who chose
         a stool one over  from Ozzy. Grace greeted both
         of the new arrivals and was somewhat relieved to know that the day might be getting better business-wise after all.  When she asked Ozzy, “how goes it?”, he told the story about helping the JJ's out with a dead battery dilemma
         first thing in the morning. She told  him about their coffee
         stop a  little earlier. Theo and Charlie Coughlin arrived together five minutes later. Although  their arriving at the same time was a coincidence, they considered it providential.
         They had much to discuss.               Theo and Charlie stood at the bar waiting for Grace to get their
         beers and then sat at a table away from the bar and were soon joined by Ozzy.  Eric saw the huddle forming and correctly deduced that a serious discussion regarding the LIBERTY
         was about to commence. He slid off his stool and joined them. 
                    Ozzy produced his copy of WHAT
         I SAW THAT DAY from his cargo shorts pocket and slapped it on the table in front of Theo and said. “Here ya go.”            
         Charlie leaned over the table and said. “If this shit is true, and I think it definitely is, then
         we should have declared war on Israel on June 9th, 1967!”  He continued. “I mean the Viet Nam War was started over an incident far
         less provocative than this LIBERTY incident. I mean, that Gulf of Tonkin  thing is supposed to be a ...a hoax or a lie, just as an excuse to get us into a war. I mean a lot of
         people think that and I always thought that anybody  who actually believed that we would do something like that was... you know, some kind of friggin' nutcase!
         I don't know about THAT anymore now!”  He continued hurriedly to be sure that no one interrupted his opening statement. “I mean some
         of the ruthless shenanigans the Jews pulled were definitely  war crimes of the worst sort – machine gunning life rafts for God sake.
         The Jews showing up in a helicopter full of soldiers who intended to finish off  the entire crew who were mostly without arms to defend themselves for God sake. I mean, isn't that the kind of crap the Nazis did? Attacking a virtually  defenseless AMERICAN ship in the first place! I mean, why in hell isn't this hideous event, or whatever
         the hell ya wanna call it, in every school kid's  history book?... I'll tell you why! Because
         it's the truth! Otherwise it would be in the books if it was an accident! Accidents happen sure, but THIS...  this was no accident! Excuse
         my dander!”     
            “Right on brother!”
         Ozzy offered. “I'm with ya all the way. I'm glad I got someone to talk to about this shit.” 
             Eric offered. “Me too Oz. The weird thing for me is how LBJ went totally along with the whole thing. The President!
         OK, maybe I can understand,  or not really, why a admiral or whatever would go along with it,
         as a matter of following orders, but the President! It makes me wonder what other  stuff
         LBJ was up to, maybe those conspiracy people do know something we don't. Maybe LBJ did have Kennedy shot so he could take
         over...  Who really knows? Maybe there would be no Viet Nam war if Kennedy lived.” 
               Theo added. “Yeah, this LIBERTY thing really gets ya thinking about things like... 
                Hank Ford arrived with a vengeance.
         He did not look like a well rested man, in fact,  he
         looked like he hadn't slept at all and hadn't bothered to change clothes since yesterday morning.   
           “Oh good.” Is all he said as he slid a chair from another table up to the
         end of their table. “You guys are who I need to talk to.”             Hank then began to do all the talking. “I
         was up most of the night, on the net, checking out this USS LIBERTY mess and I can tell ya that there are  some more books out
         there and statements by people that sure don't seem like liars to me.” He continued while he produced  several pages of notebook paper from his shirt pocket, unfolded the paper and
         examined his notes. “There is this one guy... uhh... a     Captain Ward Boston who was a JAG advocate, a JAG is
         like a Navy lawyer, for the crew at the inquiry after the mess and he wrote out a sworn  testimony
         about the whole thing and I can tell ya to your face that the Israelis did this thing deliberately with a capital D!... no
         doubt about!”      “Right on brother!”
         Ozzy offered. “I'm with ya all the way. What else ya got” 
             Hank acknowledged Ozzy with a wink and a nod and continued. “I
         found a website that has the contact information for a lot of these guys who lived  through this... slaughter. They're scattered all over the country, but I'm gonna find out when they
         are getting' together again and I'd like to meet  'em and buy 'em a drink
         or something.”   He asked Ozzy.
         “Didn't you say you met some of 'em, or one of 'em, in Phoenix not so long ago?     “Yeah, but we didn't become buddies or anything. I just bought a book
         that one guy signed and some other guy showed me some of their stuff that they  brought with 'em.” Ozzy added. “I can tell
         ya they were some real nice guys and they sure seemed to be grateful that someone took an interest in their story and their
         cause.”      “What cause?” Theo
         asked.    “They want a whole 'nether investigation into the whole thing, a real investigation  not some cover-up crap, and they want Israel to admit what they did.”
         Answered Ozzy. 
             Theo offered. “Well, I hope they get their reinvestigation before donkeys fly, but I'll bet that ship has sailed.”
         Theo realized his unintended pun and added.  “No pun intended. And if the Israelis ever were
         to admit to what they did, then I'd bet that it would be the end of our so  called 'ally' arrangement
         and ultimately the end of Israel. After all, we are Israel's only friggin' friend... I'm pretty sure.” 
             Ozzy offered. “Probably, and what kind of ally murders their allies? And just how has Israel
         ever  helped us out with any goddamm thing? How many Israeli soldiers fought with us in Nam?     How 'bout
         zero! How many of their guys fought with us in Iraq? In Afghanistan? I'm thinking zero. How much money have we given  those leeches without getting a penny paid back, or without so much as a friendly thank you? And it's OUR money for
         fuck sake!”        Eric spoke up. “Maybe I shouldn't
         be, but I gotta tell you guys that I'm glad yer pissed about this. I mean,  I've been pissed about this for a while now and I got other stuff to show you that might make you
         even more pissed.”      Hank asked. “Like what for instance Blair? What
         could be worse than this shit?      Eric continued. “Well,
         I got a lot of boxes of books at home, which is nether here nor there, but I got a kinda special box where I keep my...  my books about stuff that people don't wanna hear about. Like I got a book that'll make ya think that maybe the holocaust
         is a big lie and...      “Hold it right there Blair!” Theo interrupted. “I
         hope you aren't one of those holocaust deniers... I think they're called. Facts are facts and the holocaust  really happened man. There are photos, films and thousands of sworn testimonials proving it. Hell, even the Germans
         admitted it! How can anybody doubt it?  Why would anybody doubt it? There are even some countries
         where you can go to jail for not believing the holocaust.  No, don't cross that line Eric,
         this LIBERTY  stuff is one thing, the holocaust is something else.      Ozzy then said to Eric.
         “I'd like to have a look at your book.”  
            “Well, I already told Grace that I'd let her see it first already,
         so after her.”        Hank
         broke in. “Grace! Grace is in on this?”    
             Grace upon
         hearing her name spoken loudly came over to the end of the bar and called  over to the huddle at the table. “Hey you guys! If y'all are talking 'bout me I wanna hear it!”  
            Theo offered.
         “Oh, Blair has some holocaust book that Oz wants to read, but you get to first.”    “Oh that.”
         She said. “Well, You go ahead first Oz. I'm in no hurry. In fact, I'm startin' ta think that Blairs probably tryin' ta make us all nuts with his books.”  She then cocked her head to
         one side, knitted her brow and added. “Which probably couldn't hurt.”
         She resumed her activities behind the bar.    
              Lasha arrived at 12:10pm saying to Grace. “Sorry I'm late, but I have a good excuse!” 
             “OK, what is it?”    
            Lasha responded. “Ahhh, which one haven't
         I used lately?”      “Morning sickness.”     “Morning sickness it is then!”
         Then Lasha scurried into the kitchen and turned on the grill first thing.             Deputy Bob in uniform, George Marival and Armando Jones arrived intending to have lunch. There were two older couples who looked to be city  folks out for an adventure already there for lunch. Lasha
         advised Grace that grilled items would take a while, but she could  whip out salads and sandwiches. Bean burros wouldn't take long. Grace advised those who were ordering food of the situation.
                     Armando Jones
         was born in Guaymas, Mexico where his father had been a shrimp fisherman
         with his own trawler. His very pretty mother was a secretary  for an attorney. Her grasp of English was why she had been hired. They were known as the Chavez family back then. Armando's older brother Roberto  was a deck hand on his father's boat while Armando attended grade school. Life was good for the Chavez family until his father's trawler was one
         of four  that sank during a squall with all hands
         lost at sea. Lupe Chavez, of course, was devastated. About the only reason  she didn't succumb to a deep depression was 'Mondo'. She willed herself to carry on for the boy's sake.            
         Divorced Stephen
         E. Jones did well for himself as the owner of an Ace Hardware store in Sierra Vista. Well enough to own a forty foot sailboat that he 
         kept dry docked in San Carlos that isn't far from Guaymas. Lupe happened to be in San Carlos on an errand for her boss when Mr. Jones saw her enjoying  her lunch at a roadside taco stand. He immediately decided that tacos would
         be good for lunch. You can imagine
         the events from there leading to  Armando Jones residing in Panteras.       
             Bob ordered a ham and cheese sandwich, George and Mondo ordered burros and the four tourists all ordered salads. Beer all around.         Bob, using his professional
         eye for details, routines and other human activities immediately noticed the huddle around the far table where occasional
          outbursts could be heard and he was inspired to investigate. Not because of anything suspicious, but because maybe he was missing out on something.  This huddling at a table was far out of the regular routine. He ambled over and stood nearby until he was noticed.  It was Hank who noticed him first and offered a greeting, “Hi Bob, care
         to join us?”      “No, but thanks, my lunch is on the way.” He continued.
          “I'm just wondering what you guys are doing over here, the bar seems kind of abandoned
         without ya.”        Theo spoke next. “Of course
         religion and politics are outlawed in here, but this 
         could be construed as a political meeting... of sorts. You aren't gonna arrest us are ya?”         “Well, that depends.” Bob said. “If you are all deciding to vote for somebody like  Bernie Sanders, then you're all under arrest.”
         That got a chuckle from everyone.        “Naw.” said Ozzy.
         “We're just talkin' some more about the USS LIBERTY thing... and the holocaust.”      Bob, with a surprised look on his face, said. “Really? Well, I don't know about the holocaust.
         I mean I do, but funny that you just mentioned the USS LIBERTY  because yesterday afternoon as I was walking out of Bisbee headquarters I damm
         near bumped into a guy wearing a ball cap that had that ship's name on
         it.  The guy was maybe sixty five, six one, 230, dressed like a golf pro and he was with a gal who was probably his wife. I didn't think anymore about it until now.”    Grace called
         out. “Bob, yer up!”      Bob said to no one in particular. “I gotta eat and run, but I want to hear more about this LIBERTY thing some other time.”   
             Ozzy, who had busied himself on his smart phone prior to Bob's visit,
         found what he was looking for. It was a photo of an extremely  emaciated naked man (except for a cloth covering his groin for modesty). The man looked beyond pathetic and very
         close to death.   Bob held out the phone for Theo to see and asked. “What do
         you see Theo?”     
         “I see an inmate at Auschwitz, or
         some such place, probably the day it was liberated by the Americans... that's what I see, why?”      Ozzy responded. “That's
         a photo of a Union soldier, a POW, who had been in the Confederate prison at
         Andersonville, Georgia.  Evidently food and medicine becomes scarce for the losing side in any war, especially
         for anyone imprisoned by the losing side.”      Eric spoke up. “You'd confess to anything if somebody was crushing yer balls... anything Theo.  And Auschwitz was liberated
         by the Russians, not Americans.”      “OK!” Exclaimed Theo. “I can
         see I'm being set-up here, but don't think I'm gonna believe that Americans or the Brits, or whoever, tortured any  Germans to get confessions from
         them. It was the Germans who did all the torturing and you should know that.
         Americans don't do that kind of crap!”  
            “So Theo.”
         Said Ozzy. “Ever heard of Abu Ghraib?”  
            Theo stared straight ahead while processing
         his thoughts.           Ozzy's phone sounded. He answered it by saying. “Yeah.” He listened and then said. “Got
         it, tell 'em I'll be there in twenty minutes.”  He
         drained the remaining beer from his glass in one gulp and was heading out the door. He placed his hand on Eric's shoulder
         and said. “Bring the book.”             Theo snapped out of his thinking trance to continue the
         argument. “Nobody can deny that the Nazis rounded up millions of Jews and put them in prisons, right?” 
             “Nobody will deny that Theo, I know I won't.” Offered Eric. “Sure
         the Germans rounded up Jews same as we rounded up American Japs here  after Pearl Harbor an' put
         'em in prisons. Some of them prisons were right here in Arizona up by Phoenix. An' the German prisons for Jews were  nicer than the prisons we built for Japs! Auschwitz even had a maternity ward where this Polish lady delivered thousands  a babies an' they wanna make her a saint. Now why have a maternity ward if they're gonna kill everbody anyway?” 
             “How can you say that!?” Theo exclaimed. “They were DEATH FACTORIES
         ya goddamm fool! What kind of drugs are you on Blair? Yeah we  rounded up Japanese, but think
         of the fear caused by Pearl Harbor. We thought the Japanese were going to land on California  beaches
         at any time and the Japanese already here were probably saboteurs, assassins and such things. It was fear Eric!” 
             “Exactly!” Said Eric. “Same with the Germans. Hell, the Jews had
         already declared war on Germany an' started a boycott of German  stuff even before the war
         even started. The Germans figured the Jews could be trouble same as we thought Japs could be trouble.” 
             “Well, there wouldn't have been any trouble if that mad man hadn't  invaded Poland
         to begin his  conquest of the world.” Hank interjected addressing Eric. “Even
         YOU know Hitler was a lunatic, right?”    
            Eric felt out-gunned, but he was determined
         to stand his ground and said in a calm voice. “Hitler invaded Poland to stop the slaughter of the Germans  who were stuck there after WWI when Poland got a bunch of German lan' because of that treaty. Hitler figured he'd get
         that lan' back too, not the world.”  
            “Versailles.”
         Offered Theo.      “What?” Eric asked.    “The Versailles
         Treaty.” Continued Theo. “The treaty made after Germany surrendered in WWI was the Versailles Treaty.” 
             “So that's how ya pronounce it. Yeah that.” Said Eric and he continued.
         “Hitler just wanted the  German lan' they lost back an' he didn't want to keep paying penalty
         money for losing the war, so he...    “War reparations.” Offered Theo.      “What?” Said Eric.  
            “It's called war
         reparations when the losing side in a war is required to pay for all the damages... so to speak.” Said Theo. 
             “OK.” Eric agreed. “War reparations.”             Art McCollum entered The Bar
         fixated on his smart phone. He ambled past the huddle at the table and seated himself at the bar.     Grace
         automatically poured Art a draft and set it in front of him.     Art finally looked up from
         his phone and said. “Mornin' Grace.” He then did  a quick appraisal of the vacant
         bar stools and asked. “Where is everybody?”      “Ya
         walked right past 'em ya phone zombie.”    
                 Art grabbed his beer, placed some money in it's place, slid off his stool and ambled over
         to the huddle at the table and said. “Wazzup guys?”      Hank offered. “Well,
         we were discussing that Liberty incident, but Blair here got us side-tracked talking about Hitler and shit. Take a seat and
         hang on.”        “So, whats Hitler got to do with the USS LIBERTY?”
         Asked Art of anyone.      “Nothing.” Said Theo. “Maybe we should press the re-set
         button and start over now that you are here. Keep your phone handy Art.”      “Wait, wait.” Said Eric. “First, jus' one thing OK?” To Art he said. “Can ya put bromberg massacre
         in yer phone and see what happens please?”     
            “Sure.” Said
         Art. “Spell it.”  
         “It's b-r-o-m-b-e-r-g and then mass
         – acre.” Said Eric.   
             They all waited without speaking, mostly out of curiosity to see where this was going and partly as a courtesy to Art
         who was concentrating on his  accepted task. After Art had finished typing in the words, there
         was only a momentary pause and then he announced. “Wow, there's a whole bunch of stuff here. What do ya wanna see Blair.” 
             Eric leaned over to see what Art was seeing. After a few moments he asked Art if there was more to see.  Art obligingly scrolled down slowly while Eric watched until Eric ordered. “Stop! That one, can ya make that one
         go?”        He had chosen a title to click onto that read, THE 1939 DANZIG MASSACRE OF ETHNIC
         GERMANS. “Can ya show that ta Theo?”  
            Art handed the phone to Theo who examined the
         article with furled eyebrows for a minute or so before saying to Art.  “Mind if I scroll down
         some more?”      Art replied. “Knock yerself out.”   
             Hank scribbled 'bromberg massacre' on one of his note papers, then asked Theo. “Well Theo, what? 
             “Blair here may be right about this stuff. Looks like the Poles murdered a lot
         of Germans. This city, Danzig, was totally German and totally cut off from Germany.”        Hank then asked Eric. “What was that Polish woman's
         name who delivered babies in Auschwitz?” Hank was poised to commence writing on his note paper.      “Jeezuz Hank, I don't know. I mean, I saw her name but I couldn't pronounce it,
         much less spell it, ta save my life.”  He answered. “It was Polish.” Then he asked
         Art. “Ya think we can find her on yer phone?”      “I
         suppose I can give it a shot.” Answered Art. “But what do I type in there, Auschwitz baby deliverer?” 
             Theo handed Art his phone saying, “Try midwife. Try Auschwitz midwife... a-u-s-h... wait... it's a-u-s-c-h-w-i-t-z. 
             Art got busy and in no time he announced with a chuckle. “Got it! Fuck! Blairs right about the gal. There's a
         shit-load a stuff about 'er here”        “So start at the top
         thing and spell the name for me will ya.” Said Hank.      “Uhhh...
         the first thing is called, THE MIDWIFE OF AUSCHWITZ – THE STORY OF...  I'll spell
         it for ya.” Art offered. “S-t-a-n-i-s-l-a-w-a is the first name and get this, l-e-s-z-c-z-y-n-s-k-a.” 
             Hank said. “Hold it, spell that last name again slower.”      “I know.” Said Art. “It makes no sense, so here ya go again... l-e-s-z-c-z-y-n-s-k-a.” He made an attempt
         to pronounce it, but it was no use . “Says here she delivered over three thousand
         babies without ever losing one and she lived until 1974.  The Catholic church wants to 'canonize'
         her or something and the road that leads to Auschwitz today is named after her.”      “Yeah.” Said Eric. “And Auschwitz had a dentist office, movie theater, concerts, soccer
         games with British soldier prisoners playing, they had plays,  stores to buy stuff and even
         a swimming pool! It was a work camp, not a death factory and ya didn't have to work if ya didn't want to, but if ya did,  ya got like coupons ta buy stuff in the store.”      “Well, what about the gas chambers and the piles of poison gas cans they found after the liberation Eric?” Asked
         Hank. “What about those pictures  of piles of dead people who looked like skeletons, what
         about them? What about those ovens? Why were they forcing people in ovens fer gawd sake?”             “Eric took a deep breath
         and exhaled slowly while organizing his reply to Hank's multiple questions. He began. “Them cans of poison was called
         Zyklon-B,  it's for killing bugs like fleas and lice. Lice carried Typhus then and it killed a lot
         of prisoners. Durin' the last year of the war Germany got bombed  into the stone-age. Roads,
         railroads bridges and stuff were destroyed, no food or medicine was getting to  the people
         or the soldiers, much less to prisoners. Like Oz said about those Union Civil War prisoners.”             He took another deep breath
         and exhaled quickly before continuing. “Those piles a skeleton bodies were people that starved ta death or got sick
         or both.  Those ovens weren't fer killin' anybody, they were for burning diseased bodies, nobody was
         forced in 'em, they was dead already.  Those ovens were only built during the last six months
         or so of the war. And those ovens didn't burn up millions    of bodies like they say. Those
         ovens couldn't burn a million bodies 'cause there were only like twelve of 'em and it takes too long to 
           burn a body anyway.” He paused and finally stated. “Look guys, I'm no expert on this stuff, I just read
         some books by guys who ARE experts and  if ya want I can tell ya the names if ya want. I'm gonna
         bring the best book here tomorrow for Oz. There weren't no gas chambers for killin' people I tell ya.” 
                    Theo offered. “We'll,
         I need to look into a lot of issues. I'm going home to do my homework. I don't feel like drinking beer  or chatting any more today.” To Eric he said. “Boy Blair, you really know how to open a can of worms and
         stir it up!”      “Me too.” Announced Hank and then to Charlie he
         said. “You sure have been quiet Charlie, you alright?”      Hank's question brought
         Charlie out of his thinking stupor. He looked up at Hank who had gotten up to leave... after finishing his beer.  He answered. “Uhh... what, I mean yeah, I'm fine. I just can't believe my friggin' ears. I need another beer.
         I need a shot too!”           Hank left, but he soon came back in to ask Eric a final question. Eric and Art were still sitting at the table involved
         in discussion. “Say Blair, what was that you said about the Jews declaring war on Germany?
         I mean, how would Jews declare war? What Jews?”  
            Eric raised his eyebrows and looked at Art.
         Art, without saying a word, reached for his phone on the table and asked. “OK, what do I punch in?” 
             “Try... uhh....” Eric paused for thought, then shrugged his shoulders and
         said. “Try, jews declare war on germany.”  
            Art typed it in the search box, waited a moment
         and declared, “Yep, there is all kinds of stuff here about it.”      “Got it thanks.” Said Hank and off he went.  
              CHAPTER 7 – THE BLAIR WITCH DILEMMA                Eric and Art sat at the huddle table chatting. Eric was feeling both distressed and elated. Distressed
         because of what Theo said about him being an  'opener and stirrer of a can of worms' is what he remembered
         him saying and elated because he hadn't had such a robust exchange of ideas with people  since
         he could remember. Arguments is probably a better choice of words, rather than exchange of ideas.  It occurred
         to ask Art for another smart phone search, so he asked. 
            “Art, can I bother
         ya' for one more phone search?”   
           “Sure, where we goin'
         Bud?”        “Can of worms.”        “Yeah, I heard what Theo said to you.” Art said. “I think it means like causing trouble.
         Let's see.” He entered the phrase into the search box.         Art then read aloud. “A can of worms is a situation or subject that is very complicated, difficult or
         unpleasant to deal with or discuss.”  
            “So Theo used the
         right phrase, that's fer sure. Do ya think he's pretty pissed at me?”      “How much schoolin' didja finish?” Art asked.    “Oh... well, I didn't even graduate high school after
         my Mom was ... after my Mom died. My younger brothers and my lil' sister got taken in by  some
         relatives and people, but I was almost eighteen, I was the oldest, an' they thought I was... Why anyways? What's schoolin'
         got ta do with Theo being mad at me?”    
            “Well, you know Theo was like a professor or something. He like went to Arizona State in Phoenix and was a school teacher
         for a long time. I think he  was like a history
         teacher.” Art continued. “I don't think Theo gets mad at you for knowin' all this bizarre shit, I think he gets
         mad at hisself for not knowin' it.  Or maybe he gets mad at Arizona State for not tellin' him or something. I don' know, but maybe it's
         like that.” Art continued. “Ya kinda made 'em look  like a dumbass today, not that ya meant to, ya jus' did is all.”      “Ya think maybe I should jus' shut
         up?” Eric asked. “Ya think maybe people are happier being ignorant... maybe people
         wanna jus' be left alone.”  
            “Well, I can't speak for nobody but m'self, but I think this bizarre shit is inneresstin' as hell...  beats watchin' TV.” Replied Art. “TV jus' pisses me the hell off
         now days most a the time.”     “I ain't watched much TV since Mom was... died. I haven't had one. The TVs always on here but  I can't see the words very well that are on the bottom goin' by. So what's wrong with  TV Art?”      “Well, I got nuthin' against black people, 'specially round here 'cause there ain't none...
         'cept Meshell and she's alright. An' black people got their  own things goin' on, like how they talk an' how they dance an' the music they like and how they shake hands and whatever.
         Their hair dos and clothes.  How they go on when they're mad. They're real different. Nuthin' wrong with bein' different, but that's it, they are real different.  It ain't me.
         It ain't my style. And that's OK, what a bore the world would be without some difference.... Where was I?”      “TV.” Eric reminded him.   
             “Yeah yeah... Black people have kinda taken
         over the TV on commercials and shows like there are more of them now then
         us white people.  Maybe there are, I don' know. But I only watch old shows 'specially ole' cowboy shows
         now days cause it reminds me of bein' a kid. And the 
         homos on TV!” Art continued. “Since when do we hafta watch homos? I mean I suppose I'm supposed to like 'em but
         I never have and I don't think  I ever will. It's like
         everybody now days knows what they do to each other in bed but now it's supposed to be OK? I mean maybe people don't know
          what they
         do in bed, or think it's fine, but I don't. Bein' a homo sure as hell ain't my style. I think homos are repulsive an'
         silly an' if there's  sumpthin' wrong with me for being how I am then jus' shoot me – I'll loan
         ya the gun!” Art was about to continue when his phone sounded.           He looked at the screen
         then put it to his ear. “Hi Hon, wazzup?”  He listened then said. “Yeah, I'm here... yeah I know what time  it is and no I ain't
         had much at all... one.” He listened some more. “It ain't goin' nowhere, I'll get on it soon.” He listened
         some more.        “Well, she's always mad, she's a.... OK!” He turned
         his phone off and turned to Eric. “I gotta go Bud. My wife is cavin' to the pressure all over the  damm place. I gotta go see about Bonnie Wyatts damm washin' machine like right now. Bonnie must be up to her neck in
         suds an' water to hear my wife tell it!”     
            He gave Eric an informal salute on the way out
         and said. “See ya Bud.”           Eric immediately realized that he was alone at the far table and got up to move to his regular table
         near the bar. He started to sit in his  chair along the wall but changed his mind. He slid onto
         the stool at the bar nearest the TV to watch it with a purpose in mind.      Grace came over to where
         he was and said. “You guys sure were havin' a hell of a meetin' over there. Who said what ta make everbody leave? ”
          Then she added as she indicated towards his glass with a nod. “Ya wanna drain that
         last inch an' I'll getcha a fresh one.”  
            “Uhhh... two guys
         had to work and two guys went to do homework. Like research homework.”             He tossed back the last gulp and handed her the glass.
         He fixated on the TV and sure enough there were five women seated behind a table shaped  in a half-circle
         obviously involved in an animated discussion. There were three black women, and two white women. All three black women had
          long straight hair. One of them had blond hair. He wondered if the blond was wearing a wig
         or if the hair was bleached, because it sure couldn't be natural  and wasn't natural looking.
         All three black women were over made up, including obvious false eye lashes and bright red lipstick. Their choice of tight
          fitting dresses was very unflattering to all of them because of their obvious 'heaviness.”
         One of the black women was talking while bobbing her head  a lot and making exaggerated dismissive
         hand gestures with hands that displayed very long fingernails painted the color of her lips.  He wondered
         if the fingernails were real, and if they were, he wondered how careful she needed to be to keep from breaking them. 
                 He could easily read the
         text scrolling along the bottom of the screen. The text read: 'and after I was done throwing his sorry black ass  out I would throw the contents of his messy closet out behind him (applause) ain't no man gonna get away with two timing
         me no siree bubba' (applause).        The five women were all high-fiving the speaker who was
         now nodding her head with her large lips pursed and chin thrust forward.            One of the white women was now speaking. He read the text that had been
         appearing: 'a long  time and if my wife ever did that I would probably do more than just
         throw her clothes out I'd probably'...  
                 He quickly looked back up at the person speaking who he thought was a woman. The person,
         according to what he read, had said 'my wife' and used  the word 'her'... he was sure he had read it right.
         He intently examined the person speaking and assured himself that the person was female, although he  could be mistaken. She or he, in a marked contrast to the black women, wore no obvious makeup, had dark brown curly
         hair worn in a disheveled  bobbed style, she had no finger nails to speak of and she was wearing
         a dark colored woolen pendleton style shirt buttoned all the way to the top.      Curious confusion inspired Eric to ask Grace what she might know
         about this person. “Say Grace.” He began.  
            Grace, who was pouring a pitcher for two new
         arrivals said. “Thank you Lord for this beer they're about to receive.”        He
         shot her a look of confused disapproval that she noticed and she continued. “Well, you said say grace.”  It was her little joke that she'd employed many times before when she was set up for it.      “No... see that person talking on TV.” Eric continued. “Do ya know who that is?” 
             “Yeah, that's Sarah Gilbert. She was on Roseanne for years.” 
             “So she's a she yeah?” He asked.      “Well, sure she's a she, although not much of a she by lookin' at 'er... why?” 
               “Well, has she got A WIFE?” Eric asked using disbelieving emphasis
         on the words, a wife.    
            “Yeah.” Grace answered and
         added. “The wife is a real mess of a rock chick. They're lesbians. Ya know what those are doncha Blair?” 
             “Sure, but are they really like legally married, or just more like livin' together.” 
             “No, they're legally married like man an' wife only woman an' wife. Creepy ain't
         it. Never thought I'd see the day!”    
            Eric offered,
         “So women are marrying women
         an' men are probably marrying men too I suppose.”        “Yep.
         Ya gotta get out more Blair. Yer missing the whole decline of decent Western civilization. America is in free-fall goin' ta
         hell ina hand basket!”  Grace then broke off the conversation to go into the kitchen to see
         if Lasha was preparing the orders or out having a puff... again.           Eric continued to watching the TV that was now showing an add for Toyota
         where a pretty young white lady was showing a black family  the latest family car. The next
         add featured a black couple pitching a weight loss product. The following add featured a black doctor  pitching a male enhancement product to a middle aged white man.              Eric was already convinced that Art was right. There must be more black
         people than white people. He supposed that by living in Panteras for so long  he had missed
         the transformation. But, just to be sure, he decided to ask Grace for the remote control when she came back out. He surveyed
         The Bar to  see if anyone was watching the TV. They weren't.          
         Grace handed him the remote and he began flipping
         though the endless selection of channels. After perhaps ten minutes George Marival,  who had
         been watching Eric from across the bar, spoke up.      “Make up your mind Dude! You're wearing the remote battery out.” 
              Eric extended the remote towards George saying, “Do ya wanna watch sumpthin'?”      “Not really, I just been watching you go through those channels like a crazy man.” George froze
         for an instant after realizing what he had just said.  Referring to a crazy man, and he really thought Eric
         was crazy, as being like a crazy man was never a good idea only because who knows how a  crazy
         man will react to being compared to a crazy man... or something like that.         Eric set the remote down and slid it towards the end of the bar for Grace
         to put away. He'd seen enough. It was true. Blacks appeared on the TV  screen seemingly as much,
         or more, than whites and exclusively appeared on some shows. He saw a few orientals but no Hispanics or no  one obviously Hispanic. He wondered if Blacks had indeed out-bred Whites, or maybe there always had been more Blacks
         and he just hadn't noticed.        He wondered if wealthy Black athletes had purchased the
         TV networks and had set about to over-represent their race. He wondered many things  and began
         wondering how he was going to purchase a smart phone or a computer on his Social Security pittance. He couldn't go on much
         longer  bothering Art, or whomever, about looking things up for him on theirs. He decided to go
         to his hovel and look through his boxes of books to see if  there was anything about TV networks. 
                  Upon returning home, after
         chaining his bike to the mesquite tree in the front yard and setting the book intended for Art on the floor against the front
         door,  Eric went directly to an unopened stack of boxes. He already had read all of the books in
         the open boxes and did not recall ever reading anything  pertaining to television. He knew
         exactly what was in his taboo box because he had read all of those books at least two times each.            
         He began his quest by opening the top box on a
         stack of five other unopened boxes. He examined over a hundred books in the top box, the titles,  book
         descriptions on the back covers, the cover art. Nothing gave him any idea that any of the books might be about the television
         industry.  He did set aside a few that might be interesting for later reading.             Before he continued his quest
         for information about the television industry he again examined one of the books he'd chose for later reading.  There was something intriguing about the title that read, SOLVING 9-11 THE DECEPTION THAT CHANGED THE WORLD. Wondering
         exactly  what was meant by 'the deception' he looked on the back cover and read the concise reviews.
          He read them all and became very curious about the contents. One review read: 
     “Our government, media and our culture itself have become so infested with lies and liars that
         most of us are hard pressed to maintain any awareness
  of reality. Christopher Bollyn gives us a chance to
         see clearly what has happened to America – information we can use to reformulate our world  view
         and guide our thinking as we attempt to cope.”   
                  Eric was excited. This was
         the sort of book that he was looking for  and might be a book that would  address media, particularly
         television. He opened the book to the beginning which was a dedication that read:         “This book is dedicated to
         the people who were killed on 9-11 and those who have suffered  and perished in the aftermath
         as a result of the evil deception about what happened that day.”           On the next page was a quote by J. Edgar Hoover, the former director
         of the FBI from 1956 that read:    
               “The individual is handicapped by coming face-to-face with a conspiracy
         so monstrous he cannot believe it exists. The American mind simply has not  come to the realization of
         the evil which has been introduced into our midst. It rejects even the assumption that human creatures could espouse a  philosophy which must ultimately destroy all that is good and decent.”            
         Eric tried to recall exactly what Grace had said
         bout decent civilization in decline and America going to hell in a hand basket.           Next he examined the table of contents. He read down
         to Chapter VIII that read: The Media Cover Up. He proceeded to Chapter VIII and read it.  He was
         astounded to easily deduce that Jews, not Blacks, own or totally control all important media outlets, television in particular.
         The author  named powerful TV executives. The U.S.S. Liberty was even mentioned. He re-read the chapter,
         then returned to the  beginning to read the Preface. Opposite from the first page of the Preface
         was a quote by Robert F. Kennedy that read: 
     “Fear not the path of truth for
         the lack of people walking on it.”
   
                  Eric got the idea that this
         book was speaking to him personally. He   read until four in the morning when his vision became too blurred to continue.  He fell asleep on his army surplus cot with the book on his chest. He'd been in approximately the same position on the
         cot for nearly twelve hours.                 He wasn't the only one reading until the wee hours.              
          CHAPTER 8
         – THE  PAUL REVERE SOCIETY  
                    Theo Ordorno was at home
         furiously searching for and examining anything that appeared on his computer screen after typing AUSCHWITZ in the  search box. After examining the sites listed on the first two pages of search results, where information was provided
         by what he considered reputable  sources such as Wikipedia, PBS, History.com and The New York Times,
         he again felt sure that the accepted holocaust narrative was true and that  Blair's arguments were based
         on falsehoods.             But
         upon further searching he came upon websites that presented convincing evidence that debunked the official story, very convincing
         evidence.  One particular site, CODOH (Committee for Open Debate on the Holocaust) presented seemingly
         unassailable evidence and arguments that could  sway anyone to become at least a holocaust revisionist,
         if not a staunch denier. Another site titled, THE WRITINGS OF PETER WINTER, offered  enough
         logical evidence to reduce the official narrative to a ridiculous hoax. He even came upon a HOLOCAUST  DEPROGRAMMING COURSE site that could probably convince even a Jew that the holocaust did not happen as advertised. 
                  Theo also happened upon historical
         events mentioned at these denier sites such as the HOLODOMOR, ARMENIAN GENOCIDE and  EISENHOWER'S
         RHINE CAMPS that were completely unknown to him... until now. He wondered how such events could have been so  well hidden for so long. Where did the power to either present a corrupted version of history or completely hide history
         come from? He determined  to find out but could see that he would need help, a lot of help.
         He needed what is known as a 'think tank' or something like a coordinated research team.            
         He decided to create a research team. He already
         had a good idea about who he should recruit first.  He looked forward to seeing them sometime tomorrow. He
         went to bed and slept well.      
             Theo was the first and only person waiting in his car for Grace to open the next morning. He first wanted to share his
         idea about a research team,  or research club, with Hank Ford, Blair, Oz, Bob Edmundson, Ernie
         Zundel and Art before driving to Sierra Vista to see about getting a smart phone.  He hadn't
         missed having a phone of any kind since the day he retired. He had put his ties and cell phone in the trash that day as a
         celebratory gesture.  To Theo, ties represented conformity costuming and cell phones were
         little else but irritating invasions of peace and privacy. There were  those who would ask him what
         he would do in an emergency without a phone and he would answer, “I'll drive off that bridge when I come to it.”
                      The JJ's
         came in for coffee to go. Art McCollum came in next for alcohol fortification. The rest of the early regular regulars were
         all  conspicuously absent prompting Grace to ask Theo, “Did you guys have a party somewhere
         last night? Where are you huddle buddies?”      “Huddle buddies? Ya mean
         our little gathering at the table over there yesterday?”      “Yeah that.” She answered.        “I don't know what happened after I left, and I have to leave soon again.  I'm going
         Sierra Vista to buy a phone. It's time for one.” Theo offered.      Then he asked Art. “So
         Art, how much are those smart phones anyway, can ya give me some advice?”      “Well, mine came free when I signed up for the service. I pay sixty bucks a month
         for service. But you can  pay a lot for phones that you can talk to and tellum what to do.
         Like as much as five or six hundred bucks.”      “Jeezuz!” Exclaimed
         Theo. “I think I like your deal. So, changing the subject here, you remember  yesterday
         our discussion over at the table there with Blair and Hank and the others.”      “Sure., that was some very inneresstin' stuff Blair was comin' up with. I'd kinda like to hear more
         about it. About the holocaust things and that LIBERTY  ship thing has been botherin' me. I tried to tell my
         wife about some of the stuff, but she didn't wanna hear about nuthin'... she thinks that the past is past  and why be diggin' up old buried stuff in the first place. Maybe she's right about the past, but I kinda think that
         if ya don't know about where ya  were in the past, then yer not gonna know how ya got to here and
         ya sure as hell ain't gonna know where yer goin'. But that's jus' me thinkin'.”        “Well, I tend to agree with you Art. I think the events in history definitely have shaped the conditions
         in the present. I'm also thinking now that we  don't know nearly enough about what really happened in
         the past to know why so many things are so... so disturbing now days. But I intend to  find out
         and maybe you can help me.”      “Sure I'll be glad to
         help ya Theo, but what the hell can I do? I'm no history teacher ya know and I can't rightly  remember
         what happened last Sunday, much less what happened before I was even borned or whatever.”        “That's OK Art, you are pretty handy with that phone of yours, and if I had several guys with phones
         ready to search for things, like you were doing yesterday,  then I'll bet we could get a lot
         of information gathered very fast. I'd like to start up something like a truth search club... or something like that.  We can do it here while enjoying snacks and brews, kind of like getting together with pals to shoot pool, only we do
         some brain storming!”      “Sure, sure I'm in.” Said Art. “So long as
         ya know I ain't much of a brain and who else ya got in mind, Blair, Hank?”      “Exactly! And maybe Oz, Charlie and whoever else might be interested. All comers will be welcome as
         long as they want to learn, not just argue.”  
            “Sounds kinda like
         school.” Art said.    “Yeah, like school. Like a continuing education history class for adults and a police
         detective investigation at the same time.”   
             Grace, who overhears everything that goes on at the bar asked. “Is this gonna be like a 'gentleman's club', are
         gals gonna be welcome?”      “Of course.” answered
         Theo. “All comers who have an interest in being a history detective will be welcome regardless of race, sex, color or
         creed... even you!”      She acknowledged the thinly veiled, but probably well intentioned,
         insult with a roll of the eyes and a curt reply. “Oh Boy!”             Art
         then announced that he'd better get at it. His wife had scheduled  too much for him to accomplish
         in one day on purpose... as usual.      
          Theo expressed his need to get his phone shopping
         accomplished. They walked out together leaving Grace  to ponder what was going to transpire regarding this
         'club' or 'team' or whatever Theo had in mind.    
            She tried to remember what Theo called it...
          a history education class for adults, and police detective investigation altogether... or something like that. She figured that it couldn't hurt and probably wouldn't last too long. After all, were these yahoos really going to
         become the people's police on an  historic history quest or what. She wondered what they were going
         to call their club. She tossed around some ideas in her head and decided that  they should
         call themselves, THE PAUL REVERE SOCIETY. 
            She wrote it down intending to suggest it to
         Theo.           Not
         one other regular regular arrived to seat himself at the bar until nearly three o'clock when Oz came  in with Hank followed soon after by Eric. Ernie came in around three thirty and Theo five minutes later. 
                Eric handed off his holocaust revision book titled, THE LEUCHTER REPORT, to Ozzy. Eric had the
         SOLVING 9-11 book with him too,  he
         would wait for the right time to introduce it to the guys. Theo suggested that they all huddle around the far table again
         for another chat.         
          When they were all seated and beer glasses were
         all topped off from the pitcher that Theo bought, he began by saying. “So, I don't know about  you guys, but I have heard about and read about more disturbing facts, theories, historical events, cover-ups and whatever
         lately than I ever wanted  to know, but now I want to know more. I want to really
         know what the hell is really going on. Henry Ford's book isn't a pack of lies if ya ask me.  This USS LIBERTY story is very disturbing. A closer look at the holocaust story is certainly worth the bother. There
         is a lot more to the WWII story  than we've been told that's for
         sure. The more I investigate one issue the more issues present themselves. It's like there is a gigantic bunch of dots  that need connecting. I'm thinking that the more help I can get the better. We need to get
         the word out that there are some bad people evidently  operating from behind a
         curtain who control the people we see in front of the curtain. We can all contribute to putting together  a book maybe, maybe we can build an information website, maybe we can give talks at places...
         we gotta do something!”     
          “Hell Theo.” Began Hank. “I'm
         with ya, but there are already books and websites out there. And if ya go to YouTube there are a lot of different  people with videos who are presenting information about all sorts of stuff. It's kinda overwhelming to go from one link
         to another until ya  forget how or where ya started in the first place.”        “Hank's right.” Offered Ozzy. “What can we do that isn't being done already?”    “Yep. Began
         Theo. “There's a lot of information sharing out there, but from what
         I've seen, it's all pretty jumbled, it's disorganised. I think we  can put our heads together and put an alternative history together in a chronological order.
         I read Howard Zinn's PEOPLE'S HISTORY  OF THE UNITED STATES a
         long time ago and was impressed then with his collection of atypical historical information. But he didn't touch  the USS LIBERTY story, or all of the holes in the holocaust narrative and there was not
         a peep about Ford's book.  Sometimes what we're not told is more revealing than
         what we are told, but only if we find out what we weren't told. Does that make sense?”        “It makes perfect sense Theo.” Said Eric. “Speaking of not being told an' then finding
         out we weren't told somethin', I have this book here.”  He
         had been sitting on it. He now brought it out and placed it on the table face up for all to see and continued. “I always
         thought there were  some very peculiar, if not unbelievable, things that
         happened on 9-11. The way them buildings fell, especially the one that fell later in the afternoon.  People hijacking planes with box cutters and how did a big hijacked plane get past our military guarding Washington
         and the Pentagon? The guy that  wrote this book did his homework
         and we all should check it out!”        “Oh, here we go.” Said Hank “Now we're all gonna become conspiracy theorists about 9-11 too huh?” 
             “There's a big difference 'tween facts an' theories Hank,
         an' if the LIBERTY thing can teach us anything, it's that corruption can go all the way ta the top  – all the way ta the Oval Office. Hava look at this book here, it won't bite cha an' ya might jus' get a better
         point a view about the whole 9-11 shebang.”      “I'm not afraid of being bitten, I'm afraid of finding out that our government is FUBAR and we've all been played the
         fools... for a long time.” Said Hank      “Vhat is foo bar?” Ernie asked.        “Fucked Up Beyond All Recognition.” Ozzy informed him. 
             “Ahh, FUBAR. That is a akronym in Churman language.” Said Ernie after thinking about it. “What do you call it in English
         here?”  
         “Acronym.” Answered
         Theo.           Hank had picked up the 9-11book form the table and was examining the front and back covers, then opened it up to examine
         some of the contents  while the conversations continued. He read the table
         of contents and went to page 47 where Chapter III began. The chapter's title was,  America the Target: 9-11 and Israel's History of False Flag Terrorism. Here we go again with the Jews Hank thought to
         himself. He was hooked.    
             Theo stated. “That book right there that Hank's looking at, the USS LIBERTY
         books and that holocaust book... the books that Blair here had, and  the
         Liberty book that Oz here bought directly from a LIBERTY veteran is enough for me to want to find out what else is out there
         and who and  what the hell is behind all this.” Then he asked.
         “Is it just some Jews or what? It can't just be some  Jews
         because evidently there are other people in on this besides Jews... but why? Where is this all going?      “OK.” Said Hank. “Let's officially begin this... journey, by figuring
         out what a false flag is.”        They say that timing is everything. Hank finished making
         the last suggestion when in walked Art who had obviously been working 
         with cement earlier because there were dried specks and splashes of it all over his shirt and overalls, his face and especially
         his work boots.    
                 Art was greeted by all who were present and Theo jokingly added.
         “You're late Art!”      “Late
         for what?” Art replied. Late for the first official meeting of... of the club.”        “Yeah Art.” Said Hank. “Pull up chair, get out your phone
         and look up false flag please.”      “Look up what? Hold on, gimme a minute to go wash up some in the john
         and I really need a beer.”  He went out the side door to the
         men's room.   In the mean time Ozzy had searched for 'false flag' on
         his smart phone and reported.    
            “Got it... uhh... false flag, a
         flag flown to disguise the true identity or affiliation of a ship... or... a political or military act orchestrated in such
         a way that it  appears to have been carried out by a party that is not in fact responsible...
         And that's pretty much what  Israel did with the LIBERTY, sink a ship, or try to, and blame someone
         else... like Egypt.”      “And that's what Israel
         did on 9-11! Fuck some shit up an' blame the a-rabs!” Added Eric.        Art finished freshening up and was at the bar waiting for the pitcher of PBR that Grace was pouring.  Grace, looking over her shoulder, asked Art. “So, do you guys have a name for your
         little gang over there yet?”      “No,
         I mean I don't know.” He answered and then called over to the group at the table.  “Hey fellas! Do you... do we have a name for us, our little gang here yet?”        Everyone at the table shrugged as they looked
         around at one another.  Ozzy
         responded. ”Nope, why, ya think we need one?” 
             Grace reached into her back pocket and produced the scrap of paper with the
         name she  wanted to suggest written on it and handed it to Art
         saying. “See if this'll work for ya.”      Art returned to the
         table, set his glass and the pitcher down and while still standing read  from
         the scrap of paper with feigned dignity.                “How 'bout … THE PAUL REVERE SOCIETY?” 
                  They
         all looked at Art for a few moments and then looked around at each other before Eric said. “I like it!” 
             There were other approving comments such as, 'works fer me' and 'sounds good'. 
             “Good idea Art.”' Said Theo. “That'll fly.” 
             “It was Grace's idea. She had it written down.”
         Art reported.  
            Theo called over to Grace. “Good idea
         Grace. We're gonna use your idea, but we don't want  to hear anything about your
         copyrights or user fees due, OK?” He was kidding of course.      “Nawww, ya'll won't hear 'bout that stuff from my lawyer 'till the money starts rollin' in from book sales an' T-shirts
         an' personal   appearances an' what all ya got goin'... an' I'm a member right?” She
         kidded back.  
            “You got it Hot
         Stuff!” Theo responded.    
            “So, ya gotta plan about all this
         Theo?” Ozzy asked. “I mean, where do we start? Do we always meet here? Should we meet here?... I mean,  after a few pitchers we ain't gonna be none too sharp ya know. We gonna meet in the day or
         night? Is Liz gonna dig all this? The sign does say  NO POLITICS and this is
         kinda like politics idn' it? I mean this shit were lookin' at here is gonna
         be so right-winged that it'll probably go all  the way around to the left-wing
         or sumpthin' like that, ya know?”        “No, I don't have any
         concrete plan at all besides we're going to need a coordinated research effort and a method of collecting and storing  information for organisation and eventual presentation.” Explained Theo. “We can all work separately together at home on
         our computers and  phones and communicate by phone and email... which reminds
         me... I bought a smart phone that's smarter than me because I need a lesson on  how to turn it on much less
         operate the damn thing, ...can ya
         help me out Art? And, of course, we'll still be meeting here, after all, we've been  doing it for years.” He continued. “And Liz, or anybody else, doesn't need to know what we're up to unless
         they want to know and then we'll  tellum. If they don't want to hear
         what we have to say, then fine, they can walk on by, but if they are interested, then maybe we'll have a new member.  We just have to start at the beginning and take it where it goes.”         Eric then stated. “Well, I don't have a computer or even a phone fellas, I don't know if I'd be much help.  All I got is my books an' I haven't even looked at half of them... I maybe could”... 
                  Theo cut him off by saying. “I already thought of that Blair and if it wasn't for you
         and your books we all would probably be looking at the TV watching  female gladiators or whatever... not that I don't enjoy watching some jiggling T & A sometimes,
         but now I'm on a  mission. I feel like
         I finally have  something to occupy
         my time that's   worth something on some level... or a lot of levels.” He continued.                               
                                                   “Anyway, why don't ya move to my place.  I have a motor home that's maybe as big as that... as that studio apartment you're in now.    We can get
         it all hooked up to power and water and the septic system.  Your books and things can go in the barn. It's only
         two miles to town, so you can bike it in fifteen minutes and I can get a computer rigged  up for you out there with Wifi or whatever.
         I have an unused laptop that will work fine for you. It's all doable if you are
         interested.”           Eric was speechless. It was too good to be true. He mentally
         explored the proposal and tried to think of any downside to it before asking.  “That's a real nice offer Theo but I'm wonderin'
         what I'll need to pay a month. An' I don't even know how ta turn a computer on, much less work the thing!” 
               “Well, I haven't thought about rent because it's not important
         to me.” Theo responded. “How about you doing some things around the place to offset any rent.  There are always things that need doing, like weeding, mowing, watering, feeding and grooming
         my horses and whatever. I'm sure there's enough to do if  you'd
         like and I wouldn't mind the company and having someone there when I'm away is a plus, if I have a mind to go anywhere. And as far as  operating a computer, it's
         so easy even a caveman can do it. All ya need is a couple of lessons and  you'll be off and runnin' through cyberspace like a
         man possessed. It's worth a try anyway, ya think?”        “Again, that's a real nice
         offer. I don't know why not,'cept I hope we can get along OK. I like ta think I'm quiet an' I purty much keep ta m'self. I sure wouldn't wanna wreck yer peace an' quiet out there... I gotta give ole' lady Meigs some notice that I'm movin' out.”      “Then give her notice today and start packing if you please. Said Theo.
         “I'll come and help ya move with the motor home when you say so.”      “Sounds real good Theo, an' I thank ya kindly.” Said Eric as he extended
         his hand toward Theo to shake, thus finalizing the agreement. He could  not believe how much better he felt about being alive these past few days, but this new development really was an indication  that a guardian angel had been assigned to him. He felt an obligation to thank the angel for coming, but he didn't know how.           Ozzy
         lifted his glass and said. “Salud Amigos!” His friends all responded by doing the same.     CHAPTER 9 – ADVANCE THE COLORS!           “So Guys.” Began Theo. “Let me bounce this off ya... We have a lot of ground to cover, a lot of info to examine.
         We all should work on the subject  that interests us the most. We all shouldn't research the same thing at the same time because we all could be examining
         and collecting the same info...  which would be redundant... or
         maybe not, whaddaya think?” He paused while he produced his notes, then continued.
         “The subjects at hand, in no  order, I just wrote this stuff
         down from the memory of hearing about it recently, are USS LIBERTY, Pearl
         Harbor, Gulf of Tonkin, Eisenhower  Rhein Camps, the holocaust, gas
         chambers, Versailles Treaty, Hitler book, Ford book, Protocols of Elder Zionists, Armenian genocide, 9-11,  Rabbi Dov Zakheim on 9/11 and the trillions missing from Pentagon, World Trade Center Building
         7, Leuchter book, Liberty books, Andersonville  prison, uhhhh... the Polish
         midwife at Auschwitz, Polish massacre of Germans Danzig,TV ownership, Jewish gun control, Jewish immigration  legislation, uhhh... theres more but that's enough... right?           “What subjects are ya gonna do Theo?” Eric
         asked. We can team up since we'll be neighbors alright?”      “9-11 has my attention, you obviously are on it.
         So 9-11 for me... and you, OK?”       
            Ernie Zundel spoke up. “I vill do za holocaust
         please. Vhen I vas groink up in Churmany, it vas not allowed to say da holocaust is not right.  You go to jail. No vone should go to jail for being wrong, only for being right ef you say it es wrong... es wrong.
         I vant holocaust.”    
            Charlie Coughlin
         spoke up. “I haven't a phone nor computer, maybe I can team up with you Ernie. I don't live far from your place.  I really would like to work on this holocaust thing.” 
                  Hank chimed in. “LIBERTY for me all the way!”      Ozzy added. “I'm with ya Hank. I already got a lot of the skinny. I wanna  verify this stuff. I wanna meet these LIBERTY guys again and but 'em a drink.” 
                 Leon
         DeGrelle, in civies, came in for a shot and a beer on his way    home from Bob Bitker's.
         As he walked by the gathering at the table  
          he greeted the familiar faces by saying. Hiya
         guys, what are ya up to over here?”      If you really want to
         know, pull up a chair Leon,” Said Hank.     “Uh Oh, now I'm not sure if I wanna know, but hang on, lemme get a drink.
         I'll be right back.”    Leon went to the end of the bar and manoeuvred between two familiar locals whose names he didn't know. 
         “Pardon me gentlemen, I need grace's attention”      One
         of the pleasantly intoxicated locals spoke up while winking and feigning indignity.  “Hey-hey man, who ya callin' gennelmin?”        Leon
         got the gag, of course, and replied. “Sorry, I meant pardon me dudes.” He called to Grace, who was flipping  through channels by request. “Grace, put on the Marx Brothers and get me a Maker's
         Mark and a chaser please.”    Grace looked over at Leon and said. “You got it Bud.” Then she offered
         him the remote and said. “Mark anna Bud comin' up,  but ya
         gotta fine' the Marx Brothers yerself... they're on there somewhere I'll betcha. Everything is on there but nuthin' is ever
         on!”    
          “Ha!” Exclaimed
         Leon. “You just made a Yogi Berra!”      “I just did a what? What's a Yogi Bear?”    Leon said. “No, not Yogi Bear, Yogi Ber-ra!... the New York
         Yankee!”      Grace asked. “What are ya talkin' about Leon, have you been hangin out with Lasha?”    The local beside Leon offered. “You better quit while yer behind friend.”      Leon said to Grace. “Fergit it. Bad joke. My bad.”        Grace got Leon his Maker's Mark
         and a Bud draft and hurried about setting the drawer for Liz who was  arriving
         soon for happy hour. Lasha came out from the kitchen to grab the tip bucket and divvy up the day's tips. 
                   Leon sauntered back to the back table armed with an alcoholic beverage in each hand. He set
         his drinks on a nearby table and pulled a chair up near  the group. He heard Theo saying. “OK, this is good, but we need somebody to get on the
         WWII  issues like Pearl Harbor,
         Hitler's book, Eisenhower's camps, Danzig massacre, the Dresden...  
            Art spoke up. “That's me! I'll look into
         that stuff.”  
            Good show guys.” Said Theo. “We're
         in business.” He examined his recently scribbled notes and reiterated. “We got Art on WWII. Hank and Oz are  on the LIBERTY. Ernie and Charlie got the holocaust. And Eric and I are on 9-11 and  I guarantee one dot will lead to another, we will need to store everything that we might
         use.”    
            “There are a few
         handy ways to store lots of stuff”
         Offered Ozzy. “Like, I copy
         and paste stuff as email drafts,  you'd be amazed at how much stuff
         you can store onna email draft, I can show ya what I mean if ya want.”        “Documents!” Exclaimed Hank. “Documents folders can store
         encyclopedias of information.”      Leon interrupted. “So,
         you guys know that yer a bunch of shit stirrers doncha?”      “I don't think we're shit stirrers Leon.” Said Eric. “We're
         just regular people with a lot of questions who want to...         Leon interrupted again. “Blair!
         I meant shit stirrers as a compliment.” He continued.  “I
         happen to be a WWII buff. My Grandfather fought with the  Germans
         as a member of the Belgian Walloon SS Division. I know many things that you weren't taught in school.  May I join your group and maybe work with Art?”      “Of course.” Said Theo. “Damn glad to have you, but did you
         say your grandfather fought with the Belgians with Hitler or against him?”      Leon began. “My grandfather was Belgian, my father was too, of course, but he came to America
         after the war with my mother. I was born here.  My grandfather was a member
         of the all volunteer Belgian SS Waloon Division that  fought for Germany in WWII.
           There were many non-German SS Divisions you know.”      “Non-German SS Divisions ya say Leon?” Asked Art. “Like what, or who... whaddaya mean?” 
             “That will be our first search.” Said Leon to Art.
         “You'll be amazed Art,  we all will be amazed by what we don't know about WWII... and WWI.”           Liz entered through
         the side door and was greeted by the locals at the bar who were primed  for
         happy hour. A half dozen working men, and two women arrived in short succession.     Ernie noticed her arrival, finished his beer and
         announced that it he needed to get home to take care of some things.     Eric, Art and Ozzy did pretty much the same thing as Ernie. Leon hadn't been there very long, so he planned on staying a while and asked Hank and
          Theo if they would help him out with a pitcher. It was
         an offer they could not refuse. As Leon got up to get the pitcher, Hank and Theo  commenced the proper gesture of digging in their pockets to produce money to help
         pay for the pitcher but, of course, Leon waved them off.         
            Theo said to Hank. “Ya know, I'm thinking
         that we should create a website as we go along for storing and adding information, copied articles,  photos, Youtube videos and what have you. It would be better than stock piling everything in email drafts and folders
         or whatever.  If the idea is to eventually create a web site and a
         book or a blog... we might as well create things as we proceed. Ya think?”      “Sounds like you've been thinkin' and it sounds good to me but I have no idea about how to create a website.  I can make my way around
         now days with my computer, but nothin' fancy like a website or whatever.”      “Same here.” Offered Theo. “But Monika Schaefer has a website for her musical goings on. Maybe she will help us get started?”    “Couldn't hurt to ask
         her about it.” Responded Hank. “I'll ask her what she knows about websites if I see her before you do.” 
             Leon returned with a pitcher and three fresh glasses. He filled the glasses
         and lifted his toward the other men saying, “Mothers' milk, enjoy!”        “Amen!” Said Theo.      “Hear-Hear!”
         Said Hank.           “So Leon, how well do you know Monika Schaefer?”
         Asked Theo.   
           “I know her well
         enough I suppose, my youngest takes music lessons from her... violin lessons... why?”      “We are thinking about creating a website as a sort of information repository
         as we go along collecting the info.” Theo responded.  “I've
         been to her music website, I'm thinkin' that maybe she'll help us with some pointers about how to create our site.”  
            “Monika's a nice gal, I'll bet
         she'd help if she can.” Offered Leon.               “I'm sure my daughter...  and my wife have her phone number. I'll get it for ya. Standby.”      Leon called his wife and wrote Monika's number down on the paper  Theo
         provided and concluded his conversation with his wife.     “Thanks Sugar, I'm at The Bar. I'll be... no, the number is not for me it's for Theo
         and Hank here.  No, no one has the hots for Monika that I know of, it's about her website...  I'll.... Yes, I'll be home in a little while... Love ya too.” 
             “That's how small town rumours get started.” Said Hank. “I hope your wife doesn't talk to mine about  this phone number inquiry Women always read way too much into anything involving pretty young
         women.”        “I know.” Agreed
         Leon. “My wife is jealous of anything female, even dogs, cats and horses!”  He then offered. “I can get Monika on the phone while I'm at it if you'd like.”      “Yes, please do.” Responded Theo. “I'll talk to her, thanks.” 
               Again,
         timing is everything. Leon had dialed Monika's number t hen handed the phone to
         Theo who was waiting for Monika to answer.  
                 Into The Bar walked Meshell followed by Monika who had answered her
         phone. “Hello Leon, what's up.”      The M&Ms walked
         past the three men sitting at the far table. They could plainly hear Monika's phone greeting to whom she assumed was Leon
         since it was  his information that appeared as the incoming call. Meshell
         stopped Monika and pointed while nodding towards Leon who wasn't on the phone, Theo was.        Theo answered. “It's Theo Ordorno.”     Monika
         could see that it was Theo talking to her. She lowered her phone and with an inquisitive frown asked.  “OK, guys what's the gag, and how did you know we were on our way in, my phone started
         sounding outside.?”  
            Theo handed Leon his phone saying. “No
         gag, just fortuitous timing I'd say.”  He continued. “I'm
         calling, or I was calling to ask you about your website, your music site.”    “Well, sure, what do you want
         to know?” She responded.      “Well,
         we... can you sit with us a minute? Can I buy you ladies a drink? Theo offered.      “Hell yeah!” Was Meshell's answer. “Bes' offer I had all day. A 7&7
         please sir.”  
            “Sure, same here.”
         Was Monika's answer. “I mean about being the best offer I've had all day. I'd prefer a gin and tonic please sir.” 
             Hank stood up, knowing that getting Liz's attention, ordering the mixed drinks and returning would take longer
         than a minute... many more minutes, so he stated.  “Lemme get those, I shall return.” He spoke the words, I shall return, with a voice and demeanor
         that he thought resembled  General
         MacArthur's declaration as he was fleeing the Philippines in 1942. Leon was the
         only one who got it.        
             Theo appreciated Hank's actions. It provided an opportunity to get right down
         to business with Monika. “So Monika, we, we being myself, Hank, 
         Leon here, Art McCollum, Oz Mosely, uhhh... Eric Blair and a few others are... we formed a little club, a team and we will
         need a website for collecting  data, articles, photos, historical facts, YouTube videos,
         book info, links to things... and such things. None of us are like the kids now days who are  all net savvy. We are older guys.” He continued. “So, I wanted to see what you could tell us about creating
         a website, I've see your music site. I like it.  You have a lot of interesting
         stuff on there. I enjoyed the videos of you performing with all sorts of people.  Can ya help us out, can ya show me, or somebody, how to even get started?”        She asked. “So... what is the subject matter, what are you
         going to present, uhh... how many pages will you need?  Are ya going to want a free site or will you need something a bit more sophisticated? Is
         it a sales site?” 
               Her questions were a little overwhelming. Theo thought back to her first question...
         subject matter. He began. “Have you ever heard of things like  the
         USS LIBERTY, holocaust revisionism, or do ya know much about World War II, or false flags?  I know you remember 9-11, but do ya have any questions about 9-11?”      Meshell spoke up. “I got a lotta questions 'bout 9-11, an' WWII, an that holocaust!” Farrakhan says it's
         mos'ly baloney an' I wonder too! You know, Louis Farrakhan.  He makes
         more sense to me than all them other crak... you know, people who think they know about what, but they don't  know shit from shineola... 'scuse my “Nawlins French.” She added. “An'
         I can't hep but what I think a things … thas' all.”      “I know exactly how you feel Meshell.” Offered Theo. “I can see that you have some strong
         opinions about some of the issues that we have as well.     We are beginning a mission to
         get to the bottom of some, or maybe a lot, of the things that bother us. There sure as hell are a lot of things wrong  with this world, so maybe we can find out why and maybe do something about it... instead of just bitch about it.” He added.  “I can't help what I think about a lot of things
         either.”           Monika was impressed by the passionate statements she just heard.   She held up an index finger and set her elbow on the table as a gesture indicating
         that she wanted to be next to speak, but needed a moment.  Then she began. “I too have a lot of questions. I don't know about the ship you mentioned
         Theo, I have no idea what a false flag is, but there were,  and are, things about 9-11 that bothered me starting
         on 9-11. Like where was the Air Force? We have paid an unfathomable amount of money on  the Air Force alone, but where were they when they were needed the most?” She continued. “I think that it's
         a fair question. My Dad was an  Air Force officer, which is how I got to Tucson as a kid... Davis-Monthan Air Force Base is there. He died in '98, so he missed 9-11,  but I'll bet he would have wondered exactly what I wonder
         to this day.”        Theo interrupted. “My Dad
         was Air Force too!”      Monika raised a thumbs
         up and continued. “So, to answer your question  Theo, your question about my teaching you how to build your website. My answer is no!”       
            Both Meshell and Theo froze blank-faced in disbelief,
         until Monika continued. “Rather than help you, or whomever, learn how to build a website,  which can be a very frustrating experience for all concerned, how about I be your website master.  I'll do it all... and you can learn along the way if you like. If girls are welcome in your
         club that is?”    
            Both Meshell and Theo relaxed and grinned in
         relief. Then Theo said. “Hell yeah. Girls are welcome. Grace is in.”        “Make that three girls then. I want in! Meshell declared and then added. “Less y'all gots sumpthin' 'gainst  addin'
         a lil' colla to yo' club.” She exaggerated the 'southern negro' vernacular for a facetious effect.      “Hell no!” Declared Theo. “Welcome to the club ladies!”
         And to Meshell he added.  “I'd like to hear more about what Mr. Farrakhan has to say.”        Hank
         returned with a borrowed tray. Upon it were a 7&7, a gin and tonic with a lime wedge on the side,  a pitcher of PBR and three fresh glasses. He asked. “What have I missed?” As
         he served the refreshments.           
          Theo answered. “Well, we have two new members
         of The Paul Revere Society and one of them is our new website master.”        “Excellent!” Declared Hank. “I'll drink to that.” 
             Monika said. “The Paul Revere Society? I like that.” 
               They raised their glasses and Meshell declared. “To The Paul Revere Society!” 
             Her toast was followed by an in-unison repeat of the toast. 
                  Their toast was rather loud causing Liz, and several people at the bar and nearby tables,  to look to see what the outburst was about. Liz made a mental note to find out.                 
      
      
    
   
                 
   
   
      
          CHAPTER
         10 - LET THE GATHERING BEGIN
     As planned, Theo drove his motor home to Eric's
         abode the next morning and set about helping him with the loading. Eric's boxes of books were  the first priority, as far as he was concerned. They both lifted each
         box and loaded them into the motor home.  They were heavy and Theo counted sixteen of them. Theo remarked. "Jeezuz Blair, you have more books than most
         municipal libraries!"      Eric responded to the conversational exaggeration by saying. "Ya
         might be right. I never could pass up a free book... or all but free.  There's only maybe four or five boxes I ain't read yet an' even the romance novels
         have some things worth knowin'... sometimes."
    After the books, they loaded the small dinette table
         with two chairs, a box of essential kitchen items, a box of clothes, some clothes on hangers,  an army cot, sleeping bag and blanket, a free-standing lamp, a bucket
         full of common hand tools, and a box of bathroom essentials.  The bicycle was strapped to the bike rack on the rear of the motor home.
    
         They both did a final inspection. Theo remarked. "Ya must've been up late last night getting the  place looking spic and span like this. You'll have
         no trouble getting your deposit refunded I'm sure."      "No, it's always clean. I like my place
         an' things clean. It makes me feel better somehow an' she didn'  want no deposit. I think she was jus' glad to get somebody in this... this place
         and made it easy on me."    Theo was glad to hear that Eric was a clean freak and announced. "We're
         outta here then."
     As they pulled away, Eric was overcome with a sense of elation. He was very
         much looking forward to life on a country horse property living  in this comparatively luxurious motor home where he would have a computer to explore
         cyberspace. But most of all, he felt a sense of belonging to  something. He was a respected founding member of The Paul Revere Society. He couldn't
         remember being a member of anything besides a  family for his first seventeen years. 
     Monika had gone home after her induction into the
         Paul Revere Society, and after another round of drinks, to begin the process of  creating a website. It had been decided
         that a free site would be inadequate, so she began shopping for a site host that could  provide for their needs and purposes. Theo assured her that either he,
         or everyone, would pay the monthly hosting fee. 
     She had been furnished everyone's contact information.
         Providing her own contact information,  particularly her email address, to all members was also an order of business. 
     After emailing
         all members with her introduction and some instructions pertaining to their sending her gathered information, she was astonished
         at how  much information
         was being sent to her almost immediately. It was now obvious that she had taken on a time consuming task and she would  be privy to an enormous amount of information that
         would require editing, formatting, categorizing, and a reader-friendly presentation.      She was glad
         that it was summer. She would need the time to begin and perform this task as best she could before the next school year commenced.
          It occurred to her that
         it would be helpful if somebody, if not everybody, had access to the site support password so they could log  in and work on their page or pages themselves.
         It looked like she'd be teaching a computer science summer adult education class.    She began designing the
         site, naming the home page and naming the four initial pages. Designs, colours, and text styles needed to be chosen from  those offered. The website title and title of the
         home page would be, of course, THE PAUL REVERE SOCIETY. Maybe a logo would be nice.  
     The information
         coming via email was mostly articles that had been copied and pasted,  photos, memes and lots of links to websites, books in PDF format, etc.   
         The four initial pages she titled:  1)   9-11 TRUTH AND FACTS 2)   U.S.S LIBERTY TRUTH AND FACTS 3)   WORLD
         WAR II TRUTH AND FACTS 4)   THE HOLOCAUST TRUTH AND FACTS
     These four pages would appear as the navigation bars that would
         appear at the far left of the homepage. 
 Subsequent additional pages could be added below each of the four topics.    She then began to transfer
         9-11 information that Theo and Eric were emailing to her onto the  9-11 TRUTH AND FACTS page starting with a letter composed by Theo:
 
  So Get this Monika: In a document published in September of 2000 called, Rebuilding  America’s Defenses: Strategy, Forces and Resources for a New Century,
         Dov Zakheim called for  “some catastrophic and catalyzing event – like a new Pearl Harbor” being  necessary to foster the frame of mind needed for
         the American public to 
         support a war in the Middle East, a war that would politically and culturally reshape the region. The document was  prepared by a so-called “think tank” 
         lobbying group known as The Project for a New American Century (PNAC).
  You have to wonder what they think about
         in these think tanks. Evidently they think about traitorous shenanigans. A year after this game plan was published;
         it was carried out on 9/11.
  In his book, "A Strategy for Israel in the Nineteen Eighties,"
         by Senior Israeli Foreign Policy Advisor, Oded Yinon, he mapped out a 1982 Middle East reconfiguration strategy for all
          to see that was the template
         used for PNAC’s Middle East strategy.
  The strategy being the break-down all Arab countries into manageable
         units and to make imperial Israel into THE premier world power.  And use the United States of America as the military and financial hammer to forge
         a new Middle East... and a new world order. 
  Eviscerate Iraq first, Afghanistan, then Syria and others leaving
         Iran to be dealt with last in the Middle East.
  Mr. Zakheim is indeed an ordained rabbi. He was born in Brooklyn,
         New York in 1948.  He graduated
         from Columbia University in 1970, and post graduated from Oxford in ’72.  He attended the London School of Jewish
         Studies from ‘72 to ’75. From ’75 to ’80 he was an Adjunct Professor  at the National War College, Yeshiva University, Columbia University
         and Trinity College in Hartford, Connecticut. 
  From ’81 to ’85 he served President Reagan in a variety
         of senior Department of efense posts.  He also became a member of the Council on Foreign Relations during that period.  From ’85 to ’87
         he was Deputy Undersecretary of Defense for Planning.
  From ’87 to ’97 Zakheim was vice-president of
         System Planning Corporation (SPC) that specializes in many areas of defense technology production  and manufacturing, and was CEO of Flight Termination
         System (FTS). FTS developed highly sophisticated technology that can control several  drones from a remote location on varying frequencies with a range of
         several hundred miles. This technology can be used on many different  aircraft, including large military aircraft, and... passenger jets.
  BTW:
         Israel is presently the leader in world-wide drone technology, but in May of 2013 they had to ground their fleet of Heron
         1 drones because of the malfunction of a Heron 1 necessitating its destruction by crashing it into the Mediterranean.
         Palestinians have repeatedly accused Israel of using drones to fire missiles at them; but of course Israel has not confirmed
         that.
  According to the SPC website, a customer during Zakheim’s direction was Eglin Air Force Base located
         in Florida. Eglin AFB is very near MacDill AFB where Zakheim contracted to send at least 32 Boeing 767 aircraft as part
         of the Boeing/Pentagon 
         tanker lease agreement. The Boeing 767’s were to be modified to become tankers to replace the aging KC-135 tankers for
         air-to-air refueling duty.
  From January to September of 2000, General Norton A. Schwartz was assigned to MacDill
         AFB as Deputy Commander in Chief of the USAF  Special Operations Command. Gen. Schwartz evidently was the one who got hold of a few of the Boeing jets for modification
         into the drones used on 9/11. 
  In 2004 General Schwartz was awarded the Jewish Community Center’s Military
         Leadership Award.  He became
         the first Jewish Chief of Staff of the United States Air Force for a job well done prior to and during 9-11.
  After
         Schwartz finished his role at Special Operations Command, he became commander of Alaskan Command  (Alaskan North American Aerospace Defense Command Region, and 11th Air
         Force)  based at Elmendorf
         AFB, Alaska from September 2000 until October 2002.
  Schwartz was in command of the war game called Operation Northern
         Vigilance that was ongoing on 911 that required  the transfer of jet fighters assigned to the North East Air Defense Sector (NEADS) to the Alaskan
         Command. 
  The horrors of 911 all occurred in the North East Air Defense Sector that was then without its normal
         compliment of fighter jets.
  Dr. Lani Kass was born in Israel and rose to the rank of Major in the Israeli Air Force.
          She is married to Norman
         Kass who is a former Pentagon Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense. n ’92 she was at the Pentagon as Special Assistant  to the Director of Strategic Plans and Policy under
         Dick Cheney. She again was working at the Pentagon in 2000 and 2001; at first under William Cohen  and then under Rumsfeld. Dr. Kass was the top civilian
         advisor to General Norman A. Schwartz prior and during 9/11 and the run-up to the Middle Eastern wars.
  Back to
         Zakheim who was a respected and established voice in the intelligence community. His views were eagerly accepted by the  Bush administrations’ war mongers. Zakheim
         went from his position at SPC to become Comptroller of the Pentagon on April of 2001.
  Coincidently, it was a SPC
         subsidiary, Tridata Corporation, which oversaw the investigation of the alleged terrorist  attack on the WTC in 1993, making Tridata Corporation privy to limitless
         information related the WTC.
  As the events of 9/11 occurred, and thereafter, little was mentioned about these strange
          connections or the possible
         motives and proximity of Dov Zakheim and his group. 
  Since there was little evidence remaining after the events
         of 9/11, investigators were left with only photographic and anecdotal evidence.
  Eyewitness accounts of the WTC
         Tower hit by Flight 175 claim that a cylindrical object was attached under the fuselage and there were no windows on
         the military grey painted plane.  See for yourself: https://youtu.be/xsmc_rS2jOo
  Over two trillion dollars
         was unaccounted for and missing from the Pentagon coffers  when Zakheim arrived and another trillion went missing on his watch. 
  The very day before
         9/11, Donald Rumsfeld, in a Pentagon press conference on September 10th, 2001,  announced that two trillion dollars was missing and declared his determination
         to recover it. See: https://youtu.be/IVpSBUgbxBU
  To this day not a penny of our money has been recovered and
         we are personally poorer because of it!
  Extremely suspicious is the fact that the finance and accounting offices
         on the first floor of the Pentagon were hit dead center on 9/11 with thirty eight lives lost and all computers and
         physical files destroyed. Also the first plane to hit the WTC North Tower hit the computer room  of Marsh & McLennan, which had recently acquired Jerome Hauers’
         Kroll Associates WTC security company.
  I’m thinking that either the alleged commercial passenger jets
         were remotely controlled by Zakheims’ FTS Systems, or those slip shod trained Saudi hijacker  pilots were somehow as good as USAF Thunderbird
         pilots and could pinpoint desirable targets at will.
  Another Zakheim shenanigan that requires examination is the
         LAVI  jet fighter rip-off
         of American taxpayers (lavi means lion in Hebrew). 
  During Zakheim’s Pentagon years as Undersecretary of
         Defense for Planning from ’85 to ’87,  the Israeli Air Force intended to spend untold billions to build their own fighter jet.  In
         fact they actually built two prototypes that reside in Israeli museums today.
  Zakheim figured correctly that he
         could save Israel those untold billions by selling them all the American F-16’s  they wanted at a bargain basement clearance price including all the spare
         parts they would ever need.
  The Israeli LAVI jet project was cancelled in August of ’87 and as a result of
         the U.S.  sale to Israel
         many USAF F-16’s sat useless on flight lines for lack of parts.
  After successfully completing his duties
         at the Pentagon, that evidently included acquiring a trillion dollar operating fund for perpetrating 9/11, destroying  all evidence of all Pentagon misappropriations,
         modernizing Israel’s Air Force on the cheap, fanning the flames of war with  Afghanistan, and insuring that a war with Iraq was in the bag, Rabbi
         Dov   Zakheim quit. The Iraq war started nine days later.
  Two months later after quitting his Pentagon
         position,  Zakheim took a lucrative job at Booz Allen Hamilton (BAH). BAH is supposedly a world-class government strategy-consulting
         firm. It is presently  owned
         by the Carlyle Group (co-founded and managed by Jewish Zionist David Rubinstein) and has U.S. Government contracts to gather
         information  about your
         internet searches and monitors your emails looking for anyone who may be getting  wise to the globalist agenda; and has nothing to do with intercepting
         terror plots by the Muslim enemies of the U.S.
  The actual enemy terrorists are our “ally” Israel
         and the Jewish-American Sayanim o perating here. Jewish Zionist Ralph W. Schrader is CEO of Booz Allen Hamilton.  
  If you ask me, ISRAEL
         IS AL QAEDA! Osama Bin Laden didn’t found Al Qaeda, the Jewish-Zionist media did.
  Recall that Rabbi Dov Zakheim
         and his son, Roger, were on Presidential Candidate  Willard “Mitt” Romney’s Presidential Advisory board. Isn’t THAT a shocker?...Not!
  In June of 2013 the National Security Agency (NSA) was caught red-handed spying on Americans. The NSA was/is collecting
         phone call data  by users
         of service providers such as Verizon and AT&T. This, of course, is just the tip of the government spying iceberg and has
         nothing  to do with “National
         Security” but has everything to do with monitoring American awareness of the globalist agenda and it's mechanizations.
  Jewish Zionist Senator Diane Feinstein, as head of the Senate Intelligence Committee, had to do  a lot of explaining, or rather bold-face lying,
         related to the NSA’s spying on Americans.  
  The brave whistle-blower who caused the extreme embarrassment
         to the NSA was a 29 year 
         old former CIA technical assistant and a Booz Allen Hamilton employee named Edward Snowden!
  Snowden, of course,
         has been reduced to the status of a traitorous high-school drop-out and Army boot-camp washout by  the Zionist American media and we were told that
         he intended to harm America by compromising our “national security.” 
  Our national security is in the
         hands of Zionist terrorists!
  The Jewish Zionist controlled Obama administration had been ruthless in its prosecution
         and persecution  of whistle-blowers
         such as Army Pvt. Bradley Manning, and Wikileaks’ Julian Assange. 
  Edward Snowden felt that it was his duty
         to expose the sinister shenanigans of the NSA and Booz Allen Hamilton because, and I quote, “I can’t in  good conscience allow the U.S. government to destroy
         privacy, internet freedom, and basic liberties for people around the world with this massive surveillance machine they’re
         secretly building.”
  If there were more REAL warriors like Snowden, America would not presently find itself
         with its ass in a sling, on a sinking   barge, over-populated  by dumb swine whose only interest in geo-politics has been reduced to who will be
         the odds-on  favorite to win the “Dancing With The Stars” TV competition.  You will even hear many Americans
         declare, “I’m not interested in politics.”
  Well, LIFE IS POLITICS! Get a life people! 
  More to come, lots more! Theo & Eric
         Monika read and re-read the information
         after she had copied it from the email and pasted it into the 9-11 page. She thought to herself that just this  information alone was more than enough to re-open
         a proper investigation into the events of 9-11. Then she opened the next email from Theo and Eric.
  Scott Bennett:
         Memorandum for the President: How 9/11 Was Funded  The Man (Dov Zakheim) Behind the Missing $2.3 Trillion 11 July
         2018   Mr. President, As a military officer and also contractor for Booz Allen Hamilton, I was assigned to the Joint Interagency Operations Center
         at 
 U.S. Central Command,
         where I identified, tracked, and reported on terrorists, their financial donors, networks, banks, and activities.  Part
         of my mission was to investigate, discover, and expose all acts of “waste, fraud, and abuse” by Terrorist Financing
          Operations Director Dov Zakheim who was my senior supervisor. It was believed that Dov Zakheim had secretly arranged  for $2.3 trillion dollars to be mis-appropriated
         through Pentagon channels when he had been the Pentagon Comptroller. I was assigned the task of penetrating Dov Zakheim’s
         terrorist financing operations, which involved his son Roger Zakheim (a lawyer at the  House Armed Services Committee), an Iraqi named Abdullah Azziz (with
         close ties to Rudy Gulliani) andthe law firm Covington and Burling.
  The auditors investigating this matter were
         conveniently killed in a missile strike upon the Pentagon Office of Naval Intelligence  on September 11, 2001. This missile strike was concealed as a “plane
         attack”, which was a deception operation. I briefed your attorney Michael Cohen about these matters in 2015 and
         2016—which may be 
         one of the reasons he has been targeted by Deep State Shadow Government loyalists. Evidence and expert testimony confirm
         without a doubt that the attacks on September 11, 2001 against the Pentagon (as well as the World Trade Center  and the Solomon Building in N.Y.) were a well-planned,
         well-financed, psychological operation – a false flag attack on American soil – designed  to trigger and manipulate the American people, the
         Congress, and the U.S. Military into a full-scale war-mobilization posture with the intent of  overthrowing, scattering, and re-making the Middle East and Africa for
         the direct political, cultural, and economic benefit of the Zionist state of Israel. 9/11, although seemingly coherent,
         has led to a multi-trillion dollar nightmare for Americans. Because of your success in attacking  the Deep State with your sealed indictments and
         other measures, and because of the failure of the DNI-CIA-FBI-DOJ “Russian Hoax”  as well as great fear that
         your forthcoming summit with President Vladimir Putin  will be a great success, I fear for your life and pray for your safety.  You are our Chief Law Enforcement Officer, not just our Commander-in-Chief.
         It is my hope that this memorandum, combined with the other memoranda 
 you are receiving from other informed patriots, will be helpful to you during the
         Helsinki summit, where I and many others hope  that you and President Putin will share intelligence on 9/11 – who did it, how they did it, why they did it
         – face to face. I believe that your leadership in placing the truth about 9/11 before the public will finish the
         job of taking down the Deep State and the Shadow Government  – it will help you shut down the pernicious Zionist/Saudi penetration and subversion of the
         US economy, government, and society and it will help you  demonstrate to the larger public, most of whom did not vote for you, that under your leadership, the
         US Government can be trusted to clean house and tell the truth. Very respectfully, Scott Bennett  (Scott Bennett, a U.S. Army Psychological
         Operations Officer, worked at U.S. Central Command’s Joint Interagency Operations Center. Bennett
  was assigned to “Terrorist Threat Financing”
         and tasked with discovering terrorist financing networks (domestic and foreign), instruments,  and bank accounts being used to fund Islamic terrorists, working with
         multiple U.S. and foreign military and government agencies.  He also worked at U.S. Special Operations Command as the
         Liaison Officer at the State Department Coordinator for Counterterrorism  Office, and prior to joining the Army, the Bush Administration from 2003-2008. He
         has also worked for Booz-Allen-Hamilton.)   He is the author of:  Shell Game: A Whistleblowing Report  Web: www.shellgamewhistleblower.com Also published as Scott Bennett, “How 9/11 Was Funded: The Man behind the Missing $2.3 Trillion” 
  American Herald Tribune, 11 July 2018. Phi Beta Iota: Our best guess is that 9/11 only cost $10 billion, inclusive
         of the $7 billion used to cover the insurance fraud in which the insurance
  company was assuredly complicit. The rest was simply stolen. Who exactly benefitted
         remains to be properly investigated. Our operating assumption  is that both Dick Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld were a party to the fraud and the theft
         and should be properly investigated  to include a total take-down of all of their communications known to be held in copy within NSA unprocessed databases.  See Also: Memorandums for the President
         on 9/11: Time for the Truth — False Flag Deep State Truth!
 
 
  Monika Schaefer was now on fire. And
         so too were Theo and Eric. The next email she opened began:
 
  To pull off 9/11 it was imperative that total
         control of The Department of Defense (DOD) be established. The offices of the DOD are located in the
  giant office complex in Washington, D.C. known
         as the Pentagon that was constructed during preparations for, and just prior to, WWII. to  enable four drone airliners to successfully reach their targets,
         the unfathomably expensive United States Air Force  had to be rendered impotently inept. If you control the Department of Defense you control the U.S.
         Air Force.
  Not a single jetliner, not to mention three, would have reached their targets without the USAF being
         castrated on 9/11.  Throw in the Dick Cheney shenanigans emanating from the White House on 9/11/2001 and the United
         States  Air Force was indeed
         blinded, castrated and laughably impotent at a critical morning in America’s history.
  When Rabbi Dov Zakheim,
         as a member of the Project for a New American Century,  wrote about the need for a “new Pearl Harbor,” he definitely got exactly what he needed.
  Enter the “Wrecking Crew” who were all George W. Bush appointees including:
  PAUL WOLFOWITZ arrived on January 20, 2001 and became the #2 ranked man at the Pentagon.
  RABBI DOV ZAKHEIM arrived on April 4, 2001 as Pentagon Comptroller.
  DOUGLS FEITH
         arrived in July of 2001 and became the #3 ranked man at the Pentagon.
  RICHARD PERLE also arrived
         in 2001 in time for 9/11. Doug Feith appointed Perle as the chairman of the Defense Policy Board Advisory Committee  mainly to distract and misdirect the already distracted
         and misdirected Donald Rumsfeld who was the George W. BUSH  appointed Department of Defense Chairman installed on January 20, 2001.
  Zionist Jew ELLIOT
         ABRAMS was another Rumsfeld distracter/handler who was appointed to the National Security Council (NSC) on June 25,
         2001.
  Wolfowitz, Feith, Zakheim, Perle and Abrams are all Jewish Zionists who are rabidly  loyal to Israel first and foremost. None had any
         military experience whatsoever.
  Repeating:  NONE HAD ANY MILITARY EXPERIENCE WHATSOEVER Yet they assumed absolute control of our military prior to 9-11.
 
    Donald Rumsfeld had prior
         military experience but from 1977 until his George W. Bush appointment to run the DOD he was busy making big bucks  at pharmaceutical companies, Searle and Gilead,
         selling the health hazard known as NutraSweet and the unnecessary, to the point of being a fraud,  bird flu antiviral drug, Tamiflu.
  Remember...
         Wolfowitz, Feith and Perle had all been investigated by the FBI years prior to 9/11for passing classified documents to
         the Israelis.
  Do not let the timing of the arrival of all these characters escape your notice. All of these
         traitors arrived just months before 9/11 with plenty of time to do extensive damage to  our military and our country. Now that those introductions have been
         made, let’s get to know these traitors starting with:
  Paul Wolfowitz:
  Paul Wolfowitz
         was born in Brooklyn, New York in 1943. He grew up in Ithaca, N.Y.  where his father, a Polish Jewish immigrant, was a professor of statistical theory
         at Cornell University.  supposedly
         most of his father’s family perished in the WWII Holocaust. Family history  rather than the jungles of Viet Nam or the corridors of Congress forged
         Paul’s world views.
  Wolfowitz did his graduate work at the University of Chicago and completed  his PhD dissertation, “Nuclear Proliferation
         in the Middle East” 
         under Albert Wohlsetter who was a Senior Policy Analyst at the RAND Corporation.  Wohlsetter was much of the inspiration for the Hollywood movie "Dr.
         Strangelove."
  From ’70 to ‘72 Wolfowitz taught in the Political Science Department at Yale  where one of his students was Jewish Zionist Lewis
         “Scooter” Libby (Liebowitz). 
  In ’72 Wolfowitz was part of Nixon’s U.S. Arms Control
         and Disarmament Agency 
         (ACDA) team (but he really did not believe in arms control or disarmament). 
  As Director of the CIA, George H.W.
         Bush formed a committee 
         of anti-communist experts headed by Jewish Zionist Richard Pipes to assess raw data. Based on the recommendation
         of Richard Perle, Pipes picked Wolfowitz  for the committee that was later known as TEAM-B (that included Douglas Feith).
  It was later determined
         that all the intelligence gathered by TEAM-B was greatly exaggerated, and its members were actually war agitators rather
         than professional intelligence experts.
  In ’77, during the Carter Administration, Wolfowitz moved to the
         Pentagon and became the U.S. Assistant Deputy Secretary of Defense for  Regional Programs for the DOD. He then returned to academics in 1980 and became
         a visiting  professor at 
         the Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies (SAIS) at Johns Hopkins University.
  It seems to me that
         most people in government service can’t hold a steady job!
  There were plenty of convoluted stories, accusations,
         investigations, and calls for grand jury actions against  Wolfowitz for spying on the U.S. for Israel, but somehow no formal charges were ever brought against
         this traitor.
  And what is friggin’ incredible is that Bush appointed this traitorous spy to the #2 position
         at the Pentagon during the months just prior to 9/11!  Actually it is not incredible at all that Bush appointed Wolfowitz
         as the real boss at  the
         Pentagon prior to 9/11 because it was all part of a well-orchestrated plan.
  Wolfowitz was on board Richard V. Allen’s
         National Security Advisory team in ’79 and ’80 but broke ranks and denounced  Saddam Hussein while at the same time Rumsfeld was shaking Saddam Hussein’s
         hand and selling him “weapons of mass destruction.” 
  Wolfowitz was also dead set against opening a
         dialog with the Palestinian Liberation Organization (PLO), and thought that selling Airborne Warning and Control System
         (AWACS)  aircraft to the
         Saudis was insane. Wolfowitz was arguably THE strongest supporter of Israel in the Reagan regime.
  In ’82
         Secretary of State George Schultz appointed Wolfowitz as the Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs.
         Under his  watch the opposition
         leader to dictator Ferdinand Marcos of the Philippines was assassinated. Marcos fled the country aboard a USAF plane or  his countrymen would’ve torn him to pieces.
         The U.S. government officially recognized the rebel government in an attempt to hold onto  our Air Force and Naval bases in the Philippines, but lost them anyway.
  Marcos lived happily ever after in his Hawaiian beach house at U.S. taxpayer expense. Some people say that upon Marcos’
         death his wife,  Imelda,
         moved to downtown Manhattan Island, NY and rented two apartments; one for her, and one for her shoes at tax payer expense.
          But that is preposterous
         of course... or is it?
  From ’86 to ’89, Wolfowitz was our U.S. Ambassador to Indonesia where the military-backed
         dictatorship of President Suharto was selling off the  country’s oil for pennies on the dollar while trying to get the blood stains off of his clothes
         from the recent East Timor slaughter of thousands.  Some people say Paul would have loved to finish the slaughter just to show those upstart Timorese
         that they can’t build a Muslim  democracy on his turf, but too many people were watching.
  So, he did a bunch of photo-op grandstanding
         to make everybody think he had gone native and was actually  concerned about the people of Indonesia. He made a pretense of doing good things that
         were well publicized locally.
  After the 2002 Bali bombing Wolfowitz was quoted as saying, “The reason the
         terrorists are now successful in  Indonesia is because the Suharto regime fell and the methods that were used to suppress them are gone.” 
  Wolfowitz actually thought Suharto was a good guy, which is very revealing. 
  Henry Kissinger and Gerald
         Ford were major players in enabling the East Timor massacre in 1975 by approving it.  Kissinger personally had Wolfowitz
         installed in Indonesia in the first place!
  There is a book titled, The Trials of Henry Kissinger,  by Christopher
         Hitchens. In this book you will notice  that the Kissinger/CIA backed coup in Chile to overthrow Salvador Allende decades ago commenced on 9/11/1973.
  Speaking of the date 9/11. In the speech by Charles Lindbergh (Yes, “Lucky Lindy”) given in Des Moines,
         Iowa on September 11, 1941, he tried  to keep us out of WWII and described the consequential Jewish influence on American domestic and foreign policy...
         but of course it didn’t work out for him.
  Swedish Minister of Foreign Affairs, Anna Lindh, was stabbed and
         died the next day on 9/11/2003. Some people  say she was murdered for criticizing the U.S. war in Iraq and for criticizing Israel’s many human rights violations.
  The U.S. Ambassador to Libya, Chris Stevens, was murdered on 9/11/2012 in a planned attack in Benghazi. The attack
         on the U.S. Embassy in Benghazi 
         is still an inconclusive event that has been largely swept under the rug. Were any Mossad agents in the vicinity at the time
         is the first question that I would ask.
  So what’s up with the date 911? Is it a numerology thing, or a repetitious
         coincidence, occultism, a post-mortem slap at Lindbergh, or what?
  Anyway... From 1994 to early 2001, Wolfowitz
         was an academic again as Professor of International Relations, and Dean of the Paul H. Nitz School of Advanced International
         Studies (SAIS) at Johns Hopkins University. 
  Sounds pretty hoity toity, but all he was really doing was bad mouthing
         Saddam Hussein and the Clintons  while trying to get the ever bumbling Bob Dole elected as president with the help of his pal Donald Rumsfeld.
  It must be admitted that Zionist traitors like Wolfowitz know an easily manipulated dumb ass  when they see one and always support dumb asses
         in a push for the presidency. Through the Project for a New American Century (PNAC) think tank, Wolfowitz advocated building
         permanent military bases all over the world to  establish a New World Order, and of course, be one of the guys running the world. This advocacy became
         known as the “Wolfowitz Doctrine”  and it has indeed been created. 
  The 700 some odd military bases that we maintain worldwide are bleeding
         America out economically and the only place where real  military concentration was supposedly necessary, that place being Afghanistan, is STILL not secured
         after, what is it now... 18 or 19 years later?
  During the 2000 Presidential election campaign Wolfowitz was the
         foreign policy advisor to George W. Bush as part of a group led  by ultra-lackey Condoleeza Rice called The Vulcans.  Vulcans is really just
         a tough sounding name for a bunch of chicken hawks.
  I have no doubt that the entirety of Wolfowitz’s advice
         for Bush was, “Invade Iraq, then invade Iran, then invade Syria, then Lebanon,  then Afghanistan, then Jordan, then Egypt,” and so forth. After
         9/11 no one could get Paul to shut the hell up about invading Iraq. 
  I think Bush probably capitulated just to
         get all the Israel Firsters to shut the hell up; not to mention the  war profit margins would be stratospheric for the Bush family   investments
         in Carlyle Group companies!
  It was Wolfowitz who told the House Appropriations Committee on March 27, 2003  that Iraqi oil revenues would pay for the mess we
         we’re making there.
  Ultimately, Dutch Royal Shell and Petronas Oil of Malaysia got most of the oil rights
         and even contracted Dick Cheney’s Halliburton to drill more wells for them!  The Rothschild banking family owns Dutch Rotal Shell and probably Petronas
         as well. It's hard to peel away the layers of ownership to know. And don’t ever forget that Halliburton typically
         moved from Houston to Dubai to avoid paying American taxes! Wolfowitz, as part of the “wrecking crew,” did
         such a terrific job of castrating the USAF on a critical morning, wrecking the Pentagon, stealing trillions,  igniting wars, and “protecting” us from
         Osama Bin Laden, that George W. Bush nominated him for the presidency of the  World Bank. Paul’s experience in banking was zilch, but who cares,
         it was a trophy job for doing a good job on 9/11.
  Wolfowitz then proceeded to appoint unqualified cronies to quarter
         million dollar a year jobs at the World Bank. He raised many eyebrows when he  appointed his Tunisian (or was it Libyan?)... err... naturalized British
         girlfriend to a job that paid way more than company policy prescribed, and had to resign before he was fired.
  So
         after two years of doing nothing besides attending Bilderberger G-8 meetings to "discuss climate change", Wolfowitz
         quit before he got fired. It always looks good on paper to quit before you’re fired.
 
  Douglas
         Feith:
  Feith was a gofer for the likes of Richard Perle and Cap Weinberger at the Department of Defense
          during the Reagan years
         after being fired from the National Security Council  (NSC). 
  Feith was fired from his Reagan Administration
         appointment at the NSC because the FBI was investigating him for passing classified NSC documents  to the Israeli embassy in 1982. He then went to
         work for Assistant Secretary of Defense Richard Perle at the Pentagon as Special Counsel. Feith worked as a lawyer in
         the private sector during the Clinton years, returned to government service for the Bush II years, and evidently was  appointed as the dirty job guy for Rumsfeld and
         Wolfowitz at the Pentagon in July of 2001. Feith at the Pentagon was ranked #3 in the DOD power structure.
  If I
         were a uniformed military officer, I’d have a real hard time taking Feith and company seriously. Again. A bunch
         of civilian ZIONIST Jewish American chicken hawks with NO MILITARY EXPERIENCE WHATSOEVER was running our military in
         the run up to 9/11 and the Afghan-Iraq wars.
  Doug Feith’s office at the Pentagon was in charge of prisons
         in the war theaters. So we can deduce that the repulsively embarrassing Abu Ghraib  war crime shenanigans were his idea. It was Feith who devised the “legal”
         solution for getting around the Geneva Conventions’ prohibition on physically or psychologically coercing prisoners
         of war into talking... as if they had something to tell.
  Military Judge Advocate Lawyers (JAG lawyers) said Feith
         had a dismissive, if not derisive, attitude toward the Geneva  Conventions. One JAG lawyer said,  “Feith called the Geneva Conventions, law
         in the service of terror.” I see that as perfectly revealing. Feith has no idea, or actually knows perfectly well,  that it is the very existence of documents such
         as The Geneva  Convention that separates the bad guys from the good guys by the nature of their  adherence to it, or non-adherence.
  My
         USAF fighter-pilot father was a prisoner of war in a Chinese POW camp for 22 months during the Korean War. He was shot down
         during  a combat mission,
         parachuted safely, and was promptly captured by Chinese troops. My father had very  strong opinions regarding the torturing of any helpless human being in
         the custody of abusive captors.
  During my Father’s last years on earth it became increasingly apparent to
         him that we were dismantling our manufacturing engine and shipping  it to China supposedly to save on domestic labor costs. China was a country he considered
         the U.S. still  
   
         technically at war with, and China thinks the same thing. The Korean War truce is still in place!
  By the way, you
         don’t sign a truce if you’re winning a war. China kicked America’s ass hard during the Korean War,
         now known as the “forgotten war.”     My father wondered what sorts of people were running
         the show in Washington during his  last days on earth. I wish I  could tell him. Had my father lived to see the Abu Ghraib revelations he
         would have been the very first American to fully understand the damage that we were  doing to ourselves! several strong men would have been needed to loosen
         his grip on Feith’s 
         throat had the opportunity presented itself for those two to meet.
  These Jewish American chicken-hawk Pentagon
         manipulators like Feith, Perle and Wolfowitz got their torture methods  directly from the Israeli Shin Bet School  of torture. Israel and America use sleep deprivation,
         painfully loud music, hoods over heads for days, being tied into very uncomfortable positions f or hours at a time, routine threats with firearms and dogs, disallowing
         toilet use in cells, blunt force trauma, humiliating nudity and etc.    The Israeli Supreme Court barred torture
         in 1999 ...as if. Net search Israeli torture methods and see what pops up.
  The United States military was used
         by Israel to do their dirty work. It was sickening dirty work and caused great harm to our military and country.  The United States of America had no business whatsoever
         invading Afghanistan or Iraq. I suppose if Israel and its agents have their way we will be  pouring money into Iraq’s occupation for generations; or until
         we cannot afford to be occupiers any longer. If Israel has its way the U.S.A. will invade Iran and every  other country in the Middle  East without even
         contributing a single Israeli soldier, or  shekel to the effort.
  By the way, China is one of Iran’s
         main trading partners. Iran supplies most of China’s natural gas. If the USA were to demolish Iran like it did Iraq
          and take over the natural
         gas flow, China would consider that an energy strangling act of war, and would declare war on the U.S.A. Russia and  China are allies. Either one of them could strike
         a crippling blow to America. The combined forces of Russia and China could definitely strike a mortal blow.
  There
         is a very good reason why America has not tangled with China since the Korean War,  and got its ass kicked out of Viet Nam by the  Chinese-backed Vietnamese.
         
  America has never tangled with Russia. America only attacks weak countries where victory is assured, like Grenada,
          Afghanistan, Iraq, Panama...
         or they thought Viet Nam. It’s a bully thing. Bullies never hit anyone who can hit back. How insane is it to invade
         and eviscerate a country such as Iraq, killing one million people by doing so, to save the country and its people from one  guy who allegedly killed a couple of thousand Kurds?
         Not to dismiss the humanity of the Kurds, nor the altruistic idea that we should free the Iraqi’s  from a ruthless leader, but “freeing Iraq”
         was not the real reason we destroyed it. Besides, was it up to us, or was it up to the Iraqi’s to  dispose of their “evil” leader? When
         it comes to “sovereign  countries,” some things are simply none of your business.
  Could Saddam
         have poisoned his people, or brutally ruled over them, if we hadn’t sold him the goods to enable him to do so? I’d
         say Saddam knew  exactly
         how to properly govern his own country, and did a vastly superior job of it than we have. He didn’t have to destroy
         his country to do it. I,  for
         one, was repulsed by the horrid slaughter of innocent Iraqis by    Americans and ashamed that America could
         be so easily manipulated 
         by an Israeli and domestic cabal of psychopathic criminals.
  When I heard Rumsfeld, who personally brokered weapons
         sales to Saddam Hussein during the 1980’s, state that the U.S military knew exactly where  the WMD’s were I laughed in disbelief. Remember his stupid-ass
         explanation: “They are north, south, east, and west of Baghdad.”  ...I understand there are those who found his explanation assuring, but
         I thought it insulting to me personally  and to my country. Americans wanted the justification for war to be found, but instead, Rumsfeld fool heartedly justified
         the disrespect I feel for him and all of the evil bastards involved in perpetrating  9/11 by mocking the perceived
         stupidity of all Americans. There never was any justification for completely demolishing Iraq. America was just the  willing idiot tool of Israeli vengeance and regional
         dominance. It’s really that simple.
  I’m also very uncomfortable about my country occupying so many
         other countries around the world. Any country that hosts U.S. military bases is at least somewhat subjugated, if not
         totally subjugated. No matter if it’s Japan, Germany,  South Korea, Italy, Turkey, Samoa, Singapore, Taiwan, Palau, the Nederland’s, and
         over 100 other countries worldwide.
  We maintain over 700 bases employing nearly 2,000,000 uniformed service personnel,
         nearly 500,000 DOD civil service personnel, and over 200,000 locals.  Some countries like us being there, like the Saudis, who would be deposed by a very
         resentful populace if it weren’t for us protecting them with our military. Other places, like Okinawa, hate our military bases being there and
         are perpetually trying to expedite our leaving.
  You and I are paying for all of this military subjugation without
         anything at all tangible coming back to us. And don’t buy the “world domination is  necessary for U.S. security” crap. We are economically bleeding
         out and find ourselves having to use high-priced mercenary killers (recall Blackwater  mercenary services) to do the actual fighting in places like Afghanistan
         and Iraq because our uniformed military is stretched too thin worldwide.
  Any country that employs professional
         killers (mercenaries) is the bad guy. The Hessian mercenaries fighting for England against our Founding Fathers  during the Revolutionary War didn’t do so
         well. Anyone who fights for money, instead of national protection or  personal principals, will cut and  run if the going gets tuff.
  Doug Feith
         should be at least exiled and I have no doubt where he would go. He founded a group called One Jerusalem to oppose the Oslo
         Peace Accords;  he was a
         board member at JINSA (Jewish Institute for National Security Affairs), and director of the Foundation for Jewish Studies.
         I get the unshakable  idea
         that guys like Feith only enter “service” to the U.S. government to exploit the U.S. government to facilitate
         the well-being, global influence, and prosperity of Israel. 
  Go to Israel Doug! You are already a welcome citizen
         there! You’ll live longer and get smarter too!
  Israel has Universal Healthcare. Participation in a medical
         insurance plan is compulsory.  Health
         care coverage is administered by a small number of organizations by relatively  few people with funding from the government.
         All Israeli citizens are entitled to the same uniform benefits package regardless of their financial means.  Israeli healthcare is of high quality and is delivered
         in an efficient and effective manner. Israelis enjoy the 4th longest lifespan on the planet at  82 years of age. America has the 49th longest life span at ...well, it
         varies by race. African Americans die sooner than Anglo Americans.
  If I were an African American I wouldn’t
         like hearing that; if I were an African American there are a lot of things I wouldn’t like hearing.
  If I
         wanted to immigrate to Israel I’d have to convert to Judaism first. Converting to  Judaism is such a rigmarole (I checked it out) that I’d die of
         old age before I could pass the Judaism test. There is no separation of “church and state” in Israel. Israel
         is admittedly a Jewish state.
  The state of Israel is a hard-core hyper-racist, religious, socialist, terrorist
         state subsidized and protected by the U.S.A... Ironic isn’t it?
  Furthermore, Israeli universities are subsidized
         by the state and deliver low-cost high quality education. I admire these things that are either directly  or indirectly subsidized by American tax dollars
         in the form of aid to our “ally” Israel! These Israeli programs, like universal health care and affordable  universities, sound like what a large segment of
         American Fox News watchers, and many others, call “socialist” and they spit the word “socialist” out
         like it’s a cat turd. 
  American propaganda radio blow hards like Rush Limbaugh and Glenn Beck have all but
         advocated shooting socialists.
  By the way, on November 22nd, 2011, Glenn Beck received the very first Defender
         of Israel award presented by the Zionist Organization of America. 
  During the past week I made it a point
         to listen to rightwing radio to see what they were up to.
  Limbaugh, Beck, Hannity, Michael Savage (he changed his
         name from Weiner to Savage), Mark Levin and etc. are all about the same. I got to thinking  that right wing radio is very contrived, divisive, inflammatory, too
         often factually incorrect, racist, sexist, seditious, childish, and has  no comic relief at all. It’s a tedious and irritating 24/7 propaganda machine.
         Amazingly, it does seem to still have an audience. 
  Right-wing radio stooges mocked France whenever possible 
         after 9-11. Leave France out of it! France fielded combat troops  in the Afghanistan war. They did not field troops in Iraq, so we disrespect them
         for having done the supposed right thing?
  Leftwing talk radio stooges like Amy Goodman, Tom Hartmann, David Pakman,
         and Stephanie Miller danced all around the real issues too,  and are nothing more or less than gatekeepers to the basic truth. And the seemingly incessant on-air
         pleas for  public money
         support by left-wing media outlets are somehow more irritating than the noisy right wing ranters.
  The problem is:
         Zionist Americans with an agenda based on loyalty to Israel first and foremost. The problem is, and has always been, the socio-political
          and economic subjugation
         of the United States, and the further evisceration that is now in progress.  The United States is being used on many levels, not the least of which
         is military and economic exploitation.
  Accusing anyone of being a “neo-Nazi” is actually a control
         tool used by organizations like the Jewish Anti-Defamation League or the terrorist  Jewish Defense League. They tag you with the “Nazi” word
         to get you to shut up, or throw down the Nazi card to make you fear speaking in the  first place. The word Nazi has such hideous connotations in Zionist
         controlled nations that any person not wanting any trouble is very careful  not to be accused of being a Nazi.
  NAZI is a word that was invented by
         the German Jew, Konrad Heiden, to denigrate t he Hitler's Nationalsozialistische Deutsche  Arbeiterpartei (NSDAP) in the first place.
  So calling
         every German during World War II a Nazi is about as incorrect as calling every American and every American  soldier who had anything to do with any of our imbecilic
         wars all Republicans or Democrats (or all elephants or asses).
  By the way, Sayanim is a word applied to any Jewish
         person living outside of Israel who may be indeed more, or no less, loyal to the Jewish state than  even a Jewish person living in Israel. These Jewish
         loyalists living abroad who are overtly or covertly helpful to the State are called Sayanim.  The Pentagon Wrecking Crew was definitive Sayanim.
  In General
         Tommy Franks’ memoirs titled, "American Soldier,"   he described Doug Feith as, “the dumbest fucking guy on the planet.”
         
  In his book titled, "Plan of Attack", Bob Woodward described Feith as,  “the fucking stupidest guy on the face of the earth.” 
  I can’t add anything to those assessments. See for yourself: https://youtu.be/c3zVP6RT57k 
  THEO &
         ERIC 
 
    
         Monika, besides being amazed at the information provided,  wondered who had written so much so quickly about the subjects.
         There must 
 have been weeks
         of research involved. She suspected that Eric Blair had written most of it in the past with Theo adding his two-cents here
         and  there while proof 
         reading all of it. Evidently Eric  did not write like he spoke. He spoke like an uneducated hillbilly, much like Grace
         at The Bar,  and although
         this wasn't the finest writing, it was informative and interesting beyond imagination. She made a note to ask them about all
         of this this later. 
  Now she was curious about Hank's emails. The first email began:  The U.S.S. Liberty “Accident-Incident”
  “The world is a dangerous place to live; not because of  the people who are evil, but because of the people
         who don’t do anything about it.” ...Albert Einstein
   The U.S.S. Liberty massacre or so called
         “accident”  occurred on June 8, 1967 in international  waters 13 miles off the coast of the Sinai Peninsula during the so called Arab-Israeli
         Six Day War. The Liberty was a lightly armed U.S. Navy  surveillance ship (call it a spy ship if you’d like)
         with a crew of 294 officers and men on  board. The Liberty’s’ mission was to monitor the military actions taking place onshore  between
         our ally Israel, and their Egyptian foes. Two hours after the Liberty arrived near the scene, the Israeli Defence Forces
         sent out plainly marked reconnaissance aircraft to identify the ship.   Eight flyovers were made over a three-hour period. A large U.S. flag made the
         Liberty easily  recognizable as being American. 
 The ship’s U.S. Navy designation, GTR5, was plainly painted in large white lettering on the
         bow. The crew was relaxed and many off-duty crewmen were on deck sunning themselves and enjoying the fair  weather.  Two hours later, Israeli Mirage III fighter
         jets arrived and commenced fire on the relatively defenceless ship with rockets and machine guns.
 Minutes after that, a second flight of fighters,
         French built Mystere jets armed with napalm, coated the deck with flaming jelly. By now there were dozens of killed and
         wounded American sailors. Of course the ship’s radio team was trying to issue SOS distress calls, but Israeli aircraft
         were  jamming the 
         frequencies with what U.S. Navy communications  specialists described as a ‘buzz saw’ sound. The  American
         flag  was shot to shreds
         and replaced by a larger flag. An open frequency was finally found and an SOS was sent to the 6 th Fleet.   Twelve armed F-4s and A-4s were launched from
         the U.S.S. Saratoga. 
  When information about the unfolding events,  particularly the part about the inability of the Israelis to sink the
         ship in a timely fashion, reached 
 Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara, he ordered the jets to return to the U.S.S. Saratoga. The attack on the Liberty 
         continued with three Israeli  torpedo
         boats also engaging, scoring a torpedo hit, tearing a 40-foot wide hole in the hull, flooding the lower compartments, and
         killing a dozen more  American
         sailors. As the Liberty began listing, rafts were lowered over the side to facilitate abandonment of the ship. The Israeli
         torpedo  boats raked the
         rafts with machine gunfire.   It was apparent that there were to be no survivors.
  After two hours of non stop attack the Israelis finally ceased fire. One of the torpedo boats
         approached the Liberty at which point an Israeli officer 
 asked in English with the aid of a bullhorn, “Do you need any help?” A wounded Capt. William
         McGonagle ordered the quartermaster to respond  with an unmistakable, “Fuck you.” The Israeli boat turned and left evidently aware that a Russian Destroyer
         was arriving on the scene in response to the distress calls. The Soviet Destroyer  offered assistance but the Liberty’s
         conning officer  refused it.   Unknown to the Liberty crew, there was also a U.S. submarine, The Amberjack,
  in the area on a covert mission but did nothing at all to assist the
         Liberty.  Finally,
         after being dead in the water for 16 hours, two American Destroyers reached the Liberty to find 34 U.S. sailors dead and 174
         wounded. 
 Many were seriously 
         wounded. As the wounded were being evacuated to the  U.S.S. America an Office of Naval Intelligence officer,   Admiral Kidd, arrived and commanded the survivors
         not  to talk to anyone about the ordeal or face the severest of consequences.   As it turned out, the attack on the Liberty was a joint U.S.-Israeli
         operation designated, Operation Cyanide. The plan was: The U.S. would position a convenient  American sitting duck
         (The U.S.S. Liberty). 
 The
         Israelis would then sink the sitting duck with all hands lost at sea and blame the Egyptians.  The U.S.A. would be outraged and enter the war against Egypt and the
         rest of Israel’s opponents,  and a large section of the Middle East would then be restructured to Israel’s liking with U.S. help.  If it hadn’t been for those damn Russian
         commies and their destroyer arriving and ruining everything, 
 the operation probably would have worked out well, or terrible, depending upon your point
         of view.  Of course, within three weeks, an official report was released describing the awful but understandable “mistake”  involving the Liberty. “These errors do occur,”
         Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara concluded. The cover story and cover up is almost as outrageous as the attack. I
         could go on about the cover 
         up, but the still living survivors who are no longer disposed to shut up, can best tell that story.   Lt. Commander
         James Ennes relates first hand his experience in his book, ASSAULT ON THE LIBERTY.   Survivor, and past president of the Liberty Veterans Association,
         Philip Tourney, wrote his book called, WHAT I SAW THAT DAY. He and some 
 of the other elderly U.S.S Liberty survivors will not let allow the lies of the governments
         of America and Israel stand and will push for the truth till they are dead.  The BBC produced a documentary about the Liberty incident called, DEAD IN THE
         WATER, which can be found on YouTube in its entirety. 
 The book, Operation Cyanide, by BBC investigative journalist Peter Hounam is a must read and lays
         the whole sordid affair out for you.  The Liberty massacre has never been publicised by the censored and totally Zionist controlled American mainstream
         media.  Upon learning
         about the U.S.S. Liberty a couple of years ago, I posted a link on my Facebook page to the Liberty website, ussliberty.org,
         and
  asked my 1,200 
         Facebook friends if they had ever heard about this incident and  why hadn’t I heard of it? Only one  Navy vet offered that he had heard something about
         it. Everyone else, except   two people, who responded claimed total ignorance. Those two people immediately
         attacked me in the Facebook comments accusing me of being a neo-Nazi for posting anti-Semitic lies.
  I was surprised
         and my feelings were hurt. I’d never been called a neo or any other kind of Nazi before! I  have Jewish pals and
         had a Jewish  Little League
         coach, Jewish teachers, Jewish classmates, Jewish work mates, even a Jewish girlfriend in high school. Shall I go on? I had
         a Jewish  uncle (deceased)
         who was married to my mother’s sister. I loved him and if there were more people like my Jewish uncle in this world
         it would be a much better place!  Upon going to these attacker guys’ Facebook pages it didn’t take long to deduce that they were
         Jewish  Americans. So whose side are these Facebook 
 attackers  on who throw the Nazi card down so readily? The Jewish American Facebook attackers
         even said that the American sailors killed and wounded  on the Liberty had it coming because it was a spy ship! ...Well, yes it was a spy ship, but it was
         an American  spy ship, I’m
         an  American, so excuse me if I stand on the American side of this issue. To hell with Israel.  The attacker guys
         defended Israel, pointing out that it’s surrounded by people who want it wiped off the face of  the earth, it’s
         a  tiny country with a small
         population,    Jews have been persecuted for a thousand years,  remember the holocaust and so forth. I’ll always defend the U.S.A. before I’ll let some  stranger get away with some crack about how murdered 
         Americans had  it coming!
         This episode got me to   thinking about loyalty priorities, what sort of ally Israel  really is... and much,
         much more.   The more I thought about this episode, the more I thought that Israel can go to hell and to hell with
         the traitorous LBJ, his Jewish National Security Advisor  (Walt Whitman Rostow), his Secretary of State (Dean Rusk), his Secretary of Defense (Robert S. McNamara)
         and the military lackeys who served them.   And to hell with ANY American Jew, goy or whomever, who places the importance of Israel above the United States
         of America! An interesting person involved in the Liberty  incident was Admiral John S. McCain (the Arizona Senator’s
         father and Commander of European
  U.S. Naval Forces, including the 6th Fleet, in June 1967) for his role in the cover up. Senator McCain, to his dying
         day,  defended his position
         that the slaughter of 34 American sailors (170 wounded) was an “accident of mistaken identity.”
  If
         you’d like to have seen a U.S. Senator get red faced and squirm, you could have asked Senator John  “Songbird”
         McCain if the U.S.S. Liberty 
         massacre will ever be reinvestigated. He as totally on board with the continuing U.S.S. Liberty whitewash to the point of
         having endorsed,  in writing,
         the completely bogus disinformation book, THE LIBERTY INCIDENT, written by a Jewish bankruptcy lawyer from Florida named A.J.
         Cristol.
  Cristol’s version of the U.S.S. Liberty “incident” is complete bullshit designed to
         convince any reader that the “incident” was an accident.   IT WAS NOT AN ACCIDENT!  His book was
         sent to every member of Congress to be used as a “reference book” in case any politicians or their  constituents should bring up the issue of the U.S.S.
         Liberty demanding justice and a reinvestigation.
  To refer to Arizona Senator John McCain III as a “war hero”
         is an insult to war heroes. 
         John McCain’s father, Admiral John McCain II, was a key player in the U.S.S. Liberty massacre cover-up and was
         in total cahoots with LBJ, Robert McNamara, and with the Israelis by doing so. The McCains were traitors, plain and simple.
                Monika then opened up a second email from Hank that read: Captain
         Ward Boston Jr. was so disgusted with A.J. Cristol’s version of the Liberty slaughter that  he required himself to issue a legal   affidavit in October
         of 2003 stating the following:
  I, Ward Boston, Jr. do declare that the following statement is true and
         complete:
  For more than 30 years, I have remained silent on the topic of the USS LIBERTY. I am a military
         man and  when orders come
         in from the Secretary of Defense and  the President of the United States, I follow them.     
          However, recent attempts to rewrite history compel me to share the truth. In June of 1967, while serving as a Captain
         in the Judge Advocate General Corps, Department of the Navy, I was assigned as  senior legal counsel for the Navy’s Court of Inquiry into the
         brutal attack on the USS LIBERTY, which occurred on June 8th . The late Admiral Isaac C. Kidd, president of the Court,
         and I were given only  one
         week to gather evidence for the Navy’s official investigation into  the attack, despite the fact that we both estimated that a proper court of inquiry  into an attack of this magnitude would take at 
         least six months to conduct.  Admiral John S. McCain, Jr., then Commander-in- Chief, Naval Forces Europe (CINCUSNAVEUR), at his headquarters
         in London, had charged Admiral Kidd (in a letter dated June 10, 1967) 
 to  inquire into all the pertinent facts and circumstances leading to and  connected with the armed attack; damage resulting there from; and deaths of and injuries to Naval personnel.   Despite
         the short amount of time we were given, we gathered a vast amount of  evidence, including hours of heartbreaking testimony from the young survivors.  The evidence was clear. Both Admiral Kidd
         and I believed with certainty 
 that
         this attack, which killed 34 American sailors and injured 172 others,  was a deliberate effort to sink an American ship and murder its entire crew. E ach evening, after hearing testimony all day, we
         often spoke our  private
         thoughts concerning what we had seen and heard. I recall Admiral Kidd  repeatedly referring to the Israeli forces responsible for the attack as “murderous
         bastards.” It was our shared belief, based on the documentary evidence and testimony we received first  hand, that the Israeli attack was planned and 
         deliberate, and could not possibly have been an accident. I am certain that the Israeli pilots that undertook the attack,
         as well as their superiors,  who
         had ordered the attack, were well aware that the ship was American. I saw the flag, which had visibly identified the
         ship as American, riddled with bullet holes,  and heard testimony that made it clear that the Israelis intended there be no survivors.  Not only did the
         Israelis attack the ship with napalm,  gunfire and missiles, Israeli torpedo boats machine gunned  three lifeboats that had been launched by the crew
         in an attempt to save the most seriously wounded – a war crime.  Admiral Kidd and I both felt it necessary to travel to Israel to interview
         the Israelis 
 who took part
         in the attack. Admiral Kidd telephoned Admiral McCain  to discuss making arrangements. Admiral Kidd later told me that Admiral McCain was  adamant that we were not to travel to Israel or
         contact the Israelis concerning this matter.  Regrettably, we did not receive into evidence and the court did not consider
  any of the more than 60 witness declarations from men who had been  hospitalised and were unable to testify in person.
         I am outraged at the  efforts
         of the apologists for Israel in this country to claim that this attack  was a case of “mistaken identity.” In particular, the recent publication
         of  Jay Cristol’s
         book, The Liberty Incident, twists the facts and misrepresents the views of those of us who investigated the attack.  It is Cristol’s insidious attempt to
         whitewash the facts that has
 
         pushed me to speak out. I know from personal conversations I had with  Admiral Kidd that President Johnson and Secretary of Defense  Robert McNamara ordered him to conclude that the
         attack was a case of “mistaken identity” despite overwhelming evidence to the contrary.  Admiral Kidd told me, after returning from
         Washington, D.C. that he had been ordered to sit down with two 
 civilians from either the White House or the Defense Department, and rewrite portions
         of the court’s findings. Admiral Kidd also told me that he had been ordered to “put the lid”  on everything having to do with the attack on the
         USS LIBERTY.  We were never to speak of it and we were to caution everyone else involved that they could never speak
         of it again.  I have no
         reason to doubt the accuracy of that statement as I know that the Court of Inquiry transcript  that has been released to the public is not the same one that I certified
         and sent off to Washington.  I know this because it was necessary, due to the exigencies of time, to hand correct and initial a
  substantial number of pages. I have examined the
         released version of the transcript and I did not see any pages that bore my hand corrections and initials.   Also, the original did not have any
         blank pages, as the released version does.
  Finally, the testimony of Lt. Painter concerning the deliberate machine  gunning of the life rafts by the Israeli torpedo boat crews, which I
         distinctly recall being given at the  Court of Inquiry and included in the original transcript, is now missing and has been excised.  Following the conclusion of the Court of Inquiry, 
         Admiral Kidd and I
  remained
         in contact. Though we never spoke of the attack in public, we did  discuss it between ourselves, on occasion. Every time we  discussed the  attack, Admiral Kidd was adamant that it was a deliberate,
         planned attack  on an American
         ship.  In 1990, I received
         a telephone call from Jay Cristol, who wanted to interview
  me concerning the functioning of the Court of Inquiry. I told him that  I would not speak to him on that subject and prepared to hang up the
         telephone.  Cristol then
         began asking me about my personal background and other,  non-Court of Inquiry related matters.   I endeavoured to answer these questions and politely extricate myself from
         the conversation.
   Cristol
         continued to return to the subject of the Court of Inquiry, which I refused to discuss with him.  Finally, I suggested
         that he contact Admiral Kidd and ask him about the 
 Court of Inquiry. Shortly after my conversation with Cristol, I received a  telephone call from Admiral Kidd, inquiring about
         Cristol and what he  was
         up to. The Admiral spoke of Cristol in disparaging terms and  even opined that “Cristol must be an Israeli agent.”   I don’t know if he meant that literally
         or it was his way of expressing his disgust for 
 Cristol’s highly partisan, pro-Israeli approach to questions involving the USS LIBERTY. At
         no time did I ever hear Admiral Kidd speak of Cristol  other than in highly  disparaging terms. I find Cristol’s  claims of a “close
         friendship” with 
         Admiral Kidd to be utterly incredible. I also find it impossible to believe the statements  he attributes to Admiral Kidd, concerning the attack on the USS LIBERTY.  Several years later, I received a letter from
         Cristol that contained what he purported
  to be his notes of our prior conversation. These “notes” were grossly  incorrect and bore no resemblance in reality to that discussion. I find
         it hard to believe that 
         these “notes” were the  product of a mistake, rather than an attempt to deceive.   I informed Cristol that I disagreed with his
         recollection  of our conversation and that he was wrong.  Cristol made several attempts to arrange for the two of
         us to meet in person and
 
         talk but I always found ways to avoid doing this. I did not wish to meet with Cristol as we had nothing in common and
         I did not trust him.   Contrary to the misinformation presented by Cristol and others, it is important for 
 the American people to know that it is clear that Israel is responsible
         for deliberately  attacking an American ship and murdering American    sailors, whose bereaved  shipmates have lived with this  egregious conclusion
         for many years.”
  Ward Boston, Jr.   Captain, JAGC, USN (Ret.) Senior Counsel to the USS LIBERTY
         Court of Inquiry  Dated: January 9, 2004 at Coronado, California.          Monika, nearly in a state of open mouthed psychological shock opened an email from Ozzy that read:
          How LBJ's
         Vietnam War Paralyzed  His Mideast Policymakers
  In the summer of 1967, I was a staff writer for President   
         Lyndon B. Johnson  at the
         White House. I was aware of that year's Middle East crisis but,  like most Americans, understood little about it other than the fact that it   involved Jews and Arabs. In that year I did not
         know a single Arab,  and
         possibly LBJ did not either. Like most Americans, I was pro-Israel,  Israel having been sold to most all of us as the underdog. Everyone around me,
         without exception, was pro-Israel. Johnson had a dozen  or more close associates and aides who were both Jewish and pro-Israel.  There were Walt Rostow at the White House, his brother
         Eugene at State,  and Arthur
         Goldberg, ambassador to theUnited Nations. Other pro-Israel  advisers included Abe Fortas, associate justice of the Supreme Court;  Democratic Party fund raiser Abraham Feinberg; White
         House counsels Leo White 
         and Jake Jacobsen; White House writers Richard Goodwin and Ben  Wattenberg; domestic affairs aide Larry Levinson;  and John P. Roche, known as  Johnson's intellectual-in-residence  and an avid supporter of Israel.  Everyone around me, without exception, was
         pro-Israel.
     I did not "know," but could sense, that events of great portent were
  transpiring. I heard rumors of CIA Director Richard
         Helms sending a warning 
         to LBJ that the Israelis were about to attack, and the president getting  word from Moscow that if the Israelis attacked any Arab country, the Soviets  would go to that nation's defense.   I could see the comings and goings of
         Abe Fortas and 
 Arthur Goldberg,
         and I knew that Walt Rostow, in particular,  had close Israeli connections, and met frequently  with Israeli Embassy Minister Ephraim (Eppy) Evron. On occasion I saw a strikingly
         attractive blonde woman who, I learned,  was an ardent supporter of Israel and a woman of whom the president was fond.  Her background sounded like material from a spy novel. She  was born Mathilde Galland in 1927 in Italy, where
         she was reared  as a Roman
         Catholic. Then, when her family returned to  her father's birthplace in Switzerland, she became a Lutheran.  While a student in Geneva, she fell in love with a young Bulgarian Jew, 
 David Danon, who had been brought up in Palestine
         and exiled by the British 
         for his association with the Irgun Zvai Leumi, a Jewish terrorist  group led by Menachem Begin. Danon was studying to become  a medical doctor, but spent most of his time recruiting
         and carrying  out secret
         Irgun operations throughout Western Europe.  In later interviews with former Time reporter Donald  Neff, Mathilde 
 said that as a teenager she saw Danon as a dashing and heroic figure,
         an activist  dedicating
         his life to the founding of a Jewish state in Palestine.  He was a personal friend of the Stern Gang terrorists, led by  Yitzhak Shamir, who  killed British resident minister  Lord Walter
         Moyne in Cairo during World War II, and the Irgun terrorists  who blew up the King David Hotel in Jerusalem in 1946,with heavy loss of life. As bloody
         as these actions were, Mathilde said, she saw them as heroic. They represented the depth of the convictions of  Danon and the Irgunists—and drew her to them.  Mathilde became so enamoured of the Jewish
         struggle and of Danon's daring undercover operations
  in Europe that she converted to Judaism and married Danon. Then she, too, became an Irgun agent. Reporter Neff, in his book entitled, Warriors for Jerusalem: The Six Days That Changed  the Middle East, documents Mathilde's role as a young "gun-runner"
          for the Jewish terrorist
         group." As a seemingly innocent petite and  pretty blonde out for a bicycle ride along Switzerland's borders,"  wrote Neff, "she in reality was taking messages and explosives
         into  neighbouring France
         and Italy—to be passed on to the Irgunists.”  Five years after the creation of Israel obviated the need for pretty blonde gunrunners,
  Mathilde received a Ph.D. in genetics at the University
         of Geneva  in 1953. She
         and Danon then moved to Israel, where she became a cancer  researcher at the Weizmann Institute. After the birth of a daughter, she and  Danon separated. While still at   Weizmann,
         however, she met  and later
         married the rich— and 20 years her senior—  Arthur Krim, a motion picture executive who became finance  chairman for the Democratic National Committee.  American Jews such as Krim and Abraham Feinberg—a
         New York banker 
 and the
         first Jew to become a prominent money raiser in presidential campaigns —were by then bringing in well over half of the Democratic Party's funds.  Thus it was natural that such fund-raisers would
         become  very important to
         many Democratic candidates—and particularly  to the leader of the Democratic Party, Lyndon B. Johnson.  LBJ often invited the Krims to his Texas ranch. 
  There also were many instances in which Arthur
         and Mathilde were guests at the White House, and other times when,   for many  days running, Mathilde—without her husband—was a guest there.
          The Krims built a house
         near the LBJ ranch known as 
         Mathilde's house, and Johnson often travelled there by helicopter.     	 	 	 	                 
      
      
    
   
                 
   
   
      
             	 	 	 	   Advice and Counsel LBJ Part 2    The
         Krims, as well as other Jewish Americans who were  closely associated with Johnson,  advised and counseled him on the events leading up to the Six-Day War of June 1967.
            On the Memorial Day weekend in May 1967, Mathilde and her husband were guests at the LBJ ranch.  On arrival at the ranch, Johnson learned that the Soviets had
         warned the U.S. that if Israel attacked 
         an Arab state, the Soviets would go to the aid of that state. The State Department was  preparing a message for LBJ to send to Israel.    While awaiting the draft message, Johnson got behind the wheel of his Lincoln Continental and took
         Mathilde and Arthur Krim  for a drive
         over the hill country. They were at a neighbour's house when an aide brought Johnson a message drafted by the State  Department for Israeli Prime Minister Levi Eshkol.
         It relayed to Israel Moscow's warning 
         that "if Israel starts military action, the Soviet Union will extend help to the attacked party."    After reassuring Eshkol of America's interest in Israel's safety, the draft message
         cautioned:    "It is essential that
         Israel not take any pre emptive military action  and thereby make itself responsible for the initiation of hostilities."  The president strengthened the warning by adding two words so that the sentence read,  "It is essential that Israel JUST MUST NOT
         take any pre emptive military action. . ."    On
         June 3, Johnson traveled to New York to deliver a speech at a Democratic Party fund-raising dinner.      He moved on to a $1,000-a-plate dinner dance, sponsored by the President's Club of New
         York, whose chairman was Arthur Krim. 
         While at the table, fund-raiser Abe Feinberg leaned over the shoulder of Mathilde Krim, seated next to Johnson, and whispered:
             
         "Mr. President, it [Israel's attack]
         can't be held any longer. It's going to be within the next 24 hours."    On June 4, Johnson went to the home of his close adviser and friend, Justice Abe Fortas. The following
         day, June 5, Rostow  woke Johnson
         with a phone call at 4:30 a.m. "War has broken out," Rostow said. The Israelis had  attacked Egypt and Syria.  Mathilde
         Krim was a guest at the White House and, before going to the Oval Office, and apparently before waking Lady Bird  or notifying anyone else, Johnson dropped by the
         bedroom where Mathilde was sleeping and gave her the news: "The war has started."  At 7:45 a.m.,
         Johnson talked—for the first time—on the hot line with Moscow. Soviet Premier Aleksi Kosygin  expressed the hope that the United States would restrain Israel.
         Both leaders vowed to work for a cease-fire.    On
         that day—June 5, 1967—I walked the White House corridors as the telephone lines and news tickers  recorded developments  of the first morning of the war that would change
         the Middle East. I learned that in the war's  first hours, Israeli planes had destroyed the air forces of both Egypt and Syria on the ground.    Unconcealable Glee LBJ Part 3    Several U.S. officials in a State Department Operations Room briefing could not conceal their glee
         over Israel's  successes.  With a
         wide smile, Eugene Rostow said,  "Gentlemen, gentlemen, do not forget that we are neutral in word, thought and deed."    At the State Department's noon briefing on June 5, press spokesman
         Robert J. McCloskey repeated those words for reporters.  (Since the U.S. was not neutral but totally supportive of Israel, however, this statement would need—over
         the next several weeks—endless clarification.)    Also
         on June 5, Arthur Krim wrote a memo to the president saying: "Many arms shipments are packed and ready to go  to Israel, but are being held up. It would be
         helpful if these could be released." Johnson got the shipments on their way.    Walt Rostow, in a memo to the president, referred to the results of Israel's surprise attack on
         Egypt and Syria as "the first day's turkey shoot."  On June 6, in another memo to the president, Walt Rostow recommended that the Israelis not be forced
         to withdraw from the  territories
         they had seized—short of peace treaties with the Arab states.    "If
         the Israelis go fast enough and the Soviets get worried enough," he wrote, "a simple cease-fire might be the best
         answer.  This would mean that we could
         use the de facto situation on the ground to try to negotiate not a return to armistice lines  but a definitive peace in the Middle East."    Mathilde Krim, still a guest in the White House, left for meetings
         in New York. Before departing, however, she wrote out a statement  supportive of Israel which she asked the president to deliver "verbatim to the American people."
         Johnson was sufficiently impressed  with
         her comments to, later in the day, read some of them to  Secretary of State Dean Rusk. But the president did not, as she had
         asked,  read them to the American
         people.   
         Jordan, treaty-bound to come to the aid
         of Egypt and Syria if either were attacked, had done so and, on June 7, Israel captured  the Old City of Jerusalem. Also on June  7, Wattenberg and Levinson wrote in a memo
         to Johnson that the U.N. might attempt  "to
         sell Israel down the river." They urged LBJ to support Israel's claim to the territories seized militarily. They referred
         to McCloskey's  statement that the
         U.S. was neutral, suggesting LBJ issue a statement affirming total support for Israel which,  they said, might stop American Jews from meeting in Lafayette
         Square to protest the "neutrality" statement.    While
         Johnson never minded getting pro-Israel advice from such close friends as Mathilde Krim or Abe Fortas, he apparently  resented advice from relatively minor  White House
         staffers such as Wattenberg and Levinson. Seeing Levinson he stormed:    "You
         Zionist dupe! You and Wattenberg are Zionist dupes in the White House! Why can't you see I'm doing all I can for Israel!  That's what you should be telling people when they
         ask for a message from the president for their rally." As LBJ abruptly stormed off,    Levinson reports, he stood there, "shaken to the marrow of my bones."    Meanwhile, on the night of June 7, the USS LIBERTY, a Navy
         "ferret" ship equipped to monitor electronic communications,  had approached within sight of the Gaza Strip so the National Security Agency personnel aboard
         could intercept the military  communications
         jamming the airwaves. The president retired at 11:30 p.m., but White House  logs reported that at one minute to midnight he got a call from Mathilde Krim, still
         in New York.    By June 8, despite U.S. and
         Soviet demands for a cease-fire, the Israelis were planning one more attack to take Syria's Golan Heights.  Perhaps to prevent U.S. intelligence from learning of their plan,
         despite Syria's acceptance of the cease-fire, the Israelis dispatched  planes to the USS LIBERTY. One roared over the LIBERTY
         so closely that the  portholes
         of the aircraft's reconnaissance cameras were clearly visible.      Lieutenant
         James M. Ennes, deck officer, saw on its wings Israel's insignia, the Star of David.    The Liberty Assault LBJ Part 4    Ennes glanced at the U.S. flag atop his ship's tall mast. If he could see the Israeli  pilots in their cockpits, he reasoned, the pilots
         could certainly see the large U.S. flag.      It
         was not long after the last of several such Israeli reconnaissance flights, however, that an Israeli aircraft swooped down
         and fired  rockets directly at The
          LIBERTY. Rocket fragments and 30mm bullets punched
         through the heavy deck plating—and through  the flesh of the stunned crewmen. Then more planes—with cannon and napalm—turned the LIBERTY
         into a floating hell of  flames
         and screaming men.    The Israeli attacks killed
         34 Americans and wounded 171. The ship was partly flooded when an Israeli torpedo boat hit the U.S. ship  with a torpedo below the water line. Another machine-gunned the
         ship's life rafts when the crew tried to launch them.    Only
         by a miracle did The Liberty remain afloat. But its threat to Israel's plans was finished. The next
         day, June 9, Israeli forces  attacked
         and captured the Golan Heights. On Saturday, June 10, the war's sixth day, Israel agreed to a cease-fire.    It was Rostow who first notified Johnson of the assault on the Liberty.
         Asked who did it,  Rostow said
         he did not know. Later the Israelis said they had done it, by mistake.    Johnson
         sent an immediate report to Kosygin that the Israelis had torpedoed a U.S. ship.  Thus the Kremlin now knew about the Israeli attack, but the American people did not.    From the beginning, the Johnson administration covered it up. Surviving
         crew members were separated from each other and the Navy  was ordered to make certain that no survivor talked with any reporter—or to anyone else—about
         the assault on the USS LIBERTY .    It
         went virtually unnoticed. Not only the crew of the USS LIBERTY, but all Americans were victims. Johnson
         and most of those  who entered and
         left the Oval Office were oriented toward Israel. For that matter, I too, was ready and eager to believe in 1967  that the Arabs, not the Israelis, had started
         the war and that the bombing raid on the USS LIBERTY was not intentional, but a mistake.    While there can be no moral justification for the White House cover-up
         orders to the Navy  after the assault
         on the Liberty, from hindsight Johnson's political  motivation is obvious.      It was the same motivation that led him subsequently to listen to the Jewish friends
         and advisers who urged  him not to
         put any pressure on the Israelis to relinquish territories they had seized in the Six-Day War.    In 1967, President Johnson felt he needed all the support he could get to 'win"
         in Vietnam.    Many American Jews were liberals
         outspokenly opposed to the war there. Johnson was told if he gave all out support to Israel—which  would include ignoring the Israeli attack on the LIBERTY
         influential Jewish Americans would stop opposing his Vietnam policies.    In a memo to the president, Wattenberg, whose parents had moved to the U. S. from Palestine and
         who was known as a strong  supporter
         of the Jewish state, said flatly that if the president came out with strong support for Israel, he would win American Jewish  support for the war in Vietnam. Many American
         Jewish leaders are "doves" on Vietnam, Wattenberg wrote, but "hawks" on a war with Arab states.    A "Bonus" for Johnson LBJ Part 5    "You stand to be cheered now by those (American Jewish leaders) who
         were jeering last week," Wattenberg wrote the president.  He added that the Mideast crisis could be "a bonus" for Johnson.
         All-out support of Israel, he predicted, would "help turn around 'the other war'—  the domestic dissatisfaction about Vietnam."    The support given by the American Jewish leaders "was welcome to the president," as reporter Donald Neff observed,
          when at every
         turn he was being attacked by critics, particularly in the media, of his Vietnam policy.    I was, at the time, a typical American. I was convinced back then that the Arabs had started the war
         and deserved what they got. I didn't try to reason how,  if the Arabs had started the war, they were surprised with their air forces
         on the ground and how it was that Israel so easily seized  all of Palestine, including the rest of Jerusalem.Instead, like millions of
         Americans, I was thrilled by the might of "little Israel."    Yet, despite the euphoria around me, what I saw in the White House planted questions in my mind. As
         Americans we had just passed through a dangerous  Middle East conflict that threatened to explode into World War III. There were two parties
         to the conflict, Arabs and Jews. But for weeks on end I had  seen only one set of advisers who could call or see Johnson whenever they
         pleased. The Arabs had no voice, no representation, no access, whatsoever.    It was only later that I came to reflect on how America, which devoted so much of the efforts of its
         "best and brightest" to the problem of Vietnam,  had in 1967 quite unwittingly stumbled into a Middle East quagmire that, long
         after the fall of Saigon, would continue to enmesh  U.S. soldiers and diplomats, and project an image of double standards and insincerity onto
         U.S. diplomacy all over the world.      
           Monika made a mental note to ask Ozzy who the author of this article was, or is. She copied and pasted all of the emailed
         information into the designated  web pages and thought about quitting for the night, but she was too agitated to sleep. She poured herself
         a glass of wine and decided to open one of  Ernie Zundel's emails for a change of topical information.        The email from Ernie began:        Hallo Monika, I have been
         to the Holocaust Deprogramming website many hours looking at the information there. I don't know how  to begin giving you the information. So I
         will start at the beginning of the website there. You tell to me when it is enough for you.     Thank You For Helping Me,   Ernie Zundel   
      THE JEW'S HOLOCAUST NARRATIVE IS THE MOST MASSIVE
         CYNICAL EXPLOITIVE FRAUD IN HISTORY    The alleged genocide of European
         Jewry has been used to justify the Allied war effort, to establish the State of Israel, to justify Israeli violence against
         its neighbors,  to induce guilt in both Germans and the Allied nations, to cover up and ignore Allied crimes against
         Germans, to allow Jews to receive massive reparations from  Germany, and to create solidarity in the Jewish
         community. The extreme importance of the Holocaust story in advancing Zionist/Jewish interests ensures that  this falsification
         of history will continue in the future.    No one can deny that Jews were rounded up and imprisoned by Germans in German occupied territories
         after the suspension of the HAAVARA TRANSFER AGREEMENT  during WWII. Nor can anyone deny that Japanese
         Americans were rounded up and imprisoned in America for the same reasons, those reasons being primarily security  issues,
         and in the same fashion during WWII. And, after examining the facts, the German prisons built for Jews were far more humanely
         accommodating than the  American prisons built for Japanese. 
             (See
         World War II West Coast Camps for Japanese-Americans here: http://www.ihr.org/jhr/v02/v02p-45_Weber.html    What is staunchly denied
         is the existence, much less the use, of homicidal gas chambers, the manufacture of human skin lampshades, the manufacture
         of human derived soap,  institutionalized torture all conducted at "death factories" where 6,000,000 Jews were
         gassed and cremated and other outright lies disseminated by vindictive and vengeful Jews.    In all of German occupied Europe there were 2.4 million Jews.
         After World War II, 3.8 million Jews applied for holocaust reparations.    Indeed tens of thousands of imprisoned Jews died during the last months of WWII due to disease, especially
         typhus, and starvation (The International Committee
         of the  Red Cross reported: 272,000 concentration camp inmates died in German custody, about half of them Jews). After all, as the fortunes of war turn against the  losing side,
         food and medicine become extremely scarce... and deadly scarce for those imprisoned by the     losing side due to the ruination of food production, medicine
         manufacturing, and transportation supply lines. Germany was carpet bombed and firebombed into  the stone
         age during the last year of WWII (a totally merciless war conducted by three Jewish controlled empires against a country the
         size of Montana).    Indeed there were crematoriums working overtime as a means of sanitarily disposing of disease ridden corpses, but these  were built during the last year of the war and
         never was a living person burned alive in one as JEWS would have you believe.    As a matter of fairness, try to imagine what would have become
         of all the Japanese incarcerated in American prison camps during WWII had the fortunes of war  turned against
         an America that was bombed into the stone age. I'll wager that they would have been massacred by furious Americans before
         they had starved to death.    Once you fully realize that there were no "gas chambers" or such things as human skin lampshades, most of
         the Jewish  narrative regarding the so called "holocaust" becomes a self-serving fabrication disseminated
         by the lowest  sort of scammers.    Only lies need laws for protection. There are many individuals who have been imprisoned in occupied
         Germany for merely telling the truth about the holocaust scam.  These people are imprisoned for "inciting
         hatred for the Jews" whereas it'sactually the JEWS incessantly inciting hatred for Germans with their holocaust LIES.    Free yourself from the power of a lie designed
         to render you impotent. By instilling unwarranted guilt and shame upon humanity via the "holocaust", humanity is
          rendered incapable, or at least very hesitant, to criticise, much less interfere with, any of the designs of Jews or their nation of Israel. The "holocaust"
         is also an  ongoing cash cow for Jewish "holocaust survivors" through the collection of hundreds of
         billions of euros from Germany, and elsewhere, 
         as WWII reparations that continues to this day.     Jews have made questioning the details of the so-called Holocaust
         a criminal offense, with fines and imprisonment, and doing this has only hurt 
         their credibility and soured many against their official narrative. The truth does not need laws to enforce it, only lies
         do, and the stupidest thing  the Jews could ever have done — and want
         to do in America — is criminalise not believing their improbable narrative. It is their “education”  that has created doubters, which is why it continues to fail.      Holocaust Propaganda
         Isn't Just a Lie, It's a
         Crime Against Humanity. It is a crime because it not only justifies
         innumerable  other crimes, but because it creates a huge mass of hatred, which
         in turn contains the potential for new crimes.    People whose souls have been drenched in the hatred of the Holocaust
         Lie must be counted among its victims. This includes the millions of twelve to  fifteen-year old school children dragged through the
         memorials of former concentration camps, often weeping uncontrollably at the atrocity  stories and lies vomited up at
         them.    How much suffering,
         how much heartbreak, how many tragedies are due to the so called “Holocaust”, this hair-raising Lie of the Century,
         which the  jews invented, crammed down our throats, and have defended tooth and nail, with fines, with abuse, with imprisonment,
         for over half a century?    It
         is painful to think of the thousands, indeed tens of thousands, of people who have been  humiliated, persecuted, imprisoned,
         or even executed in the name of this shameless swindle.     It is pathetic to see the once-great German people, having lost its pride, its sense of direction,
         its self-respect, to such an  extent that it no longer dares to defend itself against a flood of slander and is too ashamed
         to look itself in the face.    One
         single mention of the “gas chambers”, the extermination of the jews, was enough to justify purging entire cities
         and provinces of their German  population. Almost 17 million people were driven from their homes between 1944 and 1948 in
         an unbroken series of atrocities during which over two million died.    “After what they did to the jews, they had it coming to them,” is the classical justification
         It is truly disgusting to think of the millions of people all over  the world watching Marvin Chomsky, Claude Lanzmann,
         Steven Spielberg and all the others — Holocaust, Shoa, Schindler’s List, etc. —  in the cinemas,
         on television — and taking it all seriously.    The jews invented a story which they’ve called the Shoa or the Holocaust, and which
         they now claim is the history of their people.    The Holocaust money-making machine has brought them such tremendous advantages, that they can no longer live
         without it. But they made one  fatal error: the Holocaust swindle is so endlessly absurd that its inventors can only take
         refuge in a suicide charge; having lost all sense  of proportion, they have gone too far and will soon come crashing down.    To suppress all open debate on the subject appears an
         impossibility in the long run, despite all manner of repression.    From minor explanations to wholesale re-writing, including whole new “Revised Versions”,
         the profiteers of the myth    continue
         to entangle themselves in increasingly greater numbers of contradictions; the fables of today contradict the fables told yesterday;
         the defenders  of the official version of history are being compelled to make so many concessionsthat more and more people
         are starting to wonder about it all.  Doubts expressed in private conversation
         no longer shock as much as they did a few years ago; it is getting easier for revisionists to gain a hearing.    In brief: for the exterminationists, the time is running
         out. Increasingly hysterical  repression is an unmistakable sign of growing panic. It is also a sign of weakness.    Instead of listening to the discussion, they simply
         grab for a truncheon. But how long can they get away with it?    The revisionists must not hope for quick victory; it will not come overnight. They should
         remember  the wisdom expressed in the phrase from the Czech philosopher, Karel Capek, who said:    “Truth
         must be smuggled. It must be distributed in small doses.    A drop here, a drop there — until people get used to it. Not all  at once.”    At a time when the Lie appears to be triumphing without
         hindrance, we would like to close with an optimistic message. We wish to make the following appeal:    All of you, all friends of the truth, both known and
         unknown, from many European countries, those who, like Günter Deckert and Gottfried Küssel,  sit in German
         and Austrian prisons for “denying the existence of the gas chambers,” or who have been compelled to go into exile
         like Remer and  Rudolf, all persecuted revisionists and nationalists — do not lose your courage, since your struggle against
         state-ordained lies is not in vain. Your  courage, the sacrifice of a few, will help to free entire nations and peoples, including
         the German and Russian peoples — f rom the darkness which has so long covered them.    Jürgen Graf - Renegade Tribune      	___________   
      I DENY NO HOLOCAUST    Many ignorant, brainwashed people have contemptuously called
         me a “Holocaust Denier”.    The following is the response I give, to those who will listen:  Excuse me, but I don’t “deny” ANY “Holocaust”… Do you?    I fully accept the account of the brave and famous
         Russian writer and historian, Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn, who was often
         called “The Conscience of  the 20th Century”; who served eight long years in the Soviet Gulag prison system, when he reports in the book he published in the year 2000  entitled
         “Together For Two Hundred Years” that, in the Soviet Holocaust, 66 million innocent Gentiles, mostly Christians (and it being a full  ELEVEN TIMES the number of Jews claimed to have
         been killed by the Germans in WWII), were kidnapped, tortured, raped,
         and murdered  in a wide variety of cruel, wanton, and horribly inhuman ways in the thousands of monstrously evil  Gulag concentration camps at the hands of the Jewish Bolshevik
         “Ivan the
         Terrible” Cheka corps.    I freely acknowledge the fact that on February 13 & 14, 1945, in the quintessential Holocaust of the non-military
         city of Dresden, more than 700,000  phosphorus bombs were dropped on 1.2 million helpless people, which produced
         a fire storm that was called a “Single Column of Flame”, where  the temperature in the center of the city reached
         1600 degrees centigrade, and in which approximately 500,000 German women, children,  elderly, wounded soldiers,
         random citizens, and even all of the animals in the city zoo were slaughtered by concussion and fire in a single night.    I absolutely recognise that more people died there in Dresden, in that one big flame, than the estimated total of 246,000
         helpless people who died in  two other quintessential Holocausts, the senseless, wantonly murderous, abominable,
         and unnecessary atomic attacks upon the Japanese cities of  Hiroshima and Nagasaki combined.    I openly avow the virtually forgotten Holocaust
         endured by the passengers and crew of the Wilhelm Gustloff, an unarmed
         German passenger liner  which was torpedoed and sunk in the freezing waters of the Baltic Sea, 13 miles off the coast of
         Pomerania on January 30, 1945, as it carried, besides  it’s men and crew, some 73 wounded soldiers, 373 members
         of the Womens’ Naval Auxilliary, and some 9,000 German civilian refugees – mostly women  and children
         – who were all fleeing in terror from East Prussia in the advance of the Red Army, and where only a few hundred lived
          to tell the tale, making it the deadliest disaster in maritime history, killing nearly ten times the number who died
         on the Titanic.   
         And
         I fully admit that, as tallied and reported by the International Red Cross, a grand total of 271,304 people – not all of them Jews – died in all of the  German concentration camps,
         combined, by the end of World War II – a Holocaust which was solely the result of typhus epidemics and starvation  caused by
         the Zionist controlled, allied carpet bombings of supply routes and centers all over Germany that made it impossible to transport
         food  and medical supplies to prisoners, soldiers, and
         civilians alike.    I certainly do not deny the Holocaust of the over 1,000,000 German post-war, non-combatants who were rounded up, detained
         without any food,  water, shelter, or medical care, and purposely, and systematically killed through starvation  and
         exposure in 1945-46 under the supervision of the  allied commander Dwight D. Eisenhower, in the largest outdoor
         concentration camp this side of modern-day Palestine, or the concurrent Holocaust  of the wholesale cold-blooded
         rape and murder of untold hundreds of thousands, if not millions, of women  and children as the communist Red Army of the
         Soviets also took its “revenge” upon the defeated Germans.    I do not deny the Holocaust suffered by the good men and crew of the practically unarmed USS Liberty
         surveillance ship, which was deliberately  attacked by air and sea, with machine gun, cannon, and torpedo
         fire by Israeli forces on June 8, 1967, killing 34 and wounding 174, in an attempted  false flag operation which
         was intended to sink the ship, and murder all aboard, in order to draw the United States into the Middle East conflict on  the side
         of Israel, and was only foiled by the ingenuity and resourcefulness of the crew in aiding the radio operator to successfully
         get off a call for help.    And I do not deny the Holocaust of the some 3,000 people who died in a single day as a result of the false flag attack
         on the World Trade Center in  New York which was engineered and perpetrated by leaders of Israel in order
         to kick off their pre-planned “Clash of Civilizations” which they  hope will eventually cause
         their two sworn enemies, the Christians, and the Muslims, to forget their historical religious commonalities, and annihilate
          one another in the yet to be the greatest Holocaust in history
         – a third world war – as the “Chosen Ones” sit on the sidelines…  and direct… and watch… and profit… while gleefully rubbing their hands as even
         more untold millions of innocents die.    I also do not deny the Holocaust of the Jenin Refugee Camp, on April 13, 2002, where Israeli forces
         attacked the camp using bulldozers, tanks,  and Apache helicopters, in a cruel, indiscriminate, blood-lust
         slaughter, which was said to be “Horrific beyond belief”, and which lasted for  13 days, flattening large
         areas of the town, and killing    unknown hundreds of innocent men, women, and
         children, many of whom were buried alive; or the earlier, similar, Holocausts  at the Sabra
         and Shatila refugee camps in Lebanon in 1982, in which it is known that
         at least 800Palestinians were killed.    Nor do I deny the wholesale slaughter and destruction perpetrated upon the sovereign nation of Iraq,
         in the Holocaust that was the illegal, and  unjustified war of aggression that, from 2003 to the present,
         has resulted in the murder of over 1,000,000 innocent Iraqi men, women,
         and children,  and brought their country to ruin, as one of the first steps in Israel’s ongoing war of terror, which they have the  unmitigated gall to present to the world as a war “ON” terror… for which the final tally of victims is yet to be seen.    And while I’m at it, let me just note here
         that I fully acknowledge the fact that the perpetrators of the above
         mentioned, and relatively recent  Holocausts have a very long history of either directly, or indirectly committing
         numerous other such atrocities against many peoples over many  millenia, even since ancient Biblical times –
         from the slaughter of the Midianites to the African slave trade – a number of which being the  basis of,
         and celebrated during various Jewish holidays. And though I do not particularly describe them here, I don’t deny any
         of them either.   
         What
         I do deny is the ridiculous and exaggerated claim that there is ANY evidence at all that ANY Jews at all – much less
         “six million” of  them – died from ANY intentional gassings, or as a result of ANY kind
         of organized or systematic program of genocide perpetrated against Jews  by Germany’s Nazi regime… and I
         challenge you to produce ANY evidence or “proof” that is not merely made up of either pre-war,  wartime,
         or post-war anti-German propaganda…     Because none, from either then or now, actually
         exists.   
         So,
         if you want to talk about a “Holocaust”… and I mean a REAL, genuine, genocidal “Holocaust”, and not only the ones
         from the past, but one that  is happening right NOW, in the present, all you need to do is to pull your brain-dead/brainwashed heads out of your collectively ignorantrear ends,  and look into the current goings-on in Gaza, The
         West Bank, Syria, and the Middle East in general, where the racist, supremacist, Zionist, Talmudic  Jews are
         feverishly working day and night to exterminate anyone,either Gentile or Jew, who stands in  their way in their quest to build their racist, supremacist,
         “Kingdom of the World”… a.k.a., Eretz Israel.    And if any of you sanctimonious accusers deny any of these realities, and merely cling to the all
         too common view that the only “Holocaust” that  really matters is one that is purported to have been suffered by the Jews, then for people like you to call anyone else a “Holocaust
         Denier”  is one of the most laughable, and hypocritical
         examples of psychopathic projection I have yet seen anywhere…
         even as  you continue to stupidly, and unashamedly, prove your ignorance and psychopathy with every ridiculous charge you make.     
         					___________________									        Monika had promised herself that she would only read one of Ernie's emails, but the other email titled A LETTER TO STEVEN
         SPIELBERG inspired her  to continue. She, like most people who have seen any Spielberg movies, is a Spielberg fan.
         She vowed to herself never to step foot in the ocean afte r seeing JAWS, and she would never again watch a war movie after
         seeing SAVING PRIVATE RYAN. She opened the email and began reading...       	FINALLY . . PUTTING THE “HOLOCAUST” TO BED. A LETTER
         TO STEVEN SPIELBERG,  FROM JEWISH FRENCH DR. ROGER DOMMERGUE POLACCO de MENASCE.   
     Dear Mr. Spielberg,    I wish your honesty to be equal to your very great talent. I saw
         you on  TV in France. You declared that you would pour out Shoa propaganda in  German schools. You mentioned that
         witnesses would be convinced  for good, as to the reality of the Shoah (6-million-gas-chambers).  I feel it my duty
         as a Jew and after 20 years of study of the historical  problem of the holocaust, to call your attention to the facts.    Facts are very stubborn and as no one can gainsay them,
         our congeners  have been compelled to make disgusting politicians enact Stalino –  Orwellian laws which forbid to
         mention anything concerning  the dogma of the “six-million-gas-chambers”,  definitively reduced to perpetual
         worship of this alchemy.    In
         case of no respect of silence and worship of the myth, you suffer the penalty  of fines or prison or both. Professor Faurisson, who
         has been studying  the subject for 20 years, has been practically massacred. This is utterly  ridiculous, but give the Police
         and the Justice of all countries to Mr Lévy,  he will not be ridiculous any more: here is the XXth century!    These laws are, accordingly, the absolute proof of the
         fake 
         before we study its arithmetical and technical ineptitude.     No Sir, you will not find ONE witness who saw  6 million Jews slaughtered. You will not find ONE  witness of Zyclon-B
         – gas chamber’s to exterminate  1000 or 2000 people at a time, close to the crematoria.     See my “Shoa Sherlockholmized” herewith:  it is the summary
         of 20 years study on the subject.    The
         “6-million-gas-chambers myth “is an arithmetic and technical nonsense.    As a matter of fact the howling, snivelling, Shoah business, 50 years after  the war, is disgusting,
         debasing: it is a disgraceful shame. No people in  History has ever been wailing about its losses 50 years after a
         war, even  its true and real losses. Even if the 6-million-gas-chambers were true, it  would be a dishonour to make such
         din and pump up so much money everywhere:  who were the usurers of the Weimar Republic? You know it as well as I do.    It is all the more so as we know that 6.000.000 is gross
         exaggeration and that the  Zyclon-B gas chambers are a technical impossibility. (See Degesh Trial in 1949).  In fact 150,000
         or 200,000 Jews died in the German camps of typhus or  starvation. Many others died but as fighters against Germany to
         which we,  the Jews, had declared war in 1933! (Herr. Hitler was allergic to  the hegemony of gold and of the dollar: so he could
         give work to six  million unemployed, before the functioning of German armament factories!).    Do you know the book published at this period and written  by our congener
         Kaufmann: GERMANY MUST PERISH?     We
         know that 80,000,000 Goyim were slaughtered in the  USSR, in a political regime which was entirely Jewish,    from Marx and Warburg, to Kaganovitch, Frenkel, Yagoda,
         the executioners.  We know that after 1945 Americans and Russians killed and raped  German communities all over Europe from Lithuania to
         Albania.  We know that 1,500,000 German war prisoners were starved to death after the  war (a quite famous book was published
         a few years ago, but is  ignored to day). You will find there included in French the text of a rabbi:  “A rabbi pleads guilty”:
         unfortunately I possess neither the German  original nor an English translation. You should have it translated.    The Rabbi condemns the Jewish behaviour in Germany 50  years before Nazism
         and vindicates the emergence of Hitler.    As for the harm we have done to Humanity absolutely not redeemed by your  excellent films or the virtuosity
         of Yehudi Menuhin, or the neutron bomb  of S.T. Cohen, I wrote a book about it from texts written by important  Jews which are
         much above the most anti-Semitic text written by Goyim.    Simone Weil drew a tragic summary:    “The Jews, this handful of uprooted people, have been  the cause of the uprooting
         of the whole mankind”.     And George Steiner:“For 5000 years we have been  talking too much: words of death for us and for the
         others”.   
         We know
         that all the German towns of more than 100,000 people have  been destroyed during the last war, with women and children: silence  about this real
         holocaust. If we consider the turn taken by the Shoah  business, what you intend to do in Germany is actually the safest
         way to a  heaping up of a huge amount of anti-Jewism the explosion of which
         will 
         be unique in History. Discretion and moderation must be our behaviour:  all the rest is suicide.    Neither “mondialism” nor Orwellian laws for “crime
         of thought” can prevent  antisemitism to explode: only OUR behaviour can. What you do  and all the whining and money
         pumping can only egg it on.  It will increase out of reasonable proportions, if there can be  a reasonable proportion to antisemitism.
         I know that it is practically    impossible
         to check our propensity to speculation and that only the abolition  of circumcision, the 8th day could (our particularism
         derives from the  disturbance of the 21 days of the 1st puberty, which starts precisely at the  8th day) but we must, at least,
         try to avoid such blunders as the one  you intend to perform in Germany and which would be appalling. I am a  great admirer
         of your films (except the Shindler list: ask his wife and the  historical real reality, but this is a minor blunder). I hope you
         will  scrutinize
         what I send you and escape the folly of the majority  of our congeners. I will always answer you if you have the integrity
         to write to me.   
         Cordialement
         à vous.Signed by: Dr. Roger Dommergue Polacco de Menasce.    . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    The «Shoa» Sherlockholmised – By R.Dommergue Polacco de Ménasce.     1.
         Do we know, in the course of History, of an ethnic group which would  not rejoice
         when learning that, in a war ended fifty years before, it had  suffered many
         less losses than it thought? Would the discoverer of such good  piece of news,
         not be rewarded, celebrated? Would he be overwhelmed  with heavy fines, would he escape
         attempted murder, as such was the case with  Professor Faurisson? Do such reactions
         not belong to a heavy case of psychopathy?     2. Have the live
         skeletons which can be seen in such films  as “ Night and Fog”
         (by Alain Resnais), have anything to  do with gassing? Are they not the result of famine in
         the  camps because of the systematic bombing of German   
         towns containing more than 100,000 people, “holocausting”
         hundreds  of thousands of women and children who are never mentioned?   
          3. Where would have been the 4 million Jews ( if we consider that 2  millions were killed in battlefields), when it is well known that one camp could 
         not contain more than 60,000 thousand people, and that except in Auschwitz, there was no  Zyclon-
         B gas-chambers? ( there never was any proof of mass gassing with any other gas).     4.
         Are the witnesses worth anything, when you know that torture was the  way to squeeze
         out evidence. Such was the case of Commandant Hoess whose  ludicrous declaration
         has become a legend . What about the 100 witnesses of  gassing in Dachau, when it is official
         that there was no gas chamber in that camp?     5. 130 kilos of
         coal are necessary for the cremation of one dead body.  We are told that the Germans cremated
         1300 corpses a day. U.S.A aircraft took  hundreds of pictures of Auschwitz, during the supposed
         period of the holocaust. (1943-44).  Why is there not a single gigantic heap of the necessary
         coal?  Why not a single black coil of smoke?     6. Why do radio, films, press, T.V., continue daily to inflict upon 
         us the myth of the six-million-gas-chambers, in a never ending whining  and
         moaning? Why is the Jewish lobby chasing, 50 years after  the end of the war, nonagenarians
         who attempted to rescue Germany  from the iniquity of the Versailles treaty, from the
         rot of the  Weimar Republic, from the collapse of German youth, from the  unemployment of 6 million people, who, back to work could give 
         bread to the 21,500,000 persons who were dependent on them? 
          7. Why does the AMERICAN JEWISH YEAR BOOK, issue 43, page 666, 
         inform us that in 1941, there were 3.300.000 Jews in occupied Europe?     8.
         How is it possible that the gas chambers could be just near the crematoria,  when
         any chemist will tell you that Zyclon-B is hyperflammable?     9.
         Why are revisionist historians persecuted when they demonstrate the  hoax of the
         Shoa? A scientific dialogue, a court ordered appraisal have been  demanded
         since 1980 about a problem specifically arithmetic and technical.  It would seal
         truth for ever. It would definitively shut the mouths.  Such was the case for Katyn, thanks
         to the revisionist Gorbatchev.    
         10. How could Zyclon-B gas 1000 people at one
         time,  when it is well known that the USA gas chamber for one ( maximum 2) persons sentenced to death, are of an  unheard of
         complexity and cost? Why, at the trial of the   Degesh,
         which fabricated the Zyclon-B, was it declared in 1949,  that gassing in such conditions
         is impossible and unthinkable?    
         11. Why did Leuchter, who was in charge of the
         maintenance of the USA gas  chambers, give the firm evidence that there was no gassing
         in Auschwitz?  Why have Austrian and Polish reports confirmed the Leuchter report?
          Why is the Rudolf report, which analyses all results, forbidden? Why are  those who divulge the Rudolf report, heavily sentenced by the law? And 
         yet the slightest care of the quality and accuracy of the report is not taken.     12.
         Why was, for the first time in History, the doctors degree of Mr  Roques, on
         the “Gerstein report” cancelled? And still, this report was not  accepted
         at the Nuremberg trial! Besides the well known historian,  a socialist minister,Alain
         Decaux, mentioned in the press that ” nobody  could have access to the Gerstein
         report, without passing first through  the excellent thesis of M. Roques” Alain Decaux
         said: “I admired the  skill and perfection of a“chartist” performed
         by M.Roques in his doctors  degree on the Gerstein report” (in his book:
         “la guerre absolue” 1998).     
         13. Why did Raymond Aron and François Furet
         at a  Sorbonne seminar, (to which no revisionist was invited),  (state) that there was not the slightest trace of a  written or
         oral order for the extermination of the Jews?     14. Why is it
         never spoken of the planning of the  extermination of the Germans as expressed in a book
         written  by the Jew Kaufmann (“Germany must perish”), by  sterilisation of German men.? It is undoubtedly a small detail?     15.
         Why Zyclon-B, used by the Germans for hygiene since 1920, could  be used in
         the concentration camps for other purposes than delousing  and protection
         against typhus? Why large quantities of Zyclon-B could  be found in camps where it is official
         that there never was any gassings???    
         16. Why do they harp on the “six-million-gas-chamber”
         and never on  the 80 million Goyim exterminated in the USSR, by an entirely Jewish  political regime, the executioners of which bore the names of Kaganovitch, 
         Yagoda, Frenkel, Firine, Jejoff, Ourenski, Rappaport, and fifty other Jews?     17.
         Why, during the Zundel trial in Canada,  the famous exterminationist Jews disgraced themselves
         by  talking of “poetic licence” in their holocaust assertions,  and never came back when summoned by the judges?     18.
         Why the Fabius-Gayssot law ? (the man of the contaminated blood  and another
         man, a Communist dragging along 200,000,000 corpses).     19. Is it not
         the supreme proof of the fake? Is it not casting out nines?  There is no need
         of Stalino-Orwellian law “to be put in prison because  of ones beliefs”
         (thought crime of ” 1984 “) as stated M. Toubon, before  he became
         a minister of Justice in France, to set up truth. This law is anti  constitutional,
         anti democratic, against the rights of men. Facts, proofs,  pros and cons,
         are only what we need. Professor Faurisson besought for  the granting of a forum with an
         unlimited number of contradictors:  he never obtained it. L’abbé Pierre did
         ask for it: they pretended to grant  it but refused it almost immediately. The forum did
         take place at the  television of Lugano. It was a complete success for the Revisionists
          and was broadcast twice. Nobody knows it as the media at the beck and  call of the Jewish lobby, move their little finger only when authorized.     20. Why is it that when a professor declares that the holocaust is an  arithmetic
         and technical ineptitude, he isforthwith dismissed! This, for the  first time
         in History, sets up the insane concept of religious historical  dogma, which
         in case of non perennial worship, is doomed to be  struck by the lightning of the
         inquisition of a secular state.    
         21. Why did the EXPRESS, a famous French  newspaper, in January 1995, assert that the gas-chamber  shown
         for decades in Auschwitz I, was reconstructed  after the war, and that all that
         concerns it, is false?    
         22. There was actually a holocaust of 60 million
         people in a war declared  in 1933 by the Jews against Hitler. Hitler had given
         bread to 6 million  unemployed, he had rejected the dictatorship of the dollar and the
         Jewish  totalitarianism which pollute man and the planet and which is called  “democracy” by semantic mystification. Only two parties 
         are left: the totalitarian Judeopathy, exterminating man  and the planet,
         and Nationalism for the Goyim not  yet cankered by Capitalisto-Marxist Jewish influence.   
         In “Marianne”
         Jean François Kahn expresses anger against the bureaucrats  of the Jewish World Congress about the despoilment
         of Jewish property,  which ended on the 3rd of March 1998 in Washington. He writes:  “They have reduced the Shoah to a financial market.
         So the typical victim of Nazi  barbarity, the archetype of the most frightful genocide of this time, is not  the exploited worker
         in Cracovie, the humble artisan of Lodz, the small civil  servant of Kiev, the modest shopkeeper of la rue des Rosiers, or
         the unknown  craftsman of Riga, but the cosmopolitan billionaire who collected Rembrandt  and Rubens, slept on a heap of
         gold signed here and there comfortable  insurance policies, sent his children to the U.S.A in order that they should make
          a
         brilliant career. This mighty lobby of American oligarchs is not  ashamed of reducing the holocaust to a Shoa-business.”
         If Faurisson  had written what J.F. Kahn wrote he would have had one more  trial on his shoulders ! There is not the shadow of
         a doubt!    By R.Dommergue
         Polacco de Ménasce.  (A Jew who strongly takes issue with the totalitarian Judeopathy)          At this point, Monika had enough. It all was too much to mentally process. If even a quarter of the information she
         had examined so far was true,  it was enough to begin a campaign to rewrite every existing history book in
         America... and Europe, for starters. She finished with copying and  pasting the articles into the HOLOCAUST
         TRUTH & FACTS page at the site. She shut down the computer, finished the last gulp of  wine and poured
         another glass from the nearby bottle.        The emails from Leon DeGrelle and Art McCollum would have to wait.  
     CHAPTER 11  -  INFO OVERLOAD	
          
    
             There was nobody waiting at the door, or waiting in their vehicles,
         or waiting anywhere when Grace opened the front door to  The
         Bar on a warm, and about to get very hot, summer morning. This was the third morning in a row that the regular regulars were
          conspicuously absent. Most of the regular regulars came in around mid-afternoon the last few days and huddled around the far table 
         conversing in low voices, exchanging notes, passing books around and drinking shared PBR by the pitcher. She began to think
         that  these people were very serious about their undertaking
         as the PAUL REVERE SOCIETY.          Monika
         came in at 10:10am and proceeded to the bar. “Anybody home?” She called out.        “Back here.” Answered Grace from the kitchen. “Zat you Monika?”  
         	   “Yeah, I'm just here for 	a coffee to go please.”  	 
       “It'll be 'bout five minutes kiddo, can ya wait.”        “Sure.” Replied Monika. “I just got my mail, I'll have a look at it.
         Where is everybody or anybody?”      “It's been like this for the las' few mornins', I think the regulars are purty serious about this researchin an' readin'
         that they're up to.  Ever since them Tucson folks got everbody's shorts
         ina bunch about that Navy boat thang I ain't seen a smile on nobody's face when  I do see 'em by mid-afternoon. The whole bunch of 'em has turned into a flock a old cacklin'  hens.” She then added. “They sure as hell are poundin' down the PBR by the pitchers
         too.”      Monika said. “Well, I can
         tell you that they indeed have been doing their homework, a lot of it. I'm the club's web master ya know  and I can-not keep up with all of the information that theses guys are forwarding to me to post at the website...
         I'm overwhelmed.”      “So whaddaya mean by forwarding?”
         Asked Grace. “I mean, ya say yer the web master. So what are  ya doing by bein' the
         web master? Hang on, I'll be right out with yer coffee... how do ya take it?”      “Cream and honey if ya got it please.”         A minute later Grace appeared
         from the kitchen with the coffee in a to go cup.  “No honey, it's either sugar or this Sweet n'
         Low stuff.”      “Sugar is fine thanks.” Said Monika.
         “Uhh, to answer your questions, I'm building a website for the club to store and display
         all of the  information that these guys are sending me via emails. They are
         sending mostly articles, photos, memes, a lot of links to other sites  and PDF sites, book information and
         reviews and YouTube links that they copy and paste onto emails and then forward them to me.  I'm collecting all of this stuff, but I'll tell ya, I'm swamped already. It's like a team effort being the web master
         and there is only me.”        “Well, I'd offer ta help if I could, but ta tell the truth, I got
         no idea what yer talkin' about... about FPD and memes and such thangs.  Hell girl, I don't even know how to turn a computer on, much les' work the damn thang. I cain't even work my smart
         TV that's smarter  than me I tell ya.” Offered Grace. “I'm
         glad ta be workin' a job like this where the boss refuses ta get anything modern goin' on...  besides that high-tech juke box, an' I ain't figgered that thang out yet.” 
                  Grace wasn't as clueless as she let people think. She learned long ago that if she
         acted clueless, or offered that she
         was clueless,  people tended to not ask her
         to do things she didn't want to do in the first place. She now knew that she  was the very last person Monika would ever ask for help with computer related tasks... and that was fine with her.         “Thanks for the cuppa joe Grace.” Said Monika
         as she placed two bills on the bar.  “I'll see ya later, and maybe I can show
         you how to get around in cyber-world sometime.”      “I'd rather ya jus' poke me in the eye, I'm sure I'd enjoy that more.” Said Grace as Monika was walking away.  
            Monika looked back over her shoulder, winked and
         said. “Right, have a good one.”           As Monika drove along on her
         way home she thought about the mounting task at hand. She wanted to read everything that was forwarded  to her, but that was no longer
         possible. It would be best to simply copy the emailed information and paste it on the appropriate pages.  More pages would be needed for
         the sub-topics and all of the off-topic information that was piling up in her email primary inbox.    
               Upon checking her emails Monika took a deep breath and held it.    
                  It was time to see what Leon and Art were finding. She opened an email titled, Treaty of
         Versailles.   ________________          After a Century of Chaos, Totalitarianism,
         and War, Versailles Treaty Still Haunts the World        Doug Bandow - The American Spectator   https://spectator.org/after-a-century-of-chaos-totalitarianism-and-war-versailles-treaty-still-haunts-the-world/        
          A century ago, in July 1919, Germany began its journey to the lowest reaches of Hades ... The treaty
         signed on June 28 in the famous  Hall of Mirrors at the Versailles palace, however, proved
         to be but a brief interlude of peace ... Variously the Big Three or Four (U.S.,  United
         Kingdom, France, and sometimes Italy) sought to remake the world. They battled each other over their respective shares of
          the plunder, such as dividing Germany's colonies and one-time Ottoman possessions,
         and concocting a system to hinder Berlin's recovery ...  Most wars are stupid,
         unnecessary, and harmful to all sides. Some are the result of hubris ... The centennial of the Versailles Treaty  should remind us of the necessity of ending any conflict with a good peace - and, more importantly,
         of not starting a bad war.    	 		 		 			|  				 ______________________  				  				  				The 				Treaty of Versailles: Eleven Facts About  				 				the 				20th Century's Most Controversial Peace Agreement  				  				  				  				 
         				Military
         				History Now  				https://militaryhistorynow.com/2019/06/23/the-treaty-of-versailles-  				11-facts-about-the-20th-centurys-most-controversial-peace-agreement/  				  				  				It 				was June 28, 1919. Envoys, statesmen and
         diplomats 				from the world's leading powers had  				 gathered 				in Versailles Palaces' famous Hall of Mirrors 				to
         ink the treaty that would formally end  				 the 				First World War ... Millions were dead, ancient 				dynasties were
         in ruins and political  				  				upheaval 				was sweeping the continent. The treaty,which 				was the result of six
         months of peace  				  				talks 				in Paris, was intended to do more than 				just formally resolve hostilities 
         				  				between 				the Allies and Germany, it would lay 				the foundation for a more peaceful and  				 just 				world
         ... The settlement ultimately failed to 				live up to its more noble ambitions and  				  				helped 				set the stage for
         a second even deadlier 				conflict 20 years later. To mark the  				 100th 				anniversary of the Treaty of Versailles,
         here 				are 11 key facts about the agreement  				 and 				its impact on history.  			 |  		 
         	            ________________      
         
         Monika clicked on the links provided to be sure that they worked.  They did. Next she opened an email titled, THE NAMELESS
         WAR   It obviously was a book that Leon copied in it's entirety.    
            _______________________        The
         Nameless War By Archibald Maule Ramsay 
                    Captain Archibald Maule Ramsay was educated at
         Eton and the Royal Military College, Sandhurst, and served with the 2nd  Battalion Coldstream Guards in the First World War until he was severely
         wounded in 1916 - thereafter at Regimental H.Q. and the War Office and the British War Mission in Paris until the end
         of the war. From 1920 he became a Member  of H.M. Scottish Bodyguard. In 1931 he was elected a Member of Parliament for Midlothian and Peeblesshire.    Arrested under Regulation 18b on the 23rd May, 1940, he was detained, without charge or trial, in a cell in Brixton Prison
          until the 26th
         September, 1944. On the following morning he resumed his seat in the House of Commons and remained there until the end
         of that Parliament in 1945.  
                         
            Introduction THE NAMELESS
         WAR    Here is the story that people have said would never be written in our time — the true
         history  of
         events leading up to the Second World War, told by one who enjoyed the friendship and   confidence of Mr. Neville
         Chamberlain during the critical months between Munich and September, 1939.      There has long been an unofficial ban on books dealing with what Captain Ramsay calls "The
         Nameless War", the conflict which  has been waged from behind the political scene for centuries, which is still being waged and of which
         very few are aware.      The publishers of
         "The Nameless War" believe this latest exposure will  do more than any previous attempt to break the conspiracy of silence.    
          The present work, with much additional evidence and a fuller historical background,
         is the outcome of the personal experiences of a public figure who  in the course of duty has discovered at first-hand the existence of
         a centuries old conspiracy against Britain, Europe, and the whole of Christendom.    
          "The Nameless War" reveals an unsuspected link between all the major
         revolutions in Europe — from King Charles I's time to the  abortive attempt against Spain in 1936. One source of inspiration, design and supply is shown
         to be common to all of them.  
               Page-1      
          These revolutions
         and the World War of 1939 are seen to be integral parts of one and the same master plan.    After a brief review
         of the forces behind the declaration of war and the world wide arrests of many who endeavoured to oppose them,  the author describes the
         anatomy of the Revolutionary International machine — the machine which today continues the plan for supranational
         world power, the age-old Messianic dream of International Jewry.    It is the author's belief that the machine
         would break down without the support of its unwilling Jews  and unsuspecting Gentiles and he puts forward suggestions for detaching these elements.   
     
                   Christians say . . .      "Captain Ramsay, a Christian gentleman of unflagging courage,
         believed that the  war with Germany was not conceived in the interests of Britain and could lead  only to the extension of Communist and Jewish power.
         Because he 
         warned his fellow countrymen of the forces at work, he was put in prison  without trial for four and a half years, for 'reasons' so preposterous
          that those
         who framed them dared not submit them to a court of law."          Truth    "For years Captain Ramsay had been
         a member of the British Parliament. His book is an  analysis of the Jewish-Zionist war against Christian civilization." The Cross and the
         Flag    Jews say . . .  
          "There is no limit to the depths of human depravity, Captain Maule Ramsay
         . . . seems 
         to have made a very determined attempt to plumb those depths." The Jewish Chronicle    "The publication
         of such a book, at this time, underlines the urgent need for the law to be reformed so as  to make it a crime to preach racial hatred or
         publish libels on groups in the community." The Daily Worker    Copyright 1952; First Edition October 1952; Second Popular Edition 1956; Third Popular Edition 1956; Fourth Popular Edition 1962; Made and Printed in
         Great Britain by The B.P.S. Printing Co.    Page-2
                   
            and Published by the Britons Publishing Company 111a Westbourne Grove, London, W.2             CONTENTS    The British Revolution The French Revolution The Russian
         Revolution Development of Revolutionary Technique Germany Bells The Cat 1933: Jewry Declares War "Phoney
         War" Ended by Civilian Bombing Dunkirk and After The Shape of Things to Come President Roosevelt's Role Regulation 18b Who Dares? Epilogue    Capt. Ramsay's Statement From Prison to Parliament Particulars - Reasons Given For Arrest Appendix 1 A Appendix 2 A Appendix 3 A Appendix 4 A Appendix 5 A Appendix 6    Dedication    To the memory of those
         Patriots who in 1215 at Runnymede signed Magna Carta and those who in 1320 at Arbroath signed the Declaration of
         Independence this book is dedicated. 27th July 1952    Page-3   
                    PROLOGUE    Edward I banished the Jews from England for many grave offences endangering the welfare of his realm and lieges, which were  to a great extent indicated
         in the Statutes of Jewry*, enacted by his Parliament in 1290, the Commons playing a prominent part. * See Appendix 2
         (Appendices follow the last chapter)  
              The King of France very shortly followed suit, as did other Rulers in Christian Europe. So
         grave did the situation for the Jews in  Europe become, that an urgent appeal for help and advice was addressed by them to the Sanhedrin,
         then located at Constantinople.  
          This appeal was sent over the signature of Chemor, Rabbi of Arles in Provence,
         on the 13th January, 1489.  The reply came in November, 1489, which was issued over the signature of V.S.S. V.F.F. Prince of the Jews.    It advised the Jews of Europe to adopt the tactics of the Trojan Horse; to make their sons  Christian priests, lawyers, doctors, etc., and
         work to destroy the Christian structure from within.    The first notable repercussion to this advice occurred in Spain
         in the reign of Ferdinand and Isabella. Many Jews  were by then enrolled as Christians, but remaining secretly Jews were working to destroy
         the Christian church in Spain.  
          So grave became the menace finally, that the Inquisition was instituted in an
         endeavour to cleanse the country from these  conspirators. Once again the Jews were compelled to commence an exodus from yet another country,
         whose hospitality they had abused.  
          Trekking eastwards, these Jews joined other Jewish communities in western  Europe; considerable numbers
         flowed on to Holland and Switzerland.  
          From now on these two countries were to become active centres of Jewish intrigue.  Jewry, however, has
         always needed a powerful seafaring nation to which to attach itself.    Great Britain, newly united under James
         I, was a rising naval power, which was  already beginning to sway the four corners of the discovered world. Here  also there existed a wonderful field for disruptive
         criticism; for although it was a Christian  kingdom, yet it was one most sharply divided as between Protestant and Catholic.   A campaign
         for exploiting this division and fanning hatreds between the Christian  communities was soon in process of organization. How well the Jews
         succeeded  in
         this campaign in Britain may be judged from the fact  that one of the earliest acts of their creature and hireling  Oliver Cromwell — after executing the King
         according to plan —  was to allow the Jews free access to England once more.      
               Monika stopped reading there, copied the entire 95 pages of the
         book and pasted it on it's own page  that she had added to the WWII page. She then opened an
         email from Art titled, THE BAD WAR           The Soviet Union Conspired to Foment World
         War II and Infiltrate the U.S. Government  By John Wear    
            Stalin’s Plans  
     Soviet Dictator Joseph Stalin adopted three Five-Year Plans beginning in 1927  designed to make the Soviet Union the greatest military power in the
         world.  Stalin also conspired to start
         a major war in Europe by drawing Great Britain  and France into war against Germany and other countries. Stalin’s plan was  to eliminate one enemy with the hands of another. If Germany entered  into a war with Great Britain and France, other countries would  enter into the war and great destruction would follow.
         The Soviet Union could then invade Europe
         and easily take over the entire continent.    Stalin first attempted to start a major war in Europe
         during the civil war in  Spain in 1936. 
         Stalin’s political agents, propagandists,  diplomats and spies in  Spain all screamed in outrage that children were dying in Spain while  Great Britain and France did nothing. However, Stalin’s agents
         were not able  to spread the war beyond
         Spain’s borders. By the end of 1938, Stalin stopped  all anti-Hitler propaganda to calm Hitler and to encourage him to attack Poland.    Stalin eventually forced war in
         Europe with the signing of the  Molotov-Ribbentrop
         agreement. British and French delegations had  arrived in Moscow on August 11, 1939, to discuss joint  action against Germany. During the course of these talks,     British and French delegates told
         the Soviets that if Germany attacked Poland,  Great Britain and France would declare war against Germany. This was the information  Stalin needed to know. On August 19, 1939, Stalin stopped the talks with Great  Britain and France, and told the German ambassador
         in Moscow that he wanted to  reach an agreement
         with Germany.    On that same day, August 19, 1939, a secret meeting of the Politburo took place.     The following are some excerpts from Joseph Stalin’s speech:    If we accept Germany’s proposal
         about the conclusion of a pact regarding invasion,  she
         will of course attack Poland, and France and England’s involvement  in this war will be inevitable. Western Europe will be subjected to serious disorders  and disturbances. Under these conditions, we will have many chances to  stay on the sidelines of the conflict, and we will be able to count on our advantageous  entrance into the war…It is in the interest of the USSR—the motherland  of workers—that the war unfolds between the Reich and the  capitalist Anglo-French block. It is necessary to do  everything within our powers to make this war last as  long as possible, in order to exhaust the two sides.   It is precisely for this reason that we must agree to signing the pact, proposed by Germany,  and work on making this war, once declared, last a maximum amount of time.      On August 23, 1939, Germany and
         the Soviet Union signed the Molotov-Ribbentrop  agreement which led to the destruction and division of Poland and the beginning  of World War II in Europe. The nations of Western Europe became mired in a  destructive war while the Soviet Union remained neutral.
         Stalin’s role in unleashing  World
         War II was quickly and thoroughly forgotten. Stalin even received an  historically unprecedented amount of aid from the United States and Great Britain  after Germany’s invasion of the Soviet Union.    American
         historian John Mosier writes about the Allied aid given to the Soviet Union:    His resources were being augmented
         daily by the vast  flow of British and American aid
         coming into the USSR.    In
         the first half of 1943, Stalin had received 1,775,000 tons of aid;  in the second half of the year he received 3,274,000 tons,  a considerable increase. Given that aid, and his willingness  to see his citizenry slaughtered, the struggle would be bitter…   Debates on the importance of Allied aid to Stalin have essentially been comparing  the numbers of actual working armored vehicles that the British and Americans  loaded onto ships and transported to the USSR with the theoretical numbers of  armored vehicles that the tank factories claimed they had produced in order to  satisfy Stalin’s demands. Even on that comparison, however, the shipments  were substantial: 12,575 British and American tanks were sent to the Red Army,  enough to equip 273 tank brigades based on the theoretical Soviet organizational charts
         of December 1941,  an armored force substantially larger
         than the one Stalin had lost in the first six months of the war.   Why Hitler Signed the Molotov-Ribbentrop Agreement        The Molotov-Ribbentrop agreement
         is remarkable in that Hitler repeatedly stated he hated  Communism and did not trust the leaders of the Soviet Union. Hitler wrote in Mein Kampf:    It must never be forgotten that the
         present rulers of Russia are blood-stained  criminals,
         that here we have the dregs of humanity which, favored by  the circumstances of a tragic moment, overran a great State, degraded and  extirpated millions of educated people out of sheer blood-lust, and that now for nearly 10 years they have ruled with such a savage tyranny as was  never known before. It must not be forgotten that these rulers belong to  a people in whom the most bestial cruelty is allied with a capacity for artful  mendacity and believes itself today more than ever called to impose its  sanguinary despotism on the rest of the world. It must not be forgotten that  the international Jew, who is today the absolute master of Russia, does  not look upon Germany as an ally but as a State condemned to the same doom  as Russia. One does not form an alliance with a partner whose only  aim is the destruction of his fellow partner. Above all, one does not enter into  alliances with people for whom no treaty is sacred; because they do not  move about this earth as men of honor and sincerity but as the  representatives of lies and deception, thievery and plunder and robbery.  The man who thinks that he can bind himself by treaty with parasites is like the  tree that believes it can form a profitable bargain with the ivy that surrounds it.      Hitler also wrote in Mein Kampf: “Therefore
         the fact of forming an alliance with  Russia would be the signal for a new war. And the result of that would be the end of Germany.”    Hitler repeated his distrust of the Soviet Union in a conversation on March 3,  1938 with British Ambassador Nevile Henderson. Hitler stated in this conversation  that any limitations on arms depended on the Soviet
         Union. Hitler noted that  the problem was
         rendered particularly difficult “by the fact that one could place  as much confidence in the faith in treaties of a barbarous creature like the  Soviet Union as in the comprehension of mathematical
         formulae by a savage.    Any agreement with the U.S.S.R. was quite worthless….” Hitler added that it
         was  impossible, for example, to have faith
         in any Soviet agreement not to use poison gas.    Hitler’s statements in Mein Kampf and to Nevile Henderson
         were prescient. Stalin
         had been planning to take over 
         all of Europe ever since the 1920s. Stalin and the Soviet Union could not be trusted to uphold any peace agreement.    However, Hitler entered into the Molotov-Ribbentrop agreement because Hitler was desperate to end the atrocities being  committed against the ethnic Germans in Poland. Hitler
         was hoping that the Molotov-Ribbentrop agreement would prevent  Great Britain and France from declaring war against Germany.    Hitler
         also signed the Molotov-Ribbentrop agreement because the negotiations  that had been ongoing between Great Britain, France and the Soviet Union had  taken on a threatening character for Germany. Hitler was confronted
          with the alternative  of being encircled
         by this massive alliance coalition or ending it via diplomatic channels.     The Molotov-Ribbentrop Non-Aggression
         Pact prevented Germany from being encircled by these three powers.    Stalin stayed out of the war in
         Europe he had conspired to instigate.  Stalin
         kept the war in Europe going by supplyingmuch needed-supplies to Germany.  However, Hitler’s swift, surgical victory over France prevented the massive  destruction in Europe Stalin had hoped for. Soviet Foreign
         Affairs Minister Vyacheslav Molotov  was
         sent to Germany in November 1940 to announce the Soviet Union’s new  territorial demands in Europe. These new territorial demands effectively ended the  Molotov-Ribbentrop agreement. Hitler was forced to
         launch a preemptive  attack on June 22,
         1941, to prevent the Soviet Union from conquering all of Europe.    The Soviet war effort in the European
         theater of World War II was enormous.  Most
         historians underestimate the incredible power of the Soviet military. British historian  Norman Davies writes: “…the Soviet war effort was so overwhelming that  impartial historians in the future are unlikely to rate
         the British and American contribution to 
         the European theatre as much more than a supporting role. The proportions  were not ‘Fifty-fifty’, as many imply when talking of the final onslaught on Nazi Germany  from East and West. Sooner or later people will
         have toadjust to the fact 
         that the Soviet role was enormous and the Western role was respectable but modest.”    A
         crucial factor that prevented the Soviet takeover of Europe was the more  than 400,000 non-German Europeans who volunteered to fight on the Eastern Front.  Combined with 600,000 German troops, the 1,000,000-man
         Waffen SS
          represented the first truly
         pan-European army ever to exist. The heroism of  these non-German volunteers who joined the Waffen SS prevented the  planned Soviet conquest of Europe. In this regard, A Waffen SS General wrote:      If the Waffen-SS
         had not existed, Europe would have been overrun entirely by the  Soviets by 1944. They would have reached Paris long before the Americans.  Waffen-SS heroism stopped the Soviet juggernaut at Moscow, Cherkov,  Cherkassy and Tarnopol. The Soviets lost more than 12 months. Without SS  resistance the Soviets would have been in Normandy before Eisenhower.  The people showed deep gratitude to the young men who sacrificed their lives. 
   
 The Soviet Union
         Infiltrated the U.S. Government      
         The Soviet Union also conspired to have Japan
         attack the United States.  Harry Dexter
         White, later proven to be a Soviet agent, carried out a mission to  provoke Japan into war with the United States. When Secretary of  State Cordell Hull allowed the peacemakers in Roosevelt’s administration to put together
          a modus vivendi that had real potential, White drafted a 10-point  proposal that the Japanese were certain to reject.
         White passed a  copy of his
         proposal to Hull, and this final American offer—the so-called  “Hull Note”—was presented to the Japanese on November 26, 1941.    The Hull Note, which was based on two memoranda from White, was a  declaration of war as far as the Japanese were concerned. The Hull Note destroyed  any possible peace settlement with the Japanese, and
         led to the Japanese attack  on the US fleet
         at Pearl Harbor. In this regard, American historian John Koster writes:     Harry Dexter White, acting under orders of Soviet intelligence, pulled the strings  by which Cordell Hull and [State Department expert on Far Eastern Affairs]  Stanley Hornbeck handed the Japanese an ultimatum that was tantamount to  a declaration of war—when both the Japanese cabinet and the U.S. military  were desperately eager for peace.…Harry Dexter White knew exactly  what he was doing. The man himself remains a mystery, but the documents speak for themselves. Harry Dexter White gave us Pearl Harbor.      The Soviets had also planted numerous
         other agents in the Roosevelt administration.  For example, Harold Glasser, a member of Morgenthau’s Treasury staff,  provided intelligence from the War Department and the White House to the Soviets.  The Soviet NKVD deemed Glasser’s reports so important
         that 74 reports  generated from his material
         went directly to Stalin. American historian Robert Wilcox  writes of the Soviet infiltration of the U.S. government and its effect on Roosevelt:    These spies, plus the hundreds in
         other U.S. agencies at the time, including  the military
         and OSS, permeated the administration in Washington, and,  ultimately, the White House, surrounding FDR. He was basically in the  Soviets’ pocket. He admired Stalin, sought his favor. Right or wrong,  he thought the Soviet Union indispensable in the war, crucial to bringing  world peace after it, and he wanted the Soviets handled with kid gloves.    FDR was star struck. The Russians hardly could have done better if he was a Soviet spy.      The opening of the Soviet archives
         in 1995 revealed that more than 300  communist
         members or supporters had infiltrated the American government.  Working in Lend-Lease, the Treasury Department, the State Department, the  office of the president, the office of the vice president, and even
         American intelligence  operations, these
         agents constantly tried to shift U.S. policy in a pro-Soviet  direction. During World War II several of these Soviet agents were well positioned  to influence American policy. Especially at the Tehran and Yalta meetings  toward the end of World War II, the Soviet spies were able to influence
         Roosevelt  to make huge concessions to
         the Soviet Union.  
     The Soviet Union Allowed
         to Control Eastern Europe    In addition to instigating the war in Europe, the Allied
         leaders intentionally  allowed the Soviet
         Union to take over Berlin and Eastern Europe. The Supreme Allied  Commander in the West, Gen. Dwight D. Eisenhower,  had no intention of occupying Berlin. According to Nikita  Khrushchev’s memoirs, “Stalin said that if it hadn’t been for  Eisenhower, we wouldn’t have succeeded in capturing
         Berlin.”    Stalin wanted his troops to reach as far into Europe as possible to enable the  Soviet Union to control more of Europe after the war
         was over. Stalin knew that  once Soviet
         troops had a stronghold in Eastern Europe, it would be almost impossible  to dislodge them. Soviet hegemony could not be dislodged unless Roosevelt  wanted to take on the Soviet Union after fighting Germany. Stalin said
         in  private: “Whoever occupies a
         territory imposes on it his own social system.  Everyone imposes his own system as far as his army can reach.”    The United States could easily have
         prevented the Soviet Union from marching 
         as far west into Europe as it did. After defeating Germany in North Africa, the  Americans and British went into Sicily and then Italy. Churchill favored an advance  up the Italian or Balkan peninsulas into central Europe.
         Such a march would  be quicker in reaching
         Berlin, but Roosevelt and Stalin opposed this strategy  at the Tehran Conference in November 1943. In general sessions at Tehran with  Churchill present, Roosevelt opposed strengthening the Italian campaign. Instead,  Roosevelt wanted troops in Italy to go to France for
         the larger cross-Channel attack planned for 1944.    Gen. Mark Clark, the American commander in Italy, later
         commented on  Roosevelt’s decision:
         “The weakening of the campaign in Italy in order to invade  Southern France, instead of pushing on into the Balkans, was one of the outstanding mistakes of the
          war….Stalin knew exactly what he
         wanted…and the thing he wanted most was to keep us out of the Balkans.”    The Allied military leaders also
         intentionally prevented Gen. George Patton from  quickly defeating Germany in Western Europe. In August 1944, Patton’s Third Army  was presented with an opportunity to encircle the Germans at Falaise,  France. However, Gens. Omar Bradley and Dwight Eisenhower
          ordered Patton to stop at Argentan and
         not complete the encirclement of the Germans,  which most historians agree Patton could have done.    
         As a result, probably 100,000 or more German
         soldiers escaped to later fight U.S. troops 
         in December 1944 in the last-ditch counterattack known as the Battle of the Bulge.    Patton wrote in his diary concerning
         the halt that prevented the encirclement of Germans at Falaise: “This halt [was]  a great mistake. [Bradley’s] motto seems to be, ‘In case of doubt, halt.’
         I wish I were supreme commander.”    Maj. Gen. Richard Rohmer, who was a Canadian fighter pilot at the time,  wrote that if the gap had closed it “could have
         brought the surrender of the Third Reich,  whose
         senior generals were now desperately concerned about the ominous  shadow of the great Russian Bear rising on the eastern horizon of the Fatherland.”  Even Col. Ralph Ingersoll, Gen. Bradley’s own
         historian, wrote, “The failure to  close
         the Argentan-Falaise gap was the loss of the greatest single opportunity of the war.”    By August 31, 1944, Patton had put
         Falaise behind him and quickly advanced 
         his tanks to the Meuse River, only 63 miles from the German border and 140 miles  from the Rhine River. The German army Patton was chasing was disorganized  and in disarray; nothing could stop Patton from roaring into Germany.
         However, on  August 31, the Third Army’s
         gasoline allotment was suddenly cut by 140,000 gallons  per day. This was a huge chunk of the 350,000 to 400,000 gallons per day the  Third Army had been consuming. Patton’s advance was halted even though the  way ahead was open and largely undefended by the German
         army in retreat.    Siegfried Westphal, Gen. von Rundstedt’s chief of staff, later described the  condition of the German army on the day Patton was
         stopped: “The overall situation in  the
         West [for the Germans] was serious in the extreme. The Allies could have  punched through at any point with ease.” The halt of the Third-Army blitzkrieg allowed
          the Germans to reposition and revitalize.
         With the knowledge that  they were defending
         their home soil, the Germans found a new purpose  for fighting. They were not just waging a war, but were defending  their families from what they regarded as revenge-seeking hordes.    Germany
         took advantage of the overall Allied slowdown and reorganized her  troops into a major fighting force. Germany’s counterattack in the Battle of the  Bulge took Allied forces completely by surprise. The
         Germans created a “bulge”  in
         the overextended American line, and the Allies ran the risk of being cut off and  possibly annihilated or thrown back into the sea. Patton had to pull back his Third Army  in the east and begin another full-scale attack on
         the southern flank of the German forces.     Patton’s
         troops arrived in a matter of days and were the  crucial factor in pushing the German bulge back into Germany.  Patton was re-enthused after the Battle of the Bulge and  wanted to quickly take his Third Army into the heart of Germany.     The
         German Army had no more reserves and was 
         definitely on its last legs. However, once again Patton was  held back by Gen Eisenhower and the Joint Chiefs of  Staff led by Gen. George Marshall. Patton was dumbfounded.     Patton wrote: “I’ll
         be damned if I see why we  have divisions
         if not to use them. One would think  people
         would like to win a war…we will be criticized  by history, and rightly so, for having sat still so long.”    The Western Allies were still in
         a position to easily capture  Berlin. However,
         Eisenhower ordered a halt of American 
         troops at the Elbe River, thereby in effect presenting a gift  to the Soviet Union of central Germany and much of Europe.     One American staff officer bitterly
         commented: “No German force could have stopped us.  The only thing that stood between [the] Ninth Army and Berlin was Eisenhower.”      On May 8, 1945, the day the war in Europe officially ended,  Patton spoke his mind in an “off-the-record” press briefing.     With
         tears in his eyes, Patton recalled those “who gave their lives  in what they believed was the final fight in the cause of freedom.”     Patton
         continued:    I wonder how [they] will speak today when they know that for the first  time in centuries we have opened Central and Western Europe to the forces of  Genghis Khan. I wonder how they feel now that they know there will  be no peace in our times and that Americans, some not yet born, will have to f ight the Russians tomorrow, or 10, 15 or 20 years from tomorrow.  We have spent the last months since the Battle of the Bulge and the crossing of the  Rhine stalling; waiting for Montgomery to get ready to attack in the  North; occupying useless real estate and killing a few lousy Huns when we  should have been in Berlin and Prague. And this Third Army could have been.    Today we should be telling the Russians to go to hell instead of hearing  them tell us to pull back. We should be telling them if they didn’t like it to go to  hell and invite them to fight. We’ve defeated one aggressor against mankind  and established a second far worse, more evil and more dedicated than the first.      A few days later Patton shocked
         everyone at a Paris hotel gathering by 
         saying basically the same things. At a later gathering in Berlin, when asked to drink  a toast with a Soviet general, Patton told his translator,  “tell that Russian sonovabitch that from the way they’re  acting here, I regard them as enemies and I’d
         rather  cut my throat than have a drink
         with one of my enemies!”    Patton became known among U.S. and Soviet leaders as a bona-fide  menace and a threat to world peace. In addition, Patton was viewed  as insubordinate, uncontrollable, and, in the eyes of some,  treasonous. U.S. Maj. Douglas Bazata claims he was given the order  to assassinate Patton by the Office of Strategic Services, an  American military-espionage unit. Bazata says he shot Patton during  a planned auto wreck of Patton’s vehicle on December 9, 1945.  Patton later died in a hospital on December 21, 1945 under very  suspicious circumstances.    Conclusion  
     The US fought in World War II supposedly to stop fascist aggression and to  create democratic institutions in the liberated nations of Europe. However,
         within a  remarkably short period after
         the end of the war, the Soviet Union ruthlessly subjected  Eastern Europe to its totalitarian control. The Red Army brought Moscow-trained  secret policemen into every Soviet-occupied country, put local communists in  control of the national media, and dismantled youth
         groups and other civic organizations.  The
         Soviets also brutally arrested, murdered and deported people whom  they believed to be anti-Soviet, and enforced a policy of ethnic cleansing. A war  allegedly fought for democracy and freedom had turned into a totalitarian
         nightmare  for the people of the Eastern
         European nations. This result was not accidental.     The historical record indicates that the Soviet Union
         actively conspired to  instigate World
         War II. The U.S. government was also infiltrated by high-level Soviet  agents who influenced Franklin Roosevelt to make huge concessions to the  Soviet Union at the Tehran and Yalta Conferences. Gen. Dwight D. Eisenhower  also prevented Gen. Patton and other U.S. forces from
         taking over  Berlin and the rest of Eastern
         Europe before the Soviets could do so.    The Allies had planned a long and devastating war resulting in the complete
          destruction of Germany. This is indicated
         by a conversation on November 21, 1938 
         between U.S. Ambassador to France William Bullitt and Polish Ambassador  Jerzy Potocki. According to what military experts told Bullitt during the fall crisis  of 1938, a war lasting at least six years would break
         out in Europe. In the  military experts’
         opinion the war would result in the complete destruction of Europe,  with communism reigning in every European state. The benefits would accrue  to the Soviet Union at the conclusion of the war. Bullitt, who enjoyed
         the special  confidence of President Roosevelt,
         also told Potocki that the United  States
         would take part in the war after Great Britain and France had made  the first move. The complete destruction of Germany and the communist  takeover of Eastern Europe occurred exactly as Bullitt had predicted.    
            Also attached to this email from Art was a list of the  Jews surrounding FDR. Monika scanned the list, but she,  like most Americans did not recognise many of the names.  Such is the nature
         of perceived power versus actual power.          
      
      
    
   
                 
   
   
      
           	 	 	 	    President Franklin D.
         Roosevelt's Jewish Cabal 
  by VNN research staff   Some of these Jews were directly responsible for plunging
  America into WWII by deliberately alienating America
            from anti-Communist countries such as Germany  and Japan long before the outbreak of hostilities. 
           These
         Jews also pioneered the idea of Big Egalitarian Government in America;  some of them were later discovered to have been
         spies for the Soviet Union.
  Franklin
         Delano Roosevelt, president of the United States of America,  1933-1945, was himself partly of Dutch-Jewish ancestry.     1. Bernard
         M. Baruch -- a financier and adviser to FDR.    2. Felix Frankfurter -- Supreme Court Justice; a key player in FDR's New Deal system.   3. David E. Lilienthal -- director of
         Tennessee Valley Authority, adviser.  The TVA changed
         the relationship of government-to-business in America.    4. David Niles -- presidential aide.   
         5. Louis Brandeis -- U.S. Supreme Court Justice; confidante
         of FDR; "Father" of New Deal.    6. Samuel I. Rosenman -- official speechwriter for FDR.    7. Henry Morgenthau Jr. -- Secretary of the Treasury,
         "unofficial" presidential adviser. Father of
         the Morgenthau Plan to re-structure Germany/Europe after WWII.    8. Benjamin V. Cohen -- State Department official, adviser to FDR.    9. Rabbi Stephen
         Wise - close pal of FDR, spokesman for the American Zionist movement,  head of The American Jewish Congress.    10. Frances Perkins -- Secretary of Labor; allegedly Jewish/adopted at birth; unconfirmed.    11. Sidney Hillman
         -- presidential adviser.    12. Anna Rosenberg -- longtime labor adviser to FDR, and manpower adviser with the Manpower  Consulting Committee of the Army and Navy Munitions Board and the War Manpower Commission.    13. Herbert H.
         Lehman -- Governor of New York, 1933-1942, Director of U.S. Office of Foreign Relief and  Rehabilitation Operations, Department of State, 1942-1943; Director-General of UNRRA, 1944
         - 1946, pal of FDR.    14. Herbert Feis -- U.S. State Department official, economist, and an adviser on international economic affairs.    15. R. S. Hecht
         -- financial adviser to FDR.    16. Nathan Margold -- Department of the Interior Solicitor, legal adviser.    17. Jesse I. Straus -- adviser to FDR.      18. H. J. Laski -- "unofficial foreign adviser" to FDR.  19. E. W. Goldenweiser -- Federal Reserve Director.    20. Charles E. Wyzanski -- U.S. Labor department
         legal adviser.      21. Samuel Untermyer -- lawyer, "unofficial public ownership adviser" to FDR.    22. Jacob Viner
         -- Tax expert at the U.S. Treasury Department, assistant to the Treasury Secretary.    23. Edward Filene -- businessman, philanthropist,
         unofficial presidential adviser.     24. David Dubinsky -- Labor leader, president of International Ladies
         Garment Workers Union.      25. William C. Bullitt -- part-Jewish, ambassador to USSR  [is claimed to be Jonathan Horwitz's grandson;
         unconfirmed].     
         26. Mordecai Ezekiel -- Agriculture Department economist.      27. Abe Fortas
         -- Assistant director of Securities and Exchange Commission,  Department of the Interior Undersecretary.       
         28. Isador Lubin -- Commissioner of Labor Statistics, unofficial labor economist to
         FDR.     29. Harry Dexter White [Weiss] -- Assistant Secretary of the Treasury;
         a key founder of the International Monetary Fund,  and the World Bank; adviser, close pal of Henry Morgenthau. Co-wrote the Morgenthau Plan. 
               30. Alexander Holtzoff -- Special assistant, U.S. Attorney General's
         Office  until 1945; [presumed
         to be Jewish; unconfirmed].        31.
         David Weintraub -- official in the Office of Foreign Relief and Rehabilitation Operations;  helped create the United Nations; Secretary, Committee on Supplies,
         1944-1946.        32. Nathan Gregory
         Silvermaster -- Agriculture Department official and head of the  Near East Division of the Board of Economic Warfare; helped create the United Nations.        33. Harold Glasser -- Treasury Department
         director of the division of monetary research.  Treasury spokesman on the affairs of United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Administration. 
               34. Irving Kaplan -- U.S. Treasury Department official, pal of
         David Weintraub.    
            35. Solomon
         Adler -- Treasury Department representative in China during World War II.       
         36. Benjamin Cardozo -- U.S. Supreme Court Justice.        37. Leo Wolman -- chairman of the National Recovery Administration's
         Labor advisery Board;  labor
         economist.        38. Rose Schneiderman
         -- labor organizer; on the advisery board of the National Recovery Administration.      39. Jerome
         Frank -- general counsel to the Agricultural Adjustment Administration,  Justice, U.S. Court o Appeals, 1941-57.      40. Gerard Swope -- key player in the creation
         of the N.R.A. [National Recovery Administration]      41. Herbert Bayard Swope -- brother of
         Gerard     42. Lucien Koch -- consumer division, N.R.A. [apparently-Jewish]        43. J. David Stern -- Federal Reserve Board,
         appointed by FDR    
            44. Nathan
         Straus -- housing adviser        45.
         Charles Michaelson -- Democratic [DNC] publicity man      46. Lawrence Steinhardt -- ambassador to
         Soviet Union    
            47. Harry
         Guggenheim -- heir to Guggenheim fortune, adviser on aviation      48. Arthur Garfield Hays -- adviser on
         civil liberties    
            49. David
         Lasser -- head of Worker's Alliance, labor activist  
              50. Max Zaritsky -- labor adviser        51. James Warburg -- millionaire, early backer of New Deal before backing out       
         52. Louis Kirstein -- associate of E. Filene       
         53. Charles Wyzanski, Jr. -- counsel, Dept. of Labor        54. Charles Taussig -- early New Deal adviser        55. Jacob Baker -- assistant to W.P.A.
         head Harry Hopkins;  assistant
         head of W.P.A. [Works Progress Admin.]        56. Louis H. Bean -- Dept. of Agriculture official  
              57. Abraham Fox -- research director, Tariff Commission        58. Benedict Wolf -- National Labor Relations Board [NLRB]        59. William Leiserson – NLRB 
               60. David J. Saposs -- NLRB        61. A. H. Meyers -- NLRB [New England division]    
         62. L. H. Seltzer -- head economist at the Treasury Dept.      63. Edward
         Berman -- Dept. of Labor official      64. Jacob Perlman -- Dept. of Labor official      65. Morris
         L. Jacobson -- chief statistician of the Government Research Project      66. Jack Levin -- assistant general manager,
         Rural Electrification Authority      67. Harold Loeb -- economic consultant, N.R.P.      68. William Seagle -- council, Petroleum Labor Policy Board      69. Herman A. Gray -- policy committee,
         National Housing Conference      70. Alexander Sachs -- rep. of Lehman Bros., early New Deal consultant      71. Paul Mazur -- rep. of Lehman Bros., early consultant for New Deal      72. Henry
         Alsberg -- head of the Writer's Project under the W.P.A.      73. Lincoln Rothschild -- New Deal art
         administrator    
                Monika was quickly learning about the unfathomable power of the Jews.  FDR was not the
         only President who was surrounded by Jews.    Most Presidents before FDR and all Presidents since were surrounded.  President Kennedy
         was not so much surrounded  as others and he even attempted to push back against Jewish power,
          but that didn't turn out well for him.           Monika decided to open
         one more email and skip-read it before pasting  it at the site and taking a break to see who might be at The Bar.      
               The Lies About World War II Paul Craig Roberts        May 13, 2019      
          In the aftermath of a war, history
         cannot be written. The losing side has no one to speak for it.        Historians on the winning side are constrained by years of war propaganda that demonized
         the  enemy while obscuring
         the crimes of the righteous victors. People want to enjoy and feel     good about their victory, not learn that their side was responsible
         for the war or that the war  could
         have been avoided except for the hidden agendas of their own leaders. Historians are   also constrained by the unavailability of information. To hide
         mistakes, corruption,  and
         crimes, governments lock up documents for decades. Memoirs of participants  are not yet written. Diaries are lost or withheld from fear of retribution. It is expensive
         and time consuming  to locate
         witnesses, especially those on the losing side, and to convince them to answer questions.         Any account that challenges the “happy account”
         requires a great deal of confirmation from  official documents, interviews, letters, diaries, and memoirs, and even that won’t be enough.     For the history of
         World War II in Europe, these documents can be spread from New Zealand  and Australia across Canada and the US through Great Britain and Europe and into Russia.
                
          A historian on the track of the
         truth faces long years of strenuous  investigation and development of the acumen to judge and assimilate  the evidence he uncovers into a truthful picture of what transpired.  The truth is always immensely different from the victor’s
         war propaganda.    
            As I reported
         recently, Harry Elmer Barnes was the first American historian to provide a  history of the first world war that was based on primary sources. His truthful account differed   so substantially from
         the war propaganda that he was called every name in the book.         
         https://www.paulcraigroberts.org/2019/05/09/the-lies-that-   form-our-consciousness-and-false-historical-awareness/      
          Truth is seldom welcomed. David
         Irving, without any doubt the best historian of the European  part of World War II, learned at his great expense that challenging myths does not go unpunished.        Nevertheless, Irving persevered. If you
         want to escape from the lies about World War II that  still direct our disastrous course, you only need to study two books by David Irving: Hitler’s War   and the first volume of his Churchill biography, Churchill’s War: The Struggle for Power .    Irving is the
         historian who spent decades tracking down diaries, survivors, and demanding  release of official documents. He is the historian who found the Rommel  diary and Goebbles’diaries, the historian who gained entry
         into the Soviet archives, 
         and so on. He is familiar with more actual facts about the second  world war than the rest of the historians combined. The famous British military  historian, Sir John Keegan, wrote in the
         Times Literary Supplement:    
            “Two
         books stand out from the vast literature of the Second World War:  Chester Wilmot’s The
         Struggle for Europe, published in 1952, and David Irving’s Hitler’s War.    Despite many such accolades, today
         Irving is demonized and has to publish his own books. I will avoid the story of how this came  to be, but, yes, you guessed it, it was the Zionists. You simply
         cannot say anything that alters their propagandistic picture of history.    In what follows, I am going to present what is my impression
         from reading these two magisterial works. Irving himself is very  scant on opinions. He only provides the facts from official documents, recorded intercepts,
         diaries, letters and interviews.        World
         War II was Churchill’s War, not Hitler’s war.  Irving provides documented facts from which  the reader cannot avoid this conclusion. Churchill got his war,
         for which he longed,     because of the Versailles Treaty that stripped Germany of German territory  and unjustly and irresponsibly imposed humiliation on Germany. 
           Hitler and Nationalist
         Socialist Germany are the most demonized entities in history. Any person  who finds any good in Hitler or Germany is instantly demonized. The person becomes an outcast
             regardless
         of the facts. Irving is very much aware of this . Every time his factual account of Hitler starts to display a person too     much different from the demonized image,  Irving throws in some negative language about Hitler.    Similarly for
         Winston Churchill. Every time Irving’s factual account displays a person quite  different from the worshiped icon, Irving throws in some appreciative
         language.    This is what a historian has to do to survive telling the truth.    To be clear, in what follows, I am merely reporting what
         seems to me to be  the conclusion
         from the documented facts presented in these two works  of scholarship. I am merely reporting what I understand Irving’s research  to have established. You read the books and arrive at your own
         conclusion.    World War II was initiated by the British and French declaration of war on  Germany, not by a surprise blitzkrieg from Germany. The utter
         rout and collapse of  the British
         and French armies was the result of Britain  declaring a war for which Britain was unprepared to fight and of the foolish French trapped by a treaty with the British, who quickly  deserted their French ally, leaving France at Germany’s
         mercy.        Germany’s mercy
         was substantial. Hitler left a large part of France and  the French colonies unoccupied and secure from war under a semi-independent  government under Petain. For his service in protecting a semblance
         of French independence, Petain 
         was sentenced to death by Charles de Gaulle after  the war for collaboration with Germany, an unjust charge.    In Britain, Churchill was out of power. He figured a war
         would put him back in power. 
         No Britisher could match Churchill’s rhetoric and orations. Or determination.  Churchill desired power, and he wanted to reproduce the amazing military  feats of his distinguished ancestor, the
         Duke of Marlborough,  whose
         biography Churchill was writing and who defeated after years of military  struggle France’s powerful Sun King, Louis XIV, the ruler of Europe.    In contrast to
         the British aristocrat, Hitler was a man of the people. He acted for the German people.  The Versailles Treaty had dismembered Germany. Parts of Germany
         were confiscated   and given to France, Belgium, Denmark, Poland, and Czechoslovakia. As Germany had  not actually lost the war, being the occupiers of foreign territory
         when Germany agreed to a     deceptive armistice, the loss of approximately 7 million German people to Poland and  Czechoslovakia, where Germans were abused,
         was not considered a fair outcome.    Hitler’s program was to put Germany back together again. He succeeded without  war until it came to Poland. Hitler’s
         demands were fair and realistic, but Churchill,  financed by the Focus Group with Jewish money, put such pressure on British prime  minister Chamberlain that Chamberlain intervened in the Polish-German
          negotiations and issued a
         British guarantee to the Polish military dictatorship  should Poland refuse to release German territory and populations.    The British had no way of making
         good on the guarantee, but the Polish military dictatorship lacked  the intelligence to realize that. Consequently, the Polish Dictatorship refused Germany’s
         request.    From this mistake of Chamberlain and the stupid Polish dictatorship, came the Ribbentrop/Molotov  agreement that Germany and the Soviet Union
         would split Poland between themselves.      When Hitler attacked
         Poland, Britain and the hapless French declared war on Germany because of the unenforceable British guarantee.  But the British and French were careful
         not to declare war on the Soviet Union for occupying the eastern half of Poland.    Thus Britain was responsible for World War II, first by
         stupidly interfering  in German/Polish
         negotiations, and second by declaring war on Germany.  Churchill was focused on war with Germany, which he intended for years preceding the war.  But Hitler didn’t want any war with
         Britain or with France, and never intended to invade Britain.        The invasion threat was a chimera conjured up by Churchill to unite England behind him.  Hitler expressed his view that the British
         Empire was essential for order in the world, and    
         that in its absence Europeans would lose their world supremacy. 
               After Germany’s rout of the French and British armies,
         Hitler offered an extraordinarily generous peace to Britain. He said he wanted nothing from Britain but the return of Germany’s colonies.     He committed the German
         military to the defense of the British Empire,  and said he would reconstitute both Polish and Czech states and leave them to  their own discretion. He told his associates that defeat of the British
         Empire  would do nothing for
         Germany and everything for Bolshevik Russia and Japan.  
          Winston Churchill kept Hitler’s peace offers as secret as he could and
         succeeded in  his efforts to
         block any peace. Churchill wanted war, largely it appears, for his own glory.         
         Franklin Delano Roosevelt slyly encouraged Churchill in his  war but without making any commitment in Britain’s behalf.        Roosevelt knew that the war would achieve
         his own aim of bankrupting Britain and destroying the British Empire,  and that the US dollar would inherit the powerful position from the British pound of being
         the world’s reserve currency.        Once Churchill had trapped Britain in a war she could not win on her own, FDR began doling out bits of aid in exchange
          for extremely high prices—for
         example, 60 outdated and largely useless US destroyers for British naval bases in the Atlantic. 
               FDR delayed Lend-Lease until desperate Britain had turned over
         $22,000 million of British 
         gold plus $42 million in gold Britain had in South Africa. Then began the forced sell-off of British   
          overseas investments. For example,
         the British-owned Viscose Company,  which was worth $125 million in 1940 dollars, had no debts and held $40 million in  government bonds, was sold to the House of Morgan for $37 million.
         It was such an  act of thievery
         that the British eventually got about two-thirds of the company’s  value to hand over to Washington in payment for war munitions. American aid was also “conditional
         on  Britain dismantling the
         system of Imperial preference anchored in the Ottawa agreement of 1932.”         
         For Cordell Hull, American aid was “a knife to open that oyster shell, the Empire.”
          Churchill saw it coming, but
         he was too far in to do anything but plead with FDR:  It would be wrong, Churchill wrote to Roosevelt, if “Great Britain were to  be divested of all saleable assets so that after the victory
         was won  with our blood, civilization
         saved, and the time gained for the United States  to be fully armed against all eventualities, we should stand stripped   to the bone.”       
         A long essay could be written about how Roosevelt stripped   
               Britain of her assets and world power. Irving writes that in
         an era of gangster statesmen, 
         Churchill was not in Roosevelt’s league. The survival of the British Empire  was not a priority for FDR. He regarded Churchill as a pushover— unreliable and drunk most of the time. Irving
         reports  that FDR’s policy
         was to pay out just enough to give Churchill “the kind of support a rope gives a hanging man.”       
         Roosevelt pursued “his subversion of the Empire throughout 
          the war.”  Eventually
         Churchill realized that Washington was at war with Britain  more fiercely than was Hitler. The great irony was that Hitler had offered Churchill  peace and the survival of the Empire. When
         it was too late, Churchill came to  Hitler’s conclusion that the conflict with Germany was a “most unnecessary” war.      Hitler forbade
         the bombing of civilian areas of British cities.  
              It was Churchill who initiated this war crime, later emulated by the Americans.  Churchill kept the British bombing of German civilians secret
         from the  British people and
         worked to prevent Red Cross monitoring of air raids so no  one would learn he was bombing civilian residential areas, not war production. 
               The purpose of Churchill’s bombing—first incendiary
         bombs to set everything afire and then  high explosives to prevent fire fighters from controlling the blazes—was to provoke a German   attack on London, which
         Churchill reckoned would bind the British people  to him and create sympathy in the US for Britain that would help Churchill  pull America into the war. One British raid murdered 50,000 people
         in Hamburg,  and a subsequent
         attack on Hamburg netted 40,000 civilian deaths.  
              Churchill also ordered that poison gas be added to the fire bombing  of German civilian residential areas and that Rome be bombed into ashes.        The British Air Force refused both orders.
         At the very end of the war the British  and Americans destroyed the beautiful baroque city of Dresden, burning and  suffocating 100,000 people in the attack. After months of fire bombing
         attacks on Germany,  including
         Berlin, Hitler gave in to his generals and replied in kind. Churchill succeeded.      The story became “the London Blitz,” not the British blitz of Germany.    Like Hitler in Germany, Churchill
         took over the direction of the war.  He functioned more as a dictator who ignored the armed services than as a prime minister  advised by the country’s military leaders. Both leaders
         might  have been correct in
         their assessment of their commanding officers,  but Hitler was a much better war strategist than Churchill, for whom  nothing ever worked. To Churchill’s WW I Gallipoli misadventure was now   added the introduction
         of British troops into Norway, Greece, Crete, Syria—all  ridiculous decisions and failures—and the Dakar fiasco. Churchill also turned on the
          French, destroying the French
         fleet and lives of 1,600 French sailors because of his personal  fear, unfounded, that Hitler would violate his treaty with the French and seize the fleet.
                
          Any one of these Churchillian
         mishaps could have resulted in a no  confidence vote, but with Chamberlain and Halifax out of the way there was no  alternative leadership. Indeed, the lack of leadership is the reason
         neither  the cabinet nor the
         military could stand up to Churchill, a person of iron determination.    Hitler also was a person of iron determination, and he
         wore out both himself and Germany  with his determination. He never wanted war with England and France. This was Churchill’s 
          doing, not Hitler’s. Like
         Churchill, who had the British people behind him,  Hitler had the German people behind him, because he stood for Germany and had  reconstructed Germany from the rape and ruin of the Versailles Treaty.
         But  Hitler, not an aristocrat
         like Churchill, but of low and ordinary origins, never had the  loyalty of many of the aristocratic Prussian military officers, those with “von”
          before their name. He was
         afflicted with traitors in the Abwehr, his military  intelligence, including its director, Adm. Canaris. On the Russian front in the final year,  Hitler was betrayed by generals who opened
         avenues for the Russians into     undefended Berlin.  
          Hitler’s worst mistakes were his alliance with Italy and his decision to
          invade Russia. He was also
         mistaken to let the British go at Dunkirk.  He let them go because he did not want to ruin the chance for  ending the war by humiliating the British by the loss of their entire army.          But with Churchill there was no chance
         for peace. By not destroying the British army, Hitler  boosted Churchill who turned the evacuation into British heroics that sustained the willingness   to fight on.    It is unclear
         why Hitler invaded Russia. One possible reason  is poor or intentionally deceptive information from the Abwehr on  Russian military capability. Hitler later said to his associates  that he never would have invaded if he had known of the enormous   size of the Russian
         army and the extraordinary capability of the Soviets  to produce tanks and aircraft. Some historians have concluded that the reason  Hitler invaded Russia was that he concluded that the British would
         not agree  to end the war because
         they expected Russia to enter the war on Britain’s side.        Therefore, Hitler decided to foreclose that possibility by conquering Russia.  A Russian has written that Hitler attacked
         because Stalin was preparing to attack  Germany. Stalin did have considerable forces far forward, but It would make more sense for Stalin to  wait until the West devoured itself in mutual blood letting, step
         in afterwards and scoop it all up if he wanted.    
              Or perhaps Stalin was positioning to occupy part of Eastern Europe  in order to put more buffer between the Soviet Union and Germany. 
           Whatever the reason for
         the invasion, what defeated Hitler  was the earliest Russian winter in 30 years. It stopped everything  in its tracks before the well planned and succeeding encirclement  could be completed. The harsh winter that immobilized the 
            Germans gave
         Stalin time to recover.    Because of Hitler’s alliance with Mussolini, who lacked an effective fighting force,  resources needed on the Russian front were twice drained off in
         order to rescue Italy.        Because
         of Mussolini’s misadventures, Hitler had to drain  troops, tanks, and air planes from the Russian invasion to rescue  Italy in Greece and North Africa and to occupy Crete. Hitler  made this mistake out of loyalty to Mussolini.
         Later in the war when     Russian counter attacks were pushing the Germans out of Russia, Hitler had to divert precious  military resources to rescue Mussolini from arrest and to occupy
         Italy to prevent her surrender.         Germany
         simply lacked the manpower and military resources to fight on a 1,000 mile front in Russia, and also in  Greece and North Africa, occupy part of France, and man defenses
         against a US/British invasion of Normandy and Italy.  
          The German Army was a magnificent fighting force, but it was overwhelmed  by too many fronts, too little equipment,
         and careless communications.  The
         Germans never caught on despite much evidence that the British could read their encryption.  Thus, efforts to supply Rommel in North Africa were prevented
         by the British navy.    Irving never directly addresses in either book the Holocaust. He does document the massacre of many Jews, but
         the picture  that emerges from
         the factual evidence is that the holocaust of Jewish people was different from the official Zionist story.    No German plans,
         or orders from Hitler, or 
         from Himmler or anyone else have ever been  found for an organized holocaust by gas and  cremation of Jews. This is extraordinary as such a  
         massive use of resources and transportation would have   required massive organization, budgets
         and resources. What documents do  show is Hitler’s plan to relocate European Jews to Madagascar after the war’s end. 
            
         With the early success of the Russian invasion, this plan was changed to sending  the European Jews to the Jewish Bolsheviks
         in the eastern part of Russia 
         that Hitler was going to leave to Stalin. There are documented orders given by Hitler preventing  massacres of Jews. Hitler said over and over that “the
         Jewish problem” would be settled after the war.    It seems that
         most of the massacres of Jews were committed  by German political administrators of occupied territories in  the east to whom Jews from Germany and France were sent  for relocation. Instead of dealing with the inconvenience, some
         of     the
         administrators lined them up and shot them into open trenches. Other Jews fell victim to the anger of Russian villagers who had long suffered under Jewish
         Bolshevik administrators.    The “death camps” were in fact work camps. Auschwitz, for example, today a  Holocaust museum, was the site of Germany’s essential artificial
         rubber factory.  Germany was
         desperate for a work force. A significant percentage of German  war production labor had been released to the Army to fill the holes in German     lines on the Russian
         front. War production sites, such as Auschwitz,  had as a work force refugees displaced from their homes by war, Jews  to be deported after war’s end, and anyone else who could be forced  into work. Germany desperately needed whatever
         work force it could get.    Every camp had crematoriums. Their purpose was not to exterminate populations  but to dispose of deaths from the scourge of typhus, natural
         deaths, and other diseases.   Refugees were from all over, and they brought diseases and germs with them. 
            
         The horrific photos of masses of skeleton-like dead bodies that are said to  be evidence of organized extermination
         of Jews are in fact camp inmates who died  from typhus and starvation in the last days of the war when  Germany was disorganized and devoid of medicines and food  for labor camps. The great noble Western victors themselves  bombed the labor camps and contributed to
         the deaths of inmates.    The two books on which I have reported total 1,663 pages, and there are two more volumes of the Churchill biography.  This massive, documented historical information
         seemed  likely to pass into
         the Memory Hole as it is inconsistent with both the    
         self-righteousness of the West and the human capital of court historians.  The facts are too costly to be known. But
         historians have started  adding
         to their own accounts the information uncovered by Irving. It takes a  brave historian to praise him, but they can cite him and plagiarize him.    It is amazing
         how much power Zionists have gotten from the Holocaust.  Norman Finkelstein calls it The
         Holocaust Industry. There is ample evidence that Jews along   with many others suffered,
         but Zionists insist that it was an unique experience limited to Jews.    In his Introduction to Hitler’s WarIrving reports that despite the widespread
          sales of his
         book, the initial praise from accomplished historians and the fact that  the book was required reading at military academies from Sandhurst to  West Point, “I have had my home
         smashed into by thugs, my family terrorized, my  name smeared, my printers [publishers] fire bombed, and  myself arrested and deported by tiny, democratic Austria—an
          illegal act,
         their courts decided, for which the ministerial  culprits were punished; at the behest of disaffected academics and 
          influential citizens [Zionists],
         in subsequent years,  I was
         deported from Canada (in 1992), and refused entry to    
         Australia, New Zealand, Italy, South Africa and other civilized countries around he
         world.  Internationally affiliated
         groups circulated letters to 
         librarians, pleading for this book to be taken off their shelves.”    So much for free thought and truth in the Western world.
         Nothing is so  little regarded
         in the West as free thought, free expression, and truth. In the West  explanations are controlled in order to advance the agendas of the ruling  interest groups. As David Irving has learned, woe to anyone who
         gets in the way.    
               
             That was enough for this session thought Monika, it was time for a time-out and gin and tonic.  She
         called to see if Meshell wanted to join her at The Bar... she did. 
           
               Monika stopped to pick Meshell up on the way to The Bar.  She noticed that Meshell had two books
         with her as she got in the car.      “What do you have there?”
         Monika asked.          “Two books by Louis Farrakhan. I think Theo would  like to have a look at them. One here that I like best is
         called,  The
         Secret Relationship Between Blacks And Jews,  and this other one is called, America's Errant Foreign Policy.  I was always told
         that it was all white folks that was behind  the whole slavery thing, but the Jews were involved big time!”        “Really?” Said Monika.          “Uh Huh, and Farrakhan is sure right about America bein'
         a military gofer  for Israel in the Middle East and he's right about the Jews doin' 9-11 and  he's right about Hitler was not the bad guy
         at all. I say he's more right than wrong  which is more than I kin say about mos' other leaders, black white or green!”        “Well my friend, I am going through a rapid change of heart and a major  alteration of my
         belief system lately and I too think that Louis is more  right than wrong... just from hearing what you have to say about what  he's said.”
         Declared Monika. “Have you been to the website yet?”      “Not yet,
         maybe you can show me at your place today?”        “Done deal, we'll go by my
         place after we go to The Bar.      When the M&Ms entered The Bar, sure enough there
         was a  Society
         meeting at the far table. Theo, Eric, Charlie Coughlin,  Hank and Art McCollum were there. Ozzy, Ernie and Leon  were evidently at work or otherwise occupied.
         It was only 3pm.      
             There
         were greetings all around and offers of PBR from the communal  pitchers for the M&Ms. Monika passed on the PBR offer and proceeded  to the bar to get
         her gin and tonic and Meshell's 7&7. Meshell pulled  a chair up near Theo so she could easily make the Farrakhan  books hand-off. The books were passed
         around and examined by  all of the Society members while the conversations continued. 
           
               While Monika was at the bar waiting for Grace to prepare the drinks,  George Marival, who
         was sitting nearby with his pals Armando and Salvador,  asked Monika. “So Monika, we keep hearing about your club over there.  Isn't it like a political
         club or what? You know what the sign says there.”  He looked and nodded towards the NO YAPPING ABOUT RELIGION OR POLITICS  sign. “Aren't
         you guys afraid that Liz will get on ya about it?”      “Naww,
         it's not a political club at all and it sure isn't a religious one.”  She answered. “It's more like a continuing adult education
         class where 
         we all research events in history that were either hidden from us on purpose,  or we were lied to about the events... like 9-11 and the
         USS LIBERTY.”      “So you guys think they lied to us about 9-11?”
         Asked George.  “Why would they lie about 9-11, what did they lie about?”  
            Monika held up a finger to indicate that she needed a moment, produced a  slip of paper and pen from her clutch wallet, wrote down
         the address of the  website, www.preveres.com, and handed it to George saying.  “He ya go, visit the website we are building,  you'll get your question
         answered there and you might  be interested in all the other stuff you'll find there too.”      George accepted the note and said.  “Thanks, I'll do that. And what's a pre... ver es?”        “That's short for PAUL REVERE SOCIETY.COM.”          Grace, who heard the whole exchange, said to George as
         she placed the drinks in front of Monika.  “Yeah George, yer no dummy, go ta their website an' learn somethin'. But be ready
         ta get pissed.”        George then said. “Oh yeah! ...now I'm going there
         fer sure!” And he meant it.       
            When Monika returned to the meeting she could see the  list that Theo was making. She plainly heard Eric saying.  “Hell man, they own er control
         just about everything in sports  'cept maybe NASCAR an' I wouldn't doubt if they even controlled that!”      Monika interrupted. “What 's going on guys and what's on the list there?”        Theo spoke up first. “I think
         we are gonna need a lot more pages at the site Monika. The more we uncover about what the Jews control, the more  we uncover about
         what the Jews control! Even the White House, Hollywood, TV, Porn, NAACP, Federal Reserve Banks, I got it written down  here, Treasury Department,
         diamond business, looks like the old slave trade, immigration policy, music industry, gun control and probably even sports!”  He wrote sports
         down on the list. “They friggin' control history, thought, foreign policy  and action. Looks like we've all been played the fools for
         a really long time!”           “That's how it's lookin' ta me.” Added Hank. “So, God bless the America  we only thought we knew. We didn't know
         squat evidently...  well,  people like Henry Ford, Col. Beaty, MacArthur, Lindbergh and JFK knew what was going on,  but the Jews did
         a good whitewash job on all those people! We need a closer look at JFK's murder.”        “Control the media an' you can control everthing, absolutely everthing. Thought control 'specially.”
         Eric offered. “Didja  know that George Orwell and Aldous Huxley knew each other pretty well?  Huxley was Orwell's teacher at school
         in England.”      “So they knew each other, where ya goin' with this
         Eric?” Asked Charlie.        “Well, think about the books they wrote, I mean the famous ones.”  Began Eric. “Orwell wrote '1984'
         an' Huxley wrote 'Brave New World'...  both a them books are purty similar ya know. They both are about the  future, a purty bleak future where everbody
         is like a totally controlled slave.  Well I read that both of those guys had read Henry Ford's book an'  articles about the Protocols of the
         Elder Zions, ya know, the Jew plan to  control the whole world, an' then they wrote books to kinda warn us all.  That's why Huxley had people making
         the sign of the 'T' for Model T Ford  car instead of the sign of the cross in his book and the dates were like one  thousand A.F. instead of one thousand
         A.D. for After Ford instead of A.D... see?”      “Jeezuz! I haven't read either
         of those books since it was required reading in high school.” Said Hank.  “But now I'll have to read 'em again from Blair's
         point of view. I'm never gonna finish my homework!”      “I have
         both of 'em at home... or Theo's home... my motor home. You know  what I mean.” Said Eric. “I'll bring 'em for ya tomorrow
         Hank if ya want.”      “Just bring Brave New World first.” Said
         Hank. “Ya got me real curious about what ya said  about the A.F. date thing and the sign of the 'T.' I don't recall that bein' in there,
         but I don't doubt it.”           
            Eric wrote down Huxley for Hank on his note paper.           It was almost 4pm when the club began to break  up after Ozzy got a roadside repair call and left in a hurry.  Theo and Eric left together, their being
         together had become  the norm, then Art's wife called knowing exactly where he'd be. 
           
               Monika and Meshell finished their second round and headed for  Monika's place. Monika intended to show
         Meshell the progress she'd  made on the website. She also intended to teach Meshell how to  copy and paste incoming information onto
         the proper pages at the site.      
             Monika's
         house was a modest two bedroom/one bath red brick affair  with a small living room and very small kitchen/dining room. It was built in  the mid-nineteen
         fifties and was considered large for it's day.  The chain-link fence kept her huge male German Shepard named Rommel from  roaming at will.
         The dog could easily jump the fence, but chose not to... so far.  She like living close to 'down town' only because, as she put
         it,  someone
         would hear her scream if she was being somehow molested.  The dog, if not her 357 magnum, were plenty of discouragement  for would be molesters. One bedroom
         was her sleeping  quarters while the second bedroom was her office/music room.  
           
               The M&Ms and went directly to the office. Monika  set a chair next to hers at the computer
         desk and asked  Meshell if she'd like some wine. Meshell responded.  “I really don't think I should pass on that, thank you.”      Monika had to think about that response for a few moments  and then asked. “So, you do want some
         wine then... righ     That  was enough for this session thought Monika, it was time for a time-out  and  gin
         and tonic. She called to see if Meshell wanted to join her at  The Bar... she did.            Monika stopped to pick Meshell up on the way to The
         Bar.  She
         noticed  that Meshell had two books with her as she got in the car. 
             “What
         do you have there?” Monika asked.          “Two books by Louis Farrakhan. I think Theo would like to have a look at them. One here
         that I like best is called,  The Secret Relationship Between Blacks And Jews, and this other one is called,
          America's
         Errant Foreign Policy. I was always told that it was all white  folks that was behind the whole slavery thing, but the Jews
         were involved big time!”        “Really?” Said Monika.           “Uh Huh,
         and Farrakhan is sure right about America bein'  a military  gofer for Israel in the Middle East and  he's right about the Jews doin'  9-11
         and he's right about Hitler was  not the bad guy at all. I say he's  more right than wrong which  is more than I kin say about mos' other
          leaders, black white or green!”         “Well my friend, I am going
         through a rapid change of heart and a   major alteration of my belief system lately and I too think that Louis  is  more right than wrong... just from hearing
         what you have to say about   what he's said.” Declared Monika. “Have you been to the website yet?”      “Not yet, maybe you can show me at your place today?”        “Done deal, we'll go by my place after we go to The Bar. 
              When
         the M&Ms entered The Bar, sure enough there was a Society  meeting at the far table.  Theo, Eric, Charlie Coughlin, Hank and
         Art  McCollum were there. Ozzy,  Ernie and Leon were evidently at work or  otherwise occupied. It was only 3pm.            There were greetings all around and offers of PBR from
         the communal   pitchers for the M&Ms. Monika passed on the PBR offer and proceeded   to the bar to get her gin and tonic and Meshell's 7&7.
         Meshell  pulled  a chair up near Theo so she could easily make the Farrakhan  books  hand-off. The books were passed around and examined
         by  all
         of the  Society members while the conversations continued.            While Monika was at the bar waiting for Grace to prepare the drinks,   George Marival, who was sitting nearby
         with his pals Armando and  Salvador,  asked Monika. “So Monika, we keep hearing about your club over  there.  Isn't it like a political club or what?
         You know what the sign  says there.”  He looked and nodded towards the NO YAPPING ABOUT RELIGION  OR POLITICS sign.  “Aren't you
         guys afraid that Liz will get on ya about  it?”       “Naww, it's not a political
         club at all and it sure isn't a  religious one.”  She answered. “It's more like a continuing adult  education class where we  all research events
         in history that were either  hidden from us on purpose,  or we were lied to about the events... like  9-11 and the USS LIBERTY.”      “So you guys think they lied to us about 9-11?” Asked George.  “Why would they lie about 9-11,
         what did they lie about?”       Monika held up a finger to indicate that
         she needed a moment,  produced a  slip of paper and pen from her clutch wallet, wrote down the  address of the  website, www.preveres.com, and handed
         it to George  saying. “He ya go, visit the website we are building,  you'll get your  question answered there and you might be
         interested in all the other  stuff you'll find there too.”      George accepted
         the note and said. “Thanks, I'll do that. And what's a pre... ver es?”    
            “That's short for PAUL REVERE SOCIETY.COM.”           Grace, who heard the whole exchange, said to George as she placed  the drinks in front of Monika.  “Yeah George,
         yer no dummy, go ta their  website an' learn somethin'. But be ready ta get pissed.”        George then said. “Oh yeah! ...now I'm going there fer sure!” And he meant it.            When Monika returned to the meeting she could  see the list that
         Theo  was making. She plainly heard Eric saying.  “Hell man, they own er  control just about everything in sports  'cept maybe NASCAR an' I  wouldn't doubt
         if they even controlled that!”      Monika interrupted. “What 's
         going on guys and what's on the list there?”         Theo spoke up first. “I think we are gonna need a lot more pages at  the  site Monika. The
         more we uncover about what the Jews control, the  more  we uncover about what the Jews control! Even the White House,  Hollywood,  TV, Porn, NAACP,
         Federal Reserve Banks, I got it written down  here,  Treasury Department, diamond business, looks like the old slave  trade,  immigration policy,
         music industry, gun control and probably even  sports!”  He wrote sports down on the list. “They friggin' control  history, thought, foreign
          policy
         and action. Looks like we've all been  played the fools for a really long time!”            “That's how it's lookin' ta
         me.” Added Hank. “So, God bless the  America  we only thought we knew. We didn't know squat evidently...   well, people  like Henry Ford,
         Col. Beaty, MacArthur, Lindbergh and JFK  knew what was going on, but the  Jews did a good whitewash job on all  those people! We need
         a closer look at JFK's murder.”           “Control the media an' you can control everthing, absolutely  everthing.  Thought control 'specially.”
         Eric offered. “Didja know  that  George Orwell and Aldous Huxley knew each other pretty well?  Huxley was  Orwell's teacher at school
         in England.”      “So they knew each other, where ya goin' with this
         Eric?” Asked Charlie.         “Well, think about the books they wrote, I mean the famous ones.”   Began Eric. “Orwell wrote '1984'
         an' Huxley wrote 'Brave New World'...   both a them books are purty similar ya know. They both are about the   future, a purty bleak future where
         everbody is like a totally controlled  slave.  Well I read that both of those guys had read Henry Ford's book  an'  articles about the Protocols of the Elder
         Zions, ya know, the Jew  plan to  control the whole world, an' then they wrote books to kinda warn  us all.  That's why Huxley had people making
         the sign of the 'T' for  Model T Ford  car instead of the sign of the cross in his book and the  dates were like one  thousand A.F. instead of one thousand
         A.D. for After  Ford instead of A.D... see?”           “Jeezuz!
         I haven't read either of those books since it was required  reading in high school.” Said Hank.  “But now I'll have to read 'em
         again  from Blair's point of view. I'm never gonna finish my homework!”  
             “I have both of 'em at home... or Theo's home... my motor home. You  know  what I mean.” Said Eric. “I'll
         bring 'em for ya tomorrow Hank if ya  want.”         “Just bring Brave New World first.” Said Hank. “Ya got me real  curious about
         what ya said  about the A.F. date thing and the sign of the  'T.' I don't recall that bein' in there, but I don't doubt it.”
              
                 Eric wrote down Huxley for Hank on
         his note paper.      
              It
         was almost 4pm when the club began to break up after Ozzy got a  roadside repair call and left in a hurry.  Theo and Eric left together,  their being
         together had become the norm, then Art's wife called knowing  exactly where he'd be.            Monika and Meshell finished their second round and headed for   Monika's place. Monika intended to show
         Meshell the progress she'd  made  on the website. She also intended to teach Meshell how to  copy and paste  incoming information onto
         the proper pages at the site.      
              Monika's
         house was a modest two bedroom/one bath red brick affair  with  a small living room and very small kitchen/dining room. It was  built in the  mid-nineteen fifties
         and was considered large for it's day.  The chain-link fence  kept her huge male German Shepard named Rommel  from roaming at will.  The dog could easily
         jump the fence, but chose not  to... so far. She like living  close to 'down town' only because, as she  put it, someone would hear  her scream if she
         was being somehow  molested. The dog,  if not her 357 magnum, were plenty of discouragement  for  would be molesters. One bedroom was her sleeping
         quarters  while
         the  second bedroom was her office/music room.             The M&Ms and went directly to the office. Monika  set a chair  next to hers at the computer desk and asked  Meshell if she'd
         like some  wine. Meshell responded.  “I really don't think I should pass on that,  thank you.”      Monika had to think about that response for a few moments  and then asked. “So, you do want some wine then...
         right?”       “Yes please, is it red wine. I like red.”         “Two merlots coming right up.” Announced Monika.           After they both got settled, Monika turned on the computer
         and they   waited
         while it focused itself. She clicked on the website icon on her  screen's  desktop and the site opened. Meshell exclaimed. “Wow...
         Monika!  ...that looks  really nice and professional, I like that Paul Revere on  his horse picture there... nice!”              Meshell read the headlines on the home
         page aloud.       
          “Welcome to the   
          PAUL REVERE SOCIETY        
                 WHERE 9/11 TRUTH AND FACTS, HIDDEN HISTORY AND   
                    JEWISH CRIMINAL POWER IS REVEALED 
                 
         All visitors
         are welcome and encouraged to examine the information at this site.   Copy and share anything you like. Sharing the truth is the mission at hand.”      
             “Man,
         you don't pull no punches with them words. You sock it to 'em right off the bat!” Meshell offered.  “I like that, I like that. No sense pussy footin' around them
         subjects we gonna be showin'.”    
                 Monika clicked on the first bar at the top of the navigation bars and the  9-11 page opened. She scrolled down for what seemed to be a mile.           
             Meshell said. “Monika! How
         long did it take to type all a that in there and  where didja get all a them pictures... you probly ain't slept for days gurl!”           Before answering, Monika clicked on the World War II bar that
         immediately opened. Again  she scrolled
         down for what seemed like a mile and said. “I'll show you the trick. Watch this carefully.” 
             She moved the mouse to open her
         Gmail page, then clicked  on an email
         from Theo Adorno. It opened to reveal a lengthy article.  She then said to Meshell. “Watch this. I'm left clicking on the  mouse after I place the 'I' just to the left of the 9... see. Left click on the  mouse and pull the mouse down until you come
         to the bottom  of the screen, then
         the rest of the article will get highlighted and  ready to copy. Then right click on the mouse, see the box open up, and  scroll down to the word copy, click on the word copy and ya got it copied.”      
            Monika could see that Meshell was
         confused  already, it was a lot to
         take in for the first time,  so she
         said. “I'll write these steps down for you,  but first, let me finish the paste procedure. I'll explain as I go.        “We are moving the mouse to click on the site bar at the  bottom of the screen where I put it down before
         going to the email site.  Left click
         on that and... we are back at the website. Go over to  the 9-11 bar and left click on it... and there it is. I'll scroll down all the  way to the bottom of all of this text and then I'll right click on
         the mouse and see that  box open,
         left click on the word paste ...and look, there is the whole email that Theo sent.”      They examined the information together...      
              9/11
         INVESTIGATION OMISSION
         COMMISSION    
             Thomas H.
         Kean, Chair  Lee H. Hamilton, Vice
         Chair  Richard Ben-Veniste  Max Cleland  (replaced when he started asking actual
         questions)  Fred F. Fielding  Jamie S. Gorelick  Slade Gorton  John F. Lehman  Timothy J. Roemer  
                               James R. Thompson  It
         is this possibility of replacing the representatives of the people which has placed at our disposal, and, as it were,
         given us the power of appointment...Anonymous, from the Protocols of the Elders of Zion    The Philip Zelikow National Dog and Pony Show, aka: The Kean Commission, aka: The National Commission on Terrorist
         Attacks upon the United States, was a set-up, set up on November 27, 2002, “to prepare a full and complete
         account of the circumstances surrounding the September 11 attacks, including preparedness for the immediate response
         to the attacks.” The commission was also mandated to provide recommendations designed to guard against future
         attacks.    Chaired by former governor of New Jersey, Thomas Kean, the Commission was
         made up of five Republicans and five Democrats. It was created by Congressional legislation with the bill signed
         into law by George W. Bush. The commissions’ operating budget was $9 million dollars (compare that to $100
         million for the Clinton “blowjob” impeachment investigation). Yes, $100 million was spent to determine
         if President Bill Clinton got a blowjob from Jewess Monica Lewinsky who was probably an operative on assignment...
         ya think...? Bill must have been getting uppity with his Zionist handlers at some point prior to his very expensive
         blowjob.    BTW: Obama’s former Secretary of State and Bill Clinton’s
         opportunist wife Hillary was in Cairo, Egypt in July of 2012 to strengthen American-Egyptian relations. Her motorcade
         in Cairo was pelted with tomatoes and shoes while protesters chanted, “Monica, Monica”. Evidently the
         Egyptians do not like adultery, or women who coddle adulterers.   
         Anyway, the Commission’s
         final report was lengthy and based on extensive interviews and testimony. The primary conclusion was that 9/11 was
         a total failure by the CIA and FBI to head off the attacks, thus CIA Director George Tenet was obliged to fall on
         his sword.    Of course there was no mention in the report about Michael
         Chertoff or Judge Michael Mukasey hampering FBI investigations.   
         Co-Chairman Lee Hamilton
         said: "We were set up to fail, got started late, had a very short time frame, and not enough money. They were afraid we were gonna hang somebody, that we would point the finger. A lot of people have things to hide."   You
         can go down the list and identify one hundred people. If that doesn’t say it all, then what the hell else do we need as evidence for the need of a RE-investigation of 9/11?   
         And here is a quote out
         of the New York Times, October 26, 2003 referring to the investigation by former Georgia Senator, Max Cleland, who
         was initially a committee member but quit out of disgusted frustration: 
  "Bush is scamming America. This is a scam. It’s disgusting. America is being cheated. As each day goes by we learn that this government knew a whole lot more
         about these terrorists before 9/11 than it’s ever admitted... Let’s chase the rabbit into the ground.
         They had a plan to go to war and when 9/11 happened that’s what they did; they went to war."
    Another of Max’s righteous rants was a reference to the previous investigation of the Kennedy assassination:    "The Warren Commission blew it. I’m not going to be part of that. I’m not going to be part
         of looking at information only partially. I’m not going to be part of just coming to quick conclusions. I’m
         not going to be part of political pressure to do this or not do that."    And this was
         before 9/11 was on the table. Max quit during the Commission’s investigation into The Department of Homeland
         Security.    Max Cleland was pissed off big time and surely had the right to express
         his opinion, being a triple-amputee Viet Nam veteran and all.    
         But he was a loose cannon
         who was bad mouthing the 9/11  Commission to anyone who would listen and had to be stopped!   
         So, President Bush personally
         intervened and appointed Max to a cushy well paid job as a director of the Export- Import Bank of Washington. That did the trick. Max shut up and played the bank director role for a while; then President Obama appointed him as Director of the American
         Battle Monuments Commission where he hangs out today I suppose. Nebraska Senator Bob “Gung Ho” Kerry
         replaced Cleland on the investigation commission.    It’s interesting to note
         that Bush appointed Georgia Senator, Zell Miller as the director of American Battle Monuments Commission before
         Max took over. It was Miller’s reward for his fine performance as the keynote speaker at the Republican National
         Convention in New York on August 30, 2004. Recall the faux Democrat Zell saying crap like, “Today it’s
         the Democratic party that has mastered the art of division and diversion. To run for president as a Democrat these
         days you have to go from interest group to interest group, cap in hand, asking for the support of liberal king makers.”    In a reference to Senator John Kerry’s call for strengthening the armed forces Miller mockingly said, “Armed with what – spit balls?”   
         In a post speech
         interview with MSNBC’s Chris Matthews, he took offence at something Matthews asked and stated, “I
         wish we lived in the day where you could challenge a person to a duel.”    Zell Miller
         was just a curmudgeon old fool who has many things he believes in ass-backwards... and he served his masters well.    It’s further interesting to note that the traitorous war criminal and 9/11 co-conspirator,
         Henry Kissinger was Bush’s first choice for the 9/11 Commission chairmanship but the protests from all quarters
         was too much.    If anyone doubts Kissinger’s guilt as a traitor, war criminal,
         mass murderer, etc. Do a net search and the 2002 documentary, based on the  book, The Trial of Henry Kissinger, by
         Christopher Hitchings and it will pop-up.     Zionist Jew Kissinger is a globalist power monger with so many bones in his closet that they spill out
         into his bedroom, out into his living room, and on out into the street. The only reason this guy wasn’t hung
         by the World Court long ago is because he and his ilk are protected by friends in high U.S. government places.    The World Court has arrest warrants out for Kissinger for crimes against humanity related to murderous shenanigans
         in Indonesia and Chile. During a Paris hotel stay in 2001, a French magistrate paid him a call regarding his participation
         in the Chilean coup of September 11, 1973 where French citizens were killed.    The magistrate
         asked Henry to come by his office the next day for an extended interview. Henry did not grant the magistrate an
         interview and had to immediately slip out of France.    Kissinger doesn’t travel
         abroad any more. Nor do Bush, Cheney or most of all the other 9/11 criminals. The Paris episode is one reason why
         the French are disrespected by Americans who were taught to do so now days. After all, how dare the French presume
         to question a “great American statesman and humanitarian” such as Dr. Kissinger for war crimes! Not
         to mention France has social programs that put America to shame and Americans have been taught that it’s a
         dog eat dog world where social programs are foisted upon us by the dreaded “socialists.”    Through a letter to the United Nations in May of 2002, the Bush Administration reserved the right to ignore decisions and orders issued by the World Court (aka: The International Criminal Court).    Evidently there
         were just too many indictments against American politicians and officials.    We do not co-operate
         with the International Court because we a major military power.    What is anybody going to do to enforce World Court decisions and orders... invade
         the U.S.A. and arrest American criminals at gunpoint? Not likely...    Philip Zelikow     Aspen Strategy Group
         Member and Homeland Security Group Member ,  Associate Dean, Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, University of Virginia     Philip Zelikow
         is the White Burkett Miller Professor of History at the University  of Virginia, where he is also serving as the Associate Dean of the University’s  Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. In addition to service on government  advisory boards and as an elected member of a local school board, Dr. Zelikow  has taken two leaves from academia to return full-time to government
         service. In 2003-04 he directed the  9/11 Commission.
         In 2005-07 he was Counselor of the Department of State, a deputy to Secretary Rice.  He also currently advises the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation’s program for  global development and is a consultant to the Office of the Secretary
         of Defence.  After teaching at Harvard University during
         the 1990s, Dr. Zelikow went to Virginia,  where he has
         directed a research center and teaches modern world and U.S.  history. Previously, he served as a career diplomat and was posted  overseas and in Washington, including service on the NSC  staff for President George H.W. Bush. Dr. Zelikow began his  professional career as a trial and appellate lawyer in Texas.    Some Dog and Pony
         Showmen...  Commission
         chairman Thomas Kean was a director and part owner of Amerada Hess, a company that had a partnership deal with Delta
         Oil of Saudi Arabia. Since Saudi Arabia was the home of most of the 9/11 hijackers, and since the Bush family has
         close business ties with the Saudi elite, some people said there was a serious conflict of interest. Yes, there
         sure as hell was! After Kean’s appointment, the White House shifted from simply resisting the idea of an investigation
         to actually obstructing it. They started by telling Kean to make himself quiet and scarce.    Zionist
         Jew Philip Zelikow qualified for becoming the executive director of the 9/11 Commission because he and Condoleeza
         Rice worked together in the late 1980’s for George H.W. Bush as a National Security Council staffer. Philip
         and Condi were chummy and even wrote a book together in 1997 titled Germany Unified and Europe Transformed: A Study
         in Statecraft. I haven’t read it, but I already wonder what the hell “statecraft” is. Is it like
         destroying a country, rebuilding it on your terms using your own design, and then maintaining actual control over
         it for a century or more?    Zelikow and Rice again worked together during the Bush II transition
         of 2000-2001 ironically as “terror threat advisors.” Zelikow officially went to work for Bush II two
         days before the invasion of Afghanistan as a member of the White House Advisory Board on Foreign Intelligence.    Speaking of “terror threat advisors,” do you recall those ridiculous color bars they would show on
         TV to let us know what the terror threat level was for any particular day following 9/11? It’s very hard for
         me to fathom that anyone took that crap seriously. But then there is a lot of crap that people seem to take seriously
         and I can’t really tell if they are serious, or just pretending so that they seem to conform to the norm.
         Conformity-Obedience- Punctuality (COP), in many cases is not a plus, no matter how hard they drive it into you
         in public schools.    As the Executive Director of the Investigation Commission Philip
         Zelikow was responsible for framing the agenda, leading the research staff and deciding what evidence the commission
         saw. It was all his show! And his star witness, Condi Rice, was a buddy. Zelikow had no business investigating the
         Bush Administration. He was part of the administration and a buddy to all. He was the perfect operative stooge for
         the bad guys.    Delay shenanigans such as requiring all the commissioners to have
         top security clearance took months even though they were already government and national security insiders.     For the first year the White House claimed executive privilege in withholding  access to the Presidential Daily Briefings (PDBs). Rules
         were fashioned so  that issuing a subpoena required a majority vote by Commission members. Bush  initially approved a budget of only $3 million and it
         took months to agree on $9 million. The commission staff had to comb through millions of documents before recommending
         a course of action. This took a while.    The White House was necessarily obstructing justice because Bush, Cheney and company were all players in the planning, execution and cover-up of the 9/11 mass murder.
         Why in the hell else would they obstruct the investigation ...for sport?    The Commission’s
         Vice Chairman was Lee Hamilton who was the Chairman of the House Select Committee on Iran/Contra in the 1980’s.
         He’s the very guy who said that he did not want to indict President Reagan or Vice President Bush for their
         roles in the Iran/Contra affair because he didn’t think it would be “good for the country.” A
         wealth of evidence showed that Reagan and Bush authorized illegal arms shipments to Iran in 1985 but heavy handed
         pressure from a fellow congressman from Wyoming named Dick Cheney convinced Hamilton to lay off. It’s always
         good to have an easily manipulated weakling as the vice chairman of any committee of criminals investigating criminals.    Shortly after joining the 9/11 Commission Zionist Jewess Jamie Gorelick, who was the former Deputy Attorney General of the U.S. under Clinton, joined the Washington law firm of Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering. A month earlier this firm announced that it would defend Saudi Prince Mohammed al Faisal, the third in command in the Saudi government,
         who was being sued by 9/11 survivors and relatives of the deceased. Bush family lawyer James Baker also defended
         the Saudis.    9/11 Commission General Counsel and Zionist Jew Daniel Marcus was
         also a Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering law firm alumni. Between 1999 and 2001 he held several senior positions at
         the Department of Justice, including Associate Attorney General.    Commission
         member and Jewish Zionist Richard Ben- Veniste first made a name for himself as a special prosecutor during the
         Watergate scandal. He was a former Clinton White House lawyer and was a partner until February 2003 in one of the
         largest bankruptcy firms in the world, Weil, Gotshal and Manges. This firm received a famously inflated retainer
         of $3 million dollars from Enron when they filed for bankruptcy in 2001. Ben- Veniste has long standing ties to
         Miami Jewish criminal mobsters such as Joel Steinger and Alvin Malnik. Former Republican Senator Slade Gorton was
         a lawyer at the Seattle firm of Preston, Gates, and Ellis which counted amongst its clients both Delta Airlines
         and the Boeing Employees’ Credit Union.    Republican Commission member John
         Lehman had been recruited by Henry Kissinger for his Secretary of State staff during the Nixon regime. Lehman was
         Secretary of the Navy during the Reagan Administration and was close to many in the Bush Administration. Along with Kean, Hamilton, and Gorelick, he was a member of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR).    Former Illinois
         Governor James Thompson joined the Commission as chairman of the Winston & Strawn law firm of Chicago. Between
         January 1997 and 2002, Winston and Strawn received $1.66 million dollars for federal lobbying efforts on behalf
         of American Airlines. American Airlines being one of the two airlines potentially liable for negligence on 9/11.    Under a deal the Kean Commission made with the White House only Zelikow and Gorelick, both Jews
         with agendas, were allowed to see any White House documents such as the famous Presidential Daily Briefing
         (PDB) titled: “Bin Laden Determined to Strike in U.S.” which was a fraudulent PDB in the first place designed
         to indict Bin Laden in the court of public opinion. George Tenet delivered that PDB to President Bush on August
         6, 2001. Again, Jamie Gorelick was a long standing Tenet associate and advisor.    Commission
         member Timothy Roemer served as a Democrat in the U.S. House of Representatives in the 2nd Congressional District
         of Indiana from 1991 to 2003.     He served on the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence. He helped create legislation that developed the Department of Homeland Security and the National Commission
         on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States aka: The 9/11 Investigation Commission! Roemer helped set up the Commission
         and then served on the Commission.   Commission member Fred Fisher Fielding was an assistant to John
         Dean during the Nixon era Watergate scandal. He was Counsel to President Reagan from 1981 to 1986. Fred was a member
         of the Commission on Federal Ethics Law Reform in 1989. He is a good buddy of Dick Cheney and often advises him.
         In 2007, he defended Cofer Black’s mercenary army called Blackwater Worldwide that was charged many times
         with cold blooded murder in Iraq.    Now, can anyone see any conflict of interest related
         to any of the Dog and Pony Show people? Senator Jeff Sessions (R-Alabama) had called on Gorelick to resign stating
         in a CNN interview that such a move would help the commission salvage its credibility, but she refused. Philip Zelikow
         was asked to step down by the 9-11 Family Steering Committee and the 9-11 Citizens Watch, but he absolutely refused.
         It’s blatantly evident that the investigators were on the friendliest of terms with the investigated. With
         the departure of Max Cleland, all that was left on the Commission were insiders in bed with the bad guys.    A list of Omission Commission Omissions:   
         This fraternity of smug
         clowns did not even address the issue of the collapse of WTC Building 7 at all...    The oddities
         of the 8 story WTC Building 6 were not addressed at all. All 800 employees of U.S. Customs housed in WTC 6 were
         evacuated in twelve minutes after the first strike on the North Tower. The exterior walls of WTC 6 were still intact,
         but a crater went to the basement level through the center of the building while no significant debris fell onto
         building. The central interior of the building looked as if the center had been scooped out or purposely demolished
         by explosives. A mysterious white plume of smoke can be seen in pictures emitting from WTC 6 just prior to the collapse
         of the second tower.     No data was collected from building 6 before it was demolished
         as part of the clean-up effort.    The demolishing of WTC 6 was probably to cover up the extremely suspicious extraction of the gold and silver bullion just prior to 9/11/2001 from a large vault located there. The vault belonged to the El Dorado Task Force that was a multi-agency law enforcement body occupying WTC
         6 that dealt primarily with narco money laundering operations. El Dorado had $580 million in confiscated bullion
         stashed in their holding vault. Extracting the bullion just prior to 9/11 indicates prior knowledge. There was no
         Pentagon video evidence examined or even subpoenaed.     There were a hundred or
         more security video cameras          trained on the  Pentagon and the surrounding vicinity on          9/11 but not one camera’s
          captured
         imagery was looked              at and there was no mention at all  of Pentagon security      cameras in the final Commission
         Report.    There was no mention of the duration of the collapse of the North Tower
         contained in the report. However, on page 305 of the report, the South Tower was mentioned as collapsing in ten
         seconds commencing at 9:58:59. According to the equation published in every high school physics’ textbook
         it takes more than 9 seconds to free-fall from the South Tower’s former height... even in a vacuum! It takes
         at least a second or two more to free-fall that distance considering the air density at sea level. It was physically
         impossible for a gravitational collapse to proceed through so many supposedly undamaged stories without being slowed down.    There was no mention of the explosions that either preceded or accompanied
         the collapse of the Twin Towers and Building 7 in the report. There are still plenty of credible eye and ear witness
         accounts of secondary explosions that preceded and accompanied the collapses of buildings 1, 2, and 7. Also omitted
         were any witness accounts of basement level explosions which accompanied the initial aerial assaults on the towers.    The 9/11 Commission preferred to rely solely upon supportive witness statements.     The Commission
         report omitted contradictory witness  statements and even  government video evidence of a              non-Boeing 757 at the Pentagon
         impact site.    There was no mention at all of Bush stating that he saw the first
         Tower hit on TV while waiting to enter a classroom at a Florida elementary school before the only known video of
         that event was ever broadcast on TV the next day. The 9/11 Commission totally failed to address this revealing statement
         to help us all understand that either there was a video and he had seen it, or his statement indicates a prior knowledge
         of events that were to occur. The best way for the Commission to deal with the Bush statement was to ignore it.    There was no mention of Secretary of Transportation Norman Mineta’s testimony about what
         he observed and overheard in the Presidential Emergency Operating Center on 9/11. Recall the story about the “young
         man” advising Dick Cheney that the plane is 50 miles out... then the plane was 30 miles out... until the young
         man asked, “Do the orders still stand?”... It’s a fishy story that should have been properly resolved.    FBI translator Sibel Edmonds claims to have found a lot of shenanigans going on both within the
         FBI’s translation department and contained in the documents she was translating. She became a whistle blower
         but was repeatedly silenced and denied her day in court by Attorney General Ashcroft and Assistant Attorney General
         Michael Chertoff who claimed that her information would compromise national security secrets (I think “national
         security secrets” is just another way of saying “national level criminality”).    Sibel Edmonds did testify before the Commission behind closed doors for hours. None of her testimony made it to the Commission report. One aspect of the stifled information involves an “outside group” penetrating and compromising the FBI translation department which is one aspect too many and should have required remedy not
         cover-up. The only “outside group” capable of penetrating the FBI translation department is the Israeli
         Mossad.    There was no mention of the multiple War Games going on in the North East
         Air Defense Sector of the country in the 9/11 Report.    
         The total ineffectiveness
         of the U.S. Air Force on                    9/11 was basically accomplished  by the convoluted        confusion caused by the multiple war games
         that just                 so happened to  commence or was ongoing on the              morning of 9/11. To omit this  aspect of the events of                that day is inexcusable;
         but understandable  if you                     are covering up a mass murder by obstructing justice...         which  was the expressed task of the
         9/11 Investigation Commission.    There was no mention of the NASA video enhancements.
         The videos and still images of all three WTC buildings revealed evidence of anomalies when enhanced by NASA techniques;
         anomalies serious    enough to shatter the government explanations for the cause
         of the collapses; anomalies such as windows on floors far below the impact area blowing out prior to the collapse
         indicating prior explosions.    The Commission’s Team 8 looked at the
         Pentagon five frames of security camera video imagery (with the wrong date on it shown on CNN), but no mention of
         this was in the Commission report. The slate date on the five video frames was September 12, 2001.    The testimony of WTC North Tower janitor William Rodriguez did not appear in the Commission Report. His testimony
         was not allowed to be given in public nor was the testimony of approximately 1,140 other witnesses. 160 witnesses
         did testify in public after screening by Zelikow. All the testimonies were white washed.    In October
         2004, William Rodriguez sued George W. Bush and 155 other parties using the RICO Act angle for complicity in the
         9/11 attacks in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The case was moved to the Southern
         District of New York and finally dismissed... of course. Rodriguez and others testified that there were huge explosions
         in the basement and elsewhere inside the North Tower before the collapse.    Recall that
         Cheney and Bush agreed to testify, but only together (an indication of the master-servant relationship), at the
         White House, not under oath, and off the record.     Nothing they said was included
         in the Commission Report        and I have  no doubt they chatted about everything except 9/11during their testimony.     Theo and Eric          Meshell fully realized what had been going on this past week and she was very impressed.
          “I'll
         come back tomorra if ya want me to. You write them steps down an' I'll get da hang of it, bet on it. An' 
           when I get
         tha' hang of it mebe ya kin sho me mo' thangs ta do.”       “Consider it done my friend.” Monika then
         lifted her glass of wine and said.  “Watch out world, the M&Ms are coming!”              
      
      
             	 	 	 	     CHAPTER 12 – THE RADICALIZATION OF MONIKA   
         After Monika took Meshell
         home, and after pouring another glass of wine,  she got back on her computer to do some more site building.      Upon going to the email inbox she examined the subject titles and chose  one to open that read, President
         Bush's Farcical Role on 9/11   
      GEORGE BUSH’S DAY OFF    “To announce that there must be no criticism of the President,
         or that we are to stand by the President, right or wrong, is not only unpatriotic and servile, but it is morally
         treasonable to the American public.” ...Theodore Roosevelt, 26th President of the United States (1858 –
         1919)  
          At 8:48 a.m. (New York time) on the morning
         of 9/11, the first images of the burning WTC North Tower were broadcast live on television. The news anchors, reporters, and viewers had little idea what had happened in lower Manhattan.        There were some people who did know though. Officials in the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), the North American Aerospace Defense Command (NORAD), the National Military Command Center, the Pentagon, the White House,
         the Secret Service, and Canada’s Strategic Command all knew that at least four commercial airliners had been
         hijacked.    
             
         They knew that one plane had been deliberately flown
         into  the WTC North Tower, a second plane was seriously off course  and headed towards Manhattan, and that a third plane had  turned around over Ohio and was headed back towards Washington.    It is more than likely that George W. Bush already knew about the situation before sitting down in a Florida classroom at 9:03 a.m. for a 20-minute photo op, and surely someone in his entourage knew.      The presidential
         entourage is in touch at all times with some, or all,  of the above mentioned agencies, especially
         the Secret Service.    While Bush was engaged in his
         daily 8:00 a.m. intelligence  briefing, the planes that would be allegedly hijacked were taking off. At 8:13, air traffic controllers at the FAA’s Boston Center in Nashua, New Hampshire, instructed
         Flight 11  to climb to 35,000 feet. The plane did not respond to, or obey the
         order,  and its transponder was turned off. Air traffic controller Glen Michael  said, “We considered it at the time to be a possible hijacking.”    FAA regulations stipulate that an aircraft emergency exists when
         there is an unexpected loss of radar contact, loss of radio communications, or both. If air traffic controllers
         believed Flight 11 had a major emergency at 8:13, then NORAD should have been notified  immediately     and military jets scrambled to investigate.    The FAA and NORAD both claim that NORAD wasn’t informed until 8:40, a full 27 minutes later. One NORAD employee later claimed that notification occurred at 8:31.        Before contacting NORAD, Boston air traffic control watched Flight 11 make an unexpected 100-degree turn and
         head toward New York City. They informed other controllers of the emergency at 8:25 who all then allegedly heard  dialog from the cockpit such as: “Nobody move    please, we are going  back to the airport. Don’t try to make  any stupid moves.” Boston Center even asked  the pilots of soon to be “hijacked” Flight 175 to scan the skies for the errant Flight
         11.  
          If NORAD’s claim is credible, then the
         Boston Center controllers should have been fired, or even brought up on criminal neglect charges for their inaction.
         But no person at any agency, on any level, was fired, or even disciplined for inaction, mistakes, or mishandling
         of any aspect of the events of 9/11.    If NORAD’s
         claim is false, and it was indeed informed within the time frame outlined in the FAA regulations that Flight 11
         had a serious emergency, and possible   hijacking; it would
         mean that NORAD did absolutely nothing for nearly one half of an hour while an airliner flew off course in some
         of the most congested airspace in the world. Heads should have rolled. But again, no one at the FAA or NORAD was
         even scolded.  
          According to phone calls made by flight attendants
         Betty Ong and  Amy Sweeny, the hijackers had already stabbed and killed one  passenger and two flight attendants  by 8:21. After 8:21,  both women supposedly remained on their phones  with American Airlines Headquarters
         for 25 MINUTES,  until their plane allegedly hit the WTC North Tower.    BTW: Daniel Lewin, who was allegedly stabbed by hijacker Satam  al-Suqami prior to American Airlines flight 11 crashing into the WTC,  is an officer in an elite secret unit of the Israeli military called  Matkal
         Sayeret that was instrumental in orchestrating Mossad activities  prior to 9/11.
         It was Lewin who oversaw the recording of  coerced passenger's
         telephone calls to loved ones and their  subsequent murder after the
         actual hijacked planes were  force-landed by the FTS systems at Westover AFB
         Mass.     MEANWHILE, OFF TO SCHOOL    About 8:20, the same time hijackers were supposedly stabbing passenger Daniel Lewin, Bush’s
         morning briefing had ended. He was off to the first event of his day known as a “soft event” by Bush
         handlers. It was a photo-op with children at Emma Booker Elementary School promoting his proposed fraud of an education
         bill. The second scheduled event of the day, after 20 minutes with the children, was to be a short press conference
         at 9:30 in the school library.    It matters what
         time Bush left the hotel and what time he arrived at the school, because this is the time when he was, or should
         have been, informed of events taking place at Boston Center, at the FAA, and at NORAD. 
          Presidential limos are equipped with world class state of the art communications technology.   CNN was first to suspend regular programming at 8:48 EST to report the
         WTC crash. Millions knew of the first crash, but Bush claims he didn’t hear of it until he arrived at the
         school and noticed it on a TV ten minutes later. Bush’s claim is not to be believed if you consider that others
         in the presidential motorcade were well aware of it.        For instance...
         Kia Baskerville, a CBS news producer traveling with Bush that morning, received a message while en route to the
         school.    
             
         A news photographer in Press Secretary  Ari Fleischer’s limo overheard a  radio message
         to Fleischer directing him to  be available to discuss the WTC crash.      
            Senior Presidential Communications Officer Thomas Herman  said, “Just as we were arriving at the school , I received a
         notification from our operations center that an airliner had struck one of the towers.”    Meanwhile, CIA Director George Tenet was told of the crash a few
         minutes after it happened. Tenet received the news while eating breakfast with former Senator Boren in a restaurant
         three blocks from the White House. Boren says a messenger told Tenet that an airplane had attacked the WTC. Boren
         said, “I was struck by the fact that the messenger used the word... attacked.” An aide then handed Tenet
         a cell phone and he made some calls.    This demonstrates
         that high government officials were well aware of the event. People at the Florida elementary school knew of the
         crash before Bush arrived at 8:50 including Tampa Bay’s Channel 8 reporter, Jackie Barron,     who heard the news from her mother via a phone call.        
          Fox reporter Brian Goff from Tampa, and Associated Press 
         reporter Sonia Ross, both heard the news via cell phones.        Given all this, how could Bush have remained unaware?      Was he out of
         the loop because he was in a car?     Again, no car on Earth
         has better communication systems than  the presidential limousine, including wireless email devices.    U.S. Navy Captain Deborah Loewer, the director of the White House
         Situation Room, was in the motorcade     when she  received a message. She claims that
         she ran over  to Bush upon arrival  at Booker Elementary School and personally told him that,
         “an  aircraft has impacted the World Trade Center. This is all we know.”     MORE FLIGHTS "HIJACKED"    Flight
         175 departed at about the same time as Flight 11, but evidently was hijacked later. At 8:41, flight 175’s pilot
         was talking to ground control, but at 8:42 it sharply veered off course. A flight controller noted that its transponder
         had been shut off and the radio silenced. At 8:43, NORAD was notified that the plane had been hijacked. The hijackers
          turned the transponder back on but used a different signal code. 
                 Had the Flight Termination System over-ride kicked on aboard  the actual airliner and the drone plane had been activated?        
          The signal code allowed flight controllers to easily track it to New York.    At 8:46 Flight 77 began to go severely off course. According  to  regulations that were assumed to be in effect, fighter jets are required to  be scrambled to investigate any plane that strays from  its official course
         by more than two miles, or 15  degrees. Flight 77 returned to its proper course for a while,   but the last radio transmission occurred at 8:50.    Supposedly, NORAD wasn’t officially notified that 77 had been hijacked until 9:24. The New York Times reported that by around 8:50, military officials at the Pentagon were already discussing what to do about Flight 77. Note the times when NORAD was notified: 27 minutes for Flight 11, 1 minute for Flight 175, and 38   minutes for Flight 77.    Flight 93 wasn’t hijacked until 9:16, but by about 8:50 it was evident that at least three planes had
         been hijacked.  
         Dick Cheney, speaking on NBC’s Meet the Press
         on Sept. 16th, 2001 said, “The secret Service has an arrangement with the FAA. They had open lines after the World Trade Center was...” Cheney didn’t finish his   sentence, but ending the sentence with the word ‘hit’ is a good guess. If these lines of communication
          were     established once the World Trade Center was hit at 8:46 a.m. then
         that would make it clear that the Secret Service knew the extent of the situation well before 9:00 a.m.    Bush knew, or sure as hell should have known, about the situation
         before being on camera in the classroom. Or, he really was the idiot that he most often appeared to be and his entourage
         was by then unconcerned about  communicating with him.    Cheney was indeed the actual boss throughout the two presidential terms of George W. Bush and Bush himself was
         just the front man required to do PR work, photo ops and bumbling press conferences. After being informed of a second
         WTC hit Bush should have immediately left Booker school, gotten aboard Air Force One, and left Sarasota without
         delay. But he didn’t.    I think Bush was aware of the
         basic 9/11 plan but was assigned something to do that he couldn’t screw up. He then proceeded to screw up
         his limited role by executing poor improvisation, missing marks and blowing his lines at Booker school. Bush himself
         provides confirmation of my analysis when he stated two months later after being asked the question, “How
         did you feel when you heard about the terrorist attack?” His reply was:    "I was sitting outside the classroom waiting to go in, and I saw an airplane hit the
         tower – the TV was obviously on. And I used to fly myself, and I said, well, there’s one terrible pilot.
         I said it must have been a horrible accident. But I was whisked off   [from] there; I didn’t have much time to think about it."    There was NO film footage of the first crash into the North Tower until at least the next day!
         His handlers may have clued him into his folly, but he repeated that same story, only less eloquently, a month later.   In his speech to the nation that evening Bush said, “Immediately
         following the first attack, I implemented our government’s emergency response plans.”      
            It wasn’t known what those emergency response plans were because
         neither Bush nor anyone in his administration mentioned the “immediate response” again.    Implementing ‘‘emergency response plans’’ completely contradicts Bush’s casual recollection of an airplane impacting the WTC “accident.”    GW’s CLASSIC CLASSROOM
         REACTION
    
          Reports varied regarding Bush’s reaction after Andy Card “informed” him of
         the second Tower hit. Some people say, he blanched, the color drained from his face, he wore a bemused smile, became
         visibly tense and serious, and so forth. Watch the video and draw your own conclusion: https://youtu.be/IedVRYUNWUU    
            I think he sat there like the poor actor that he is, waiting for
         a cue. The cue actually came in the form of Ari Fleisher, in the back of the room, holding up a hastily scribbled
         note in block letters for him to see that read:    DON’T SAY ANYTHING YET.        Bush later recalled his own reaction by offering:    “I was very aware of the cameras. I was trying to absorb that knowledge. I’m sitting in the midst of a classroom with little kids, listening to a children’s story and I realize that I’m the Commander in Chief and the country has just come under attack. We’re at war and somebody has dared to attack us, and we’re going to do something about it.      I realized I was in a unique setting to receive  a message              that someone had attacked us.  It became evident
         that we were, you  know, that the world had changed.” 
           So what did the leader of the free world,  our Commander
         in Chief do?   Nothing.     He did nothing! He
         did not ask Andrew Card any questions. He would have had no clue who, or which country, was attacking us if it wasn’t
         a false flag. He did not excuse himself to direct our defenses, or even to direct his staff to get rolling. He wasn’t
         hustled off by the Secret Service (which would have been a blessing for him). He just sat there frozen while casting
         his bewildered eyes about.    Bush was a proverbial deer in
         headlights. It was a bad show and I was embarrassed for him, and by him.       A U.S. Marine, responsible for carrying Bush’s phone (which is nice work if you can get it), said to Sarasota County Sheriff Bill Balkwill who was present, “Were out of here. Can you get everyone ready?” Someone must have overruled the Marine, because Bush did not leave.    Bush probably knew the basic 9/11 game plan but evidently  did not have enough
         personal integrity to ask for a more dignified assignment on 9/11. So he bumbled on... 
           When the classroom reading was over, Bush said to the children and teacher:    "Hoo! These are great readers! Very impressive! Thank you all
         so much for showing me your reading skills. I bet they practice too. Don’t you? Reading more than they watch
         TV? Anybody do that? Read more than you watch TV? [Hands went up] Oh that’s great! Very good. Very important
         to practice! Thanks for having me. Very impressed."    Bush was described as smiling and chatting with the kids as if he hadn’t a care in the world.   Nearly every news account fails to mention when Bush actually left the
         classroom after being told that America was under attack. Between six and nine minutes is the ballpark time frame
         depending on whose estimate you like best. When he did leave, he did not appear to be in a hurry, even taking time
         to stretch out a little.     White House aide Gordon Johndroe then came in as usual to usher the press
         out of the room at the end of the press photo op. A departing reporter asked, “Mr. President,  are you aware  of the reports of the plane crash in New       York? Is there anything...?”  Bush interrupted, and no doubt recalling his Ari Fleisher cue card order,  DONT SAY ANYTHING YET, he responded, “I’ll talk about it later.” 
           But still he did not leave! He stepped over to shake hands with the classroom teacher,
         Ms. Daniels, slipping his left hand behind her in another posed photo-op. He was taking his time. He waited until
         the press core was gone before proceeding to greet school Principal Gwendolyn Tose-Rigell and offer his excuses
         for not being able to stay to give his prepared speech in the school library. He left the classroom only a couple
         of minutes before the originally scheduled time.    The reason given why Bush didn’t leave as soon as Andrew Card told him the news  is because the reading was almost over and upsetting the kids was unnecessary.    Booker School was chosen for the photo-op because of its proximity to the Sarasota airport
         where Air Force One had landed. Bush was in serious peril if the events of 9/11 were not a false flag operation.
         Hijacked airliners were going unchallenged and crashing into targets of choice and Bush’s visit to the school
         was well publicized.    If Bush was so concerned
         about the fragile psyches of school children it must have escaped his awareness that, as a target  himself, he was putting 200 kids at risk by being in a bulls-eye.    Of course, being a false flag operation, that didn’t occur to
         him or his handlers. There actually was no danger whatsoever and Bush and Zionist Jew Ari Fleisher knew it.   At 9:16, NORAD was notified that Flight 93 had been hijacked, and at 9:24
         it was notified that Flight 77 had also been hijacked. Flight 77 was headed towards Washington where multiple targets
         of value were located.   At 9:26, FAA Director Jane Garvey,
         not George “The Decider” Bush, directed all airplane takeoffs in the U.S. be halted. George “The
         Decider” Bush did not order any scrambling of fighters. The abject fool, George W. Bush, didn’t order
         squat on 9/11.  
          A year later, White House Chief of Staff Andrew
         Card recalled that, “As we were heading to Air Force One            ...we
         learned, what turned out to be a mistake, but we learned that the Air Force One package could, in fact, be a target.”
            
             
         Air Farce One took off between 9:55 and 9:57 ascending  almost vertically for ten minutes without fighter escort!    Repeating: Air Farce One took off from the airport in Sarasota, Florida on the
         morning of 9/11 fully aware of multiple hijacked aircraft in American airspace, without the benefit of fighter escort!    The Secret Service should have just shoved Bush into someone’s
         personal car (or the presidential limo) and driven him on down the freeway. He would have been far safer in a car
         than flying off in an unescorted jumbo jet! But again, there was no danger to Bush, and his handlers knew it.    
            Had there actually been any real danger, long before Bush   left the
          school, arrangements should have been made for fighter escort to be  present upon Air Farce One’s take off. Homestead AFB is 185 miles  from Sarasota and had the highest alert readiness status possible  that morning.
         Fighters going Mach Plus speed can cover 185 miles in a few minutes!  As it happened,
         fighters did not arrive to provide protection until more than an hour later.    The bumbling incompetence of the Secret Service on 9/11 should have been recognized and heads should have rolled.    
             
         Or, the Secret Service did exactly what they were
         told to do... which wasn’t much.     Suffice to say, Bush and his flying circus landed at Barksdale AFB near
         Shreveport, La., where he pretended to be “The Decider” for a while. Then he was directed to go to Offutt
         AFB, Nebraska, where billionaire Warren Buffet had  been hosting a non-publicized charity
         golf tournament with  VIP’s. So called VIP, Anne Tatlock of Fiduciary Trust
         Co.,  was one person in particular who would have suffered a     direct hit had she been in her office in the  WTC South Tower, instead of celebrity golfing  at an Air Force base that is the base
         of  operations for the Strategic Air Command.      While at
         Offutt AFB it was decided that maybe a  reassuring speech to the commoners was in order,  so the flying clowns flew to D.C. where Bush  gave his so called
         Bush Doctrine speech at 8:30.    Recall the contrived platitudes
         included in the speech such as, “We will make no distinction between the terrorists who committed these acts
         and those who harbor them.” Upon hearing the slogan filled, macho speech, delivered disingenuously by a third
         rate actor I knew we were being and were going to be screwed in more ways than one. 
          There is this Jerusalem Post newspaper article that illustrates what Bush’s real role as
         president was:  
          "Early Friday morning the Secretary of
         State [Condi Rice] was considering bringing the cease fire resolution to a United Nations’ Security Council
         vote and we didn’t want her to vote for it", [Israeli Prime Minister] Olmert said. I [then] said, ‘get
         the president on the phone.’ They tried and told me he was in the middle of a lecture in Philadelphia. I said,
         ‘I’m not interested, I need to speak to him now.’ He got down from the podium, went out and took
         the phone call."        (PM: Rice Left Embarrassed in UN Vote,
         By Yaakov Lappin, Jerusalem Post, Jan 12, 2009.)   So,
         even during the last week of Bush’s presidency, The Prime Minister of Israel could interrupt the President of the U.S.A. and instruct him to tell the Secretary of State of the U.S.A. to vote against a UN resolution that was contrary to the Israeli agenda.    On 9/11, Bush
         was interrupted and informed that America was being attacked while reading along with school kids ...and kept on
         reading. But when the Prime Minister of Israel calls about how to vote in Israel’s interest at the UN, Bush
         left the stage to take the call.      No better example of the master-servant relationship exists.    
            Theo and Eric     
      										                                  
                       
            After She posted that article by Theo and Eric, Monika next opened an email titled,  Larry Silverstein is a MASS MURDERER       We all know that aircraft hit the North and South Towers of the  World Trade Center (WTC) on the morning of September 11th, 2001.  The North Tower was hit at 8:46 a.m. and the South Tower  was hit at 9:03 a.m. An aircraft hit the Pentagon thirty-four minutes  after the second tower was hit. Flight #93 crashed into a 
         rural field near Shanksville, Pennsylvania that same  morning
         at 10:03 a.m. The South Tower collapsed at  9:59 a.m., and the North Tower
         collapsed at 10:28 a.m.    Take a moment to reflect upon
         the images you may have seen of human beings falling to their death from the upper floors of the Towers.  They made the decision to fall to their death by jumping 
         out of windows and splatting on concrete like a soft-boiled egg rather  than be roasted
         alive. How would you rather die, jump or  roast?    You’ve
         surely seen images of the Twin Towers collapsing.     Now try to imagine
         a couple of thousand human beings inside of those collapsing towers,  falling at free-fall
         speed while being smeared between massive steel girders. Very few bodies   were recovered intact, and it was considered a minor miracle when they were.    The people responsible for causing these repulsive scenarios are presently living free
         and luxuriously with little care of being found out. And do not imagine that they are suffering at all from pangs
         of consciousness.    Anyone can justify anything,
         even dropping atomic bombs on civilian population centers. Such is the reality of the physical world. Monsters with
         twisted souls indeed live amongst us but easily pass themselves off as normal or even benevolent members of the
         human race.  
         Not everybody knows that WTC Building 7, a forty seven    story high rise, collapsed later that afternoon at 5:20 p.m. 
            An aircraft did not hit WTC 7. No significant debris fell on it. Several
         fires were burning in areas  of the building but not of an intensity to bring down a
         concrete and steel framed building.    It was brought
         down by a uniformly controlled demolition, beginning at  the penthouse and uniformly collapsing
         towards its center at free-fall  speed in less than seven seconds into its own footprint.
         There was almost  no mention of this in the censored and Zionist controlled U.S. media.
            
             
         The collapse of Building 7 was never mentioned
         in the official 9/11 Investigation.    Over 1,100
         architects and engineers agree that Building 7 could not have come down simply due to fire and was definitely demolished
         on purpose.    
             
         You do not have to be a structural engineer to smell
         a  rat when you see it. Anyone with an I.Q. larger than their  waist size can take one look at the collapse of WTC 7 in rea l time and have no doubt that it was a controlled demolition.    THE SETUP    The first
         step taken in preparing for the 9/11 attacks was gaining control of the WTC complex itself. Without absolute   control there would be a huge risk of discovery while the  buildings were prepared for demolition. Enter a Zionist-Jew,  Larry Silverstein, who obtained a 99-year lease on the  WTC on July
         24th 2001, approximately six weeks prior to 9/11    
         Silverstein counted amongst his personal friends such Jewish luminaries as Newscorp owner, Rupert Murdoch and former Israeli Prime Minister, Ariel Sharon.    According to the Israeli newspaper Haaretz, Silverstein spoke with
         former (and present) Israeli Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu on the phone every Sunday. 
           The following is a Silverstein quote regarding the collapse of WTC 7:    “I remember getting a call from the fire department commander,
         telling me that they were not sure they were going to be able to contain the fire, and I said, we’ve had such
         terrible loss of life, maybe the smartest thing to do is pull it, and they made the decision to pull, and we watched
         the building collapse.”    Silverstein is a lousy liar.
         Do fire department commanders really  have the personal phone numbers of the owners of buildings
         where  they are fighting fires? If a fire department commander is unsure  if a building can be saved, do they consult with building owners?  What did having a terrible loss of life, completely separate from  the predicament
         of WTC 7, have to with a decision to “pull it?”         And don’t fall for any of the so called “debunker” videos that are pure baloney.    When Silverstein was asked who the Fire Department Commander was
         who he had discussed pulling WTC 7 with on 9/11 at a New York Law School forum on   March 13, 2008, he refused to answer the question. He didn’t offer that he didn’t
         remember, or didn’t know the Commander’s name in the first place; he simply refused to answer the question
         and asked for another question to be asked.          When asked where
         he happened to be on the morning of  9/11,  Silverstein offered that he had an
         important dermatologist  appointment; but nobody has been able to ascertain who
         Silverstein’s  dermatologist is or obtain appointment records... of course.    
            It takes weeks, or more, to rig a building the size of WTC 7   for a controlled demolition, particularly if it’s done covertly. 
            To make the decision to “pull it” indicates pre-planning
         and preparing. And the only reason Silverstein and his  cronies decided to
         go ahead and demolish WTC 7  was because Flight #93, that was shot down in  Pennsylvania, didn’t make it to New York to hit WTC 7.        
          Flight #93 would have been the third plane to impact the   WTC complex. It took all afternoon for the perpetrators  to
         decide that it was better to proceed with the demolition,     even though a plane did not impact the building, rather     than have firefighters and investigators discover the demo  rigging. The Zionist
         controlled media was then used to  their advantage by NOT ever mentioning the collapse of WTC
         7...  and that is why the overwhelming majority of Americans     have never heard of it.    On September 16th, NASA dispatched a research plane to fly over the WTC area for the purpose of recording  thermal images for creating a thermal map.      The U.S. Geological Survey analyzed
         the data and determined that the rubble temperature at some areas of the WTC complex to be 1,341 degrees F. This
         high temperature that was radiating from pools of molten iron  located
         in basement areas is indicative of the use of   Nano-thermate
         that requires no oxygen to burn extremely hot for weeks.        Theo and Eric          Monika read both articles in their entirety before posting them  at the website along with various links to Youtube videos, memes  and photos. It occurred to her that Theo and Eric were doing  a very
         good job of writing about what they had discovered. Theo was  obviously
         doing the writing but Eric must be invaluable as someone who  has
         already processed most of the information by reading his books on the subject.      She decided
         to open one more email titled, Dick
         Cheney's Role on 9/11   Supreme Commander
         in Chief on 9/11.             On May 8th, 2001, four months prior
         to 9/11, George W. Bush  placed Dick Cheney in charge of all federal    programs
         dealing  with weapons of mass destruction consequence management  within the Departments of Defense, Health and Human  Services,
         Dept. of Justice, Dept. of Energy, the Environmental  Protection Agency,   and several other
         federal agencies.      This included all “training
         and planning” which needed     to be “seamlessly
         integrated, harmonious and comprehensive” in order to “maximize effectiveness.” This mandate created
         the Office of National Preparedness (ONP) in FEMA, overseen by DickCheney.      
          In summation, Cheney was placed directly in charge of managing all training exercises throughout
         the entire federal government and all military agencies.    On 9/11 Cheney oversaw multiple war games and terror drills, including several exercises involving NORAD,
         the USAF agency whose mandate is to “watch the sky.” It was no coincidence that multiple exercises were
         either commenced or ongoing on the morning of 9/11.    After the second WTC tower hit, Cheney was taken by the Secret Service to the underground bunker under the   east wing of the White House known as the Presidential Emergency Operations
         Center (PEOC). From there Cheney directed the U.S. government’s response to the unfolding attack. Less than
         an hour later he was taken to what is referred to as the “underground Pentagon,” also known as SITE
         R. This highly secure complex of buildings inside  Raven Rock Mountain near Blue Ridge
         Summit,     Pa.,  is about seven miles north of Camp David. It was      built  in the early 1950’s as an alternate command center in the event of a nuclear war.    SITE R is completely hidden except for an array of satellite dishes,
         microwave towers, and antennae clustered nearby. Inside are computer filled caverns, communications equipment, and
         tracking technology right out of Star Wars. Heavily armed military police enforce the posted no trespassing advisories.    Within a few hours of the plane attacks on 9/11, no fewer than five
         helicopters landed on the facility’s helipads carrying top officials such as Paul Wolfowitz to join Cheney
         inside. Cheney’s command at SITE R superseded any orders from the Pentagon, the FAA, or even the   White House. He also controlled FEMA assets in New York City through its
         new command center on Pier 29.    Cheney was also running a completely
         separate chain of command and control from what was provided to him on May 8th via the Secret Service, assuring
         the paralysis of the USAF response capability on 9/11.          The Secret Service has the capability to see the same  radar screens the
         FAA sees in real time. The secret  Service also has the legal authority and capability to  take supreme command in cases of a national emergency.      Keep in mind that Zionist Jew Lewis “Scooter” Libby (Liebowitz) was Cheney’s
         Vice-Presidential Chief of Staff and main conduit to the other cabal operatives   prior to, during and after 9/11.        Dick Cheney is primarily an oilman and the man   behind oil/construction mega company Halliburton.   
          Cheney stood to gain unfathomable wealth from the U.S. invasion of Iraq while Israel stood to
         gain at least partial dominance over its home region. Cheney, some Jewish Zionist Americans and the Israelis made
         a good team. The sacrifice of a few thousand innocent people on the morning of 9/11 was worth it to them. It was
         good    
         business and not at all personal. It was manifest
         destiny!  
          If God had not provided the opportunity, they
         would not have taken it. It was God’s design... to the mind of a twisted souled psychopath.    Some of the different war games in progress on the morning of 9/11
         were:  
             
         OPERATION NORTHERN VIGILANCE: This was planned months in advance of 9/11. It insured that on the morning of 9/11, jet
         fighters assigned to the North East Air Defense Sector (NEADS) had been reassigned to duties in Alaska and Canada
         to participate in a simulated attack out of Russia, thus reducing the number of fighters available to NEADS on 9/11.
         General Norton Schwartz was in command. Recall that Schwartz had previously been assigned as the head of the USAF’s
         Special  Operations Command to where Rabbi Dov Zakheim had sent a small fleet of Boeing 767s to be modified into air refueling
         tankers... and the drones used on 9/11.    OPERATION VIGILANT GUARDIAN: This exercise simulated
         hijacked planes in the North East Air Defense Sector (NEADS). This exercise was only applied to the North East Air
         Defense Sector. It commenced on the morning of 9/11.          Lt. Col. Dawne Deskins was the NORAD airborne control  and warning officer
         who was overseeing the exercise.  At 8:40 a.m. she took a call from Boston Center  (air traffic control center) advising her of a hijacked airliner. 
          Her first words were, as quoted by Newhouse  News Service
         were: “It must be part of the  exercise.”          This is an example of how the numerous exercises on 9/11 caused the  confusion at NORAD
         enabling three of the four drones to reach their targets.        OPERATION VIGILANT WARRIOR: This drill was conducted by the Joint
         Chiefs of Staff involving at least one real commercial airliner in the air intended to simulate exactly the kind
         of emergency perpetrated on 9/11.          One of the components
         of the drill included “false blips”  which were simulated radar imprints
         (aka: inputs)  
         placed on all FAA radar screens in the North East
         area and only in the North East area!    At one
         point on the morning of 9/11, FAA Director Jane Garvey said that as many as 11 hijackings were seemingly evident.
         No one could determine what “real world” was, what was simulated and which were deemed “live-fly”
         exercises.    
             
         Regardless, this exercise and all the other exercises  created such confusion and misdirection  of defense assets
         that it rendered the  military response totally ineffective on 9/11.      BIO-WARFARE EXERCISE TRIPOD II: Rudy Giuliani  revealed details of this exercise during his testimony
          during the  9/11 Investigation Commission hearings.       FEMA arrived in New York on September 10th to set up        a  command post located at Pier 29 under the auspices  of a bio-warfare exercise scheduled for September 12th .        
          FEMA personnel, vehicles and equipment added to the confusion  and congestion of 9/11. Giuliani used this Pier 29 command  post after evacuating
         WTC 7 when advised that the  Twin Towers were about to collapse... Nobody had  any idea that the towers were about to collapse,  especially the
         firefighters inside the Twin Towers!        Giuliani actually
         told Peter Jennings of ABC  News referring to WTC 7: “We were operating  out of there when we were told that the  World Trade Center
         was gonna collapse.”     ...Now how would anyone know that
         a collapse was imminent  when no steel framed building had ever collapsed from  fire damage in all of history including all of the steel framed  buildings in Tokyo Japan during the fire-bombings of WWII?        Another 911 enabler was the Ptech software that was used in most of the computer systems by the FAA, USAF,
         FBI, Secret Service, Pentagon, and even the White House.          Jewish Zionist Michael Goff was the marketing manager     at  Ptech and he
         also worked for Israeli database company Guardium.  Goff allegedly sold Ptech software
         loaded with trapdoors  and Trojan horses to all the agencies mentioned above.
          Some key computer systems failed miserably on 9/11...  or performed perfectly depending on your point of view.        Theo and Eric           
         
            Monika had seen enough for one day. She posted this last article by Theo and Eric  to the website along with
         the numerous supporting links and photos.  She finished her wine, shut down the computer and  stared straight ahead lost  in
         a myriad of maddening thoughts. It seemed to her that what 9-11 actually  revealed was the Jewish power required to
         pull off 9-11. Many, if not  most, American innately know that some things about 9-11 just don't seem  plausible
         at all. If only the information that she was seeing could be shared with  all Americans, then there would be a dynamic
         change in American-Israeli  relations and heads would roll. The website will help and a book, or books, will help.
         Activism on  social media will help. But there has to be something more, something sensational, something...  
                 Rommel's barking outside
         brought her back to the moment. She got up to put her e mpty glass in the sink and see why her dog was  barking, it was
         probably a cat.    
             
             
             
         CHAPTER 13 – THE FURTHER RADICAIZATION OF                                  MESHELL    
                    Monika was awakened at 8:30am the next morning by the  sound of her phone. It was Meshell
         asking if she could come over for  another website building lesson. Monika was pleased about  Meshell's enthusiasm and told
         her to come over at 10:00.  That would allow some time for coffee, a shower and time  to write down the copy and paste instructions
         for Meshell.             Meshell arrived at 10:00 sharp with a sack of  still warm home-made made blueberry
         muffins.  They both enjoyed two muffins each with another  cup of coffee. Then it was time for business. 
                  Monika walked Meshell through the computer start-up process  and   provided the written copy
         and paste instructions for her.  The most recent email was from Theo and Eric who had succumbed  to pressure applied by Grace
         to get Henry Ford's book mentioned  at the website. Monika set up a new page at the site to accommodate  the new information about Ford's
         book while showing Meshell how to do it. She figured that although teaching Meshell website  tricks was going to slow progress
         down for a while, it would pay  off later when she got proficient. Monika could imagine Meshell  having her own computer at some
         point which would be a big help.              The first official copy and paste
         lesson was this chapter from Ford's book:  
          	 	Humanity has become wise enough to discuss 	those forms of  physical sickness over which it formerly drew the 	veil of shame  and secrecy, but political hygiene is not so far 	advanced.  The main source of the sickness of the German national 	body is charged  to be the influence of the Jews, and although this 	was apparent  to acute minds years ago, it is now said to have gone 	so far  as to be apparent to the least observing. The eruption has 	broken out on the surface of the body politic, and no further 	 concealment of this fact is possible. It is the belief of all 	classes
          of the German people that the collapse which
         has come  since 	the armistice, and the revolution
         from which they are being  	prevented a recovery,
         are the result of Jewish intrigue and  purpose.
         	They declare it with assurance; they offer a mass of facts to  	confirm it; they believe that history will provide the fullest 	proof.    	The Jew in Germany is regarded as only
         a guest 	of the people;  he has offended by trying
         to turn himself into the 	host.  There are no
         stronger contrasts in the world than the pure 
         	Germanic and pure Semitic races; therefore, there has been no  	harmony between the two in Germany; the German  has regarded the Jew 	strictly as a guest, while the Jew,  indignant at not being given the 	privileges of the  nation-family, has cherished animosity against his 	host.    
         	In other countries the Jew is permitted to mix 	more readily  with the people, he can amass his control unchallenged; 	but in  Germany the case was different. Therefore, the Jew hated  the 	German people; therefore, the countries of the world  which were most 	dominated by the Jews showed the greatest  hatred of Germany during 	the recent regrettable war.     	Jewish hands were in almost
         exclusive control 	of the engines  of publicity
         by which public opinion concerning the 	German  people
         was molded. The sole winners of the war were Jews. 
         But 	assertion is not enough; proof is wanted; therefore, consider  the 	evidence. What occurred immediately upon the change from the old 	regime  to the new? The cabinet composed of six men, which 	substituted the Minister    	 of State, was dominated
         by the Jews Haase and  	 Landsberg. Haase had
         control of foreign affairs;  his assistant was
         	the Jew Kautsky, a Czech,  who in 1918 was not
         even a German citizen. 	    	Also associated with Haase were the Jews Cohn 	and Herzfeld.  The Jew Schiffer was Financial Minister of State, 	assisted by the  Jew Bernstein. The Secretary of the Interior was the 	Jew Preuss,  with the Jew Dr. Freund for his assistant. The Jew Fritz 	Max Cohen,  who was correspondent of the Frankfurter  Zeitung in 	Copenhagen, was made  government publicity agent. The kingdom of  	Prussia
         duplicated this condition of affairs.     	The Jews Hirsch and Rosenfeld dominated the 	cabinet, with  Rosenfeld controlling the Department of Justice, and 	Hirsch  in the Department of the Interior. The Jew Simon was in  	charge of the Treasury Department. The Prussian Department of 	 Justice was wholly manned and operated by Jews.  The Director of 	Education was the Jew Furtran  with the assistance of the Jew Arndt. 	The Director  of the Colonial Office was the Jew Meyer-Gerhard.     	The Jew Kastenberg was
         the director of the 	Department of Art.  The War
         Food Supply Department was directed by 	the Jew Wurm,  while
         in the State Food Department were the Jews Prof. 	Dr. Hirsch 
         and the Geheimrat Dr. Stadthagen. The Soldiers' and 	Workmen's  Committee was directed by the Jew Cohen, with the Jews 	 Stern, Herz, Lowenberg, Frankel, Israelowicz, Laubenheim,  Seligsohn, 	Katzenstein, Laufenberg, Heimann, Schlesinger, Merz  and Weyl having 	control of various activities of that committee.     	The Jew Ernst is chief of police at Berlin;
         in 	the same office  at Frankfurt is the Jew Sinzheimer;
         in Munich the 	Jew Steiner;  in Essen the Jew
         Levy. It will be remembered that the 	Jew Eisner 
         was President of Bavaria, his financial minister being 	the Jew Jaffe.   
         	Bavaria's trade, commerce and industry were in 	control  of the half-Jew Brentano. The Jews Lipsinsky and Schwarz  	were active in the government of Saxony; the Jews Thalheimer  and 	Heiman in Wurtemberg; the Jew Fulda in Hessen.     	Two delegates sent to
         the Peace Conference 	were Jews  and a third was
         notoriously the tool of Jewish purposes.  	In
         addition Jews swarmed through the German delegation as  experts
         	and advisors -- Max Warburg, Dr. Von Strauss, Merton,  Oskar
         	Oppenheimer, Dr. Jaffe, Deutsch, Brentano, Bernstein,  Struck,
         	Rathenau, Wassermann, and Mendelsohn-Bartholdi.     	As to the part which Jews from other countries 	had in the  Peace Conference, German observers declare that any 	candid  student may discover by reading the accounts of impartial  	non-Jewish recorders ofthat event. Only the non-Jewish  historians 	seem to have been struck by the fact; the multitude  of Jewish 	writers apparently judged it wise to conceal it.     	Jewish influence in German
         affairs came 	strongly to the front during the war. It
         came with all the directness 	and attack of a flying wedge, as if previously prepared.     	The Jews of Germany were not German patriots
         	during the war, and  although this will not appear
         a crime in the 	eyes of the nations  who were
         opposed to Germany, it may throw some 	light on the Jew's
         assertion of patriotic loyalty to the land where 	he lives.  Thoughtful
         Germans hold that it is impossible for a Jew to  	be
         a patriot, for reasons which will presently be given.     	The point to be considered is the general 	claim that the persons  already named would not have obtained the 	positions in  which they were found had it not been for the 	Revolution, and the  Revolution would not have come had not they 	brought it. It is true
         that    	there
         were unsatisfactory conditions in 	Germany, but they could 
         and would have been adjusted by the people 	themselves; 
         the conditions which destroyed the people's morale and 	were  made
         impossible of reform were in control of the Jews.     	The principal Jewish influences which are 	charged with bringing about  the downfall of German order may be 	named under three heads:     	(a) the spirit 		of Bolshevism which masqueraded under the name of German Socialism; 		 
 (b) Jewish
         		ownership and control of the Press;  
 (c) Jewish control of the food supply and 		the industrial machinery of the country. 
 
   	There was
         a fourth, "higher up," but 	these worked upon the German people directly.     	As it is possible that German conclusions
         upon 	this matter  may be received doubtfully
         by people whose public 	opinion  has been shaped
         by Jewish influence, it may help to quote  	George
         Pitter-Wilson, of the London Globe, who wrote early in 
         April, 	1919, "Bolshevism is the dispossession of the Christian  nations 	of the world to such an extent that no capital will remain  in the 	hands of the Christians, that all Jews may jointly hold  the world in 	their hands and reign wherever they choose."     	As early as the second
         year of the war, German 	Jews were preaching 
         that Germany's defeat was necessary to the rise 	of the 
         proletariat, at which time Strobel declared, "I openly 	admit that a full victory  of the country would not be in the 	interest of the Social Democrats."    	Everywhere it was preached
         that "the 	exaltation of the  proletariat
         after a won victory is an 	impossibility." 
         These instances, out of many, are cited not to 
         	reopen the military question but to show how  	the
         so-called German Jew forgot loyalty to the 	country in which 
         he lived and joined the outside Jews in 	accomplishing the  collapse
         of Germany, and not merely, as we shall 	see, 
         to rid Germany of militarism, which every thoughtful  German
         	desired, but to throw the country into such  confusion
         as to permit 	them to seize control.      
         	The press of Germany echoed this plan of the 	Jewish spokesmen,
          at first faintly, then boldly. The Berliner 	Tageblatt
         and the  Munchner Neuester Nachrichten were during
         the 	whole war  official and semiofficial organs
         of the government. They 	were  owned and controlled
         by Jews, as was also the Frankfurter 	Zeitung 
         and a host of smaller papers that were their spiritual 	 dependents.
         These papers, it is charged, were really German  editions
         	of the Jew-controlled press of the Allied countries, and 
         their 	purpose was the same. One of the great pieces of research  that ought 	to be undertaken for the purpose of showing the  world how its 	thought is manufactured for it every  day, and for what ulterior 	purposes, is this union of the Jewish press, which passes for 
         the 	Public Press, throughout the world.     	The food and supplies of the people quickly 	passed into  Jewish hands as soon as the war emergency came,  and then 	began a period of dishonesty which  destroyed the confidence of the 	bravest.    
         	Like all other patriotic people, the German 	people knew that war
         meant sacrifice  and suffering, and like other
         	people they were willing to share the common lot.     	But they found themselves preyed upon by a 	class of Jews who  had prepared everything to make profit out of the 	common  distress. Immediately Jews appeared in banks, war companies, 	 distribution societies, and the ministries of supplies -- wherever  	the life of the people could be speculated in or taxed. Articles 	 that were plentiful disappeared, only to reappear again at    	high prices. The war companies
         were 	exclusively Jewish, and  although the government
         attempted to 	regulate the outgo of  food in the
         interests of all the people, it 	became notorious that those with  money could get all of anything 	they wanted, regardless of the food cards.     	The Jews simply trebled the price of the
         goods 	they let go without  the cards, and so
         kept a stream of the nation's 	gold flowing  into
         their private treasuries. None of the government's 	estimates of the  food stocks could be depended on, because of the 	hidden  hoards on which these speculators drew. This began to disturb  	the morale of the people, and complaints were made and  prosecutions 	started; but as soon as the cases came up it was  discovered that the 	prosecutor appointed to charge and the  commissioner appointed to 	judge were also Jews, and so the cases  usually wore themselves out 	without results. When, however, a German merchant was caught, great 	noise was made about it, and  the penalty placed upon him was equal 	to what all the others  should have had. Go the length and breadth of 	Germany today,  say the reports, study the temper of the people, and  	you will discover that the abuse of power by the Jews has  burned 	across Germany's memory like a hot iron.     	While these influences
         were undermining the 	mass of the people,  higher
         influences of Jewish origin were 	operating upon the 
         government. The advisors of the Bethmann-Hollweg 	government 
         were the great ship magnate Ballin, a Jew; Theodor Wolff,  	of
         the Berliner Tageblatt and member of the  Pan-Jewish
         press; Von 	Gwinner, director of the  German Bank
         who is connected by marriage  	with the great
         Jew bankers, the Speyers; and  	Rathenau, the
         leader of Jewish  	Industrial-financial activities.
             	These
         men were at the source of things and 	were  bending
         the government as the other influences were  	bending
         the people.     	The
         rich German Jew could buy the recognition 	he desired 
         by acquiring financial power over those interests which 	most 
         directly affected the ruling class of Germany, but how was 
         the 	poor Jew to gain the recognition he desired? -- for all Jews  are 	actuated by the same desire; it is in them; they feel the  spur to 	mastery. Having explored the conquest of the higher  circles by 	Jewish money-power, there is yet to explore  the conquest of the body 	of the nation by Jews who had no  money except what they could seize 	in the disorder which  they caused. The analysis that is given, 	follows: The Jew is  not an anarchist. He is not a destructionist. 	All this is true,  notwithstanding he is the world's Bolshevist and 	preeminently  Germany's revolutionist. His anarchy is not ingrain, it 	is  a device which he uses for a purpose. The rich Jew is not an 	 anarchist, because he can achieve what he desires by  more subtle 	methods. The poor Jew has no other recourse. But  rich and poor go 	jointly for a long stretch; the bond of sympathy  between them never 	breaks; for, if the anarchy is successful,  then the poor Jew shall 	take his place with the rich  Jew; and if the anarchy is not 	successful,  it has nevertheless served to break up new  fields in 	which the rich Jew may operate.    
         	In Germany it was possible for the poor Jew to 	thrust himself  up through the wall of Germanism above him only by 	breaking  it up. In Russia the same was true. The social  system had 	encrusted around the Jew,  keeping him in a position where, as the 	nations  knew by experience, he would be less harmful.     	As nature encysts the harmful foreign
         element 	in the flesh, building  a wall around
         it, so nations have found it 	expedient to do with the Jew.    
         	In modern times, however, the Jew has found a 	means of knocking
         down  the walls and throwing the whole national
         	house into confusion, and in the    	darkness and 	riot that follows, seize the place he has long  coveted. When Russia 	broke, who came first to light? Kerensky,  who is a Jew. But his 	plans were not radical enough, and then
          came Trotsky,
         	another Jew. Trotsky found the system too  strong
         for him to break in 	America -- he broke 
         through the weak spot in Russia and 
         would extend 	that weakness round the world.  Every
         commissar in Russia today is a 	Jew.     	Publicists are accustomed to speak of Russia 	as if it were in  disorder. It may be that Russia is, but the Jewish 	government  of Russia is not. From a mass of underlings, the  Jews of 	Russia came up a perfect phalanx, a flying  wedge through the 	superinduced disorder, as if every
          man's place had been previously 	prepared for him.     	That also is the way it
         was in Germany. The 	German ceiling  had to be
         broken, as it were, before the poor Jews 	could 
         realize their ambition. When the break was made they swarmed 	 through and settled in places of control above the nation.    
         	This may explain why Jews the world over 	supply the energy  of disruptive movements. It is understood that the 	young Jews  of the United States are propagandists of an ideal that 	would  practically abolish the United States. The attack is aimed, of  	course, against "capitalism," which means the present 	government
          of the world by the Gentile. The true capitalists
         of the  	world are Jews, who are capitalists for
         capital's sake.  It is hard 	to believe that they
         wish to destroy  capital; they wish to obtain
         	sole control of it, and  their wish has long
         been in fair way to 	fulfillment.     	In Germany, therefore, as in Russia, 	distinction is made  between the methods of the rich and of the poor 	Jews, because  one method affects the government and the other the  	morale of the people, but both converge on the same objective.    
         	It is not only desire to escape oppression 	that actuates  the lower classes of Jews, but desire to gain control 	-- for the  spirit of mastery pulses strong within them. German  	convictions on this question have reached the place where they  may 	be expressed thus: Revolution is the expression of the Jews'  will to 	power. Parties such as the socialists, democrats,  and freethinkers 	are but tools for the Jewish plan to power. The so-called  	"dictatorship of the proletariat" is really  and 	practically the dictatorship of Jews.     	So suddenly have German eyes been opened,
         so 	stormfully  wrathful has been the reaction,
         that the word has gone 	out  through German Judaism
         to retire to the second trench. There has  	been
         a sudden and concerted abandonment of office wherever 
         the 	office made direct contact with the public; there has, however,  been 	no abandonment of power. What will happen in Germany  is not now 	known. Some regrettable things have already happened.  But the 	Germans will doubtless prove themselves equal  to the situation by 	devising methods of control at once  unobjectionable and effective. 	But as to Russia, it is  hardly doubtful any longer what will happen 	there.  When Russia, turns, a shudder will run through the earth.     	How Gentile Germany and Russia look at
         the 	entire question  may be summarized as follows:
         Judaism is the most 	closely  organized power
         on earth, even more than the  British Empire.
         	It forms a State whose  citizens are unconditionally
         loyal wherever  	they may be and whether rich
         or poor.     	The
         name which is given in Germany to this 	State  which
         circulates among all the states is "All-Judaan." 	   
         	 All-Judaan is the only State that exercises 	world  government; all the other States can and may exercise 
         	national government only.     	The principal culture of All-Judaan is
         	journalistic; the  technical, scientific, literary
         performances of 	the modern Jew are  throughout
         journalistic performances. They are  	due to the
         marvelous talent of the Jews for receptivity of  others'
         	ideas. Capital and Journalism are joined in the Press 
         to create a 	political and spiritual medium of Jewish power.    
         	The government of this state of All-Judaan is 	wonderfully organized. Paris was its first seat, but has now been 	moved to  third place. Before the war London was  its first, and New 	York its second capital.  It remains to be seen whether New York will 	now  supplant London -- the drift is toward America.     	As All-Judaan is not in a position to
         have a 	standing army and  navy, other states
         supply these for it. Its fleet 	is the British fleet, 
         which guards from hindrance the progress of 	all-Jewish 
         world economy, or that part of it which depends on the 	sea. In  return, All-Judaan assures Britain an undisturbed political  	and territorial world rule. All-Judaan has added Palestine to 	 British control. Wherever there was an All-Judaan land force  	(whatever national uniform it might wear), it worked with the 	British navy.     	All-Judaan is willing to entrust the 	government
         of various  strips of the world to the nationalistic
         	governments; it only asks  to control the governments.
         Judaism is 	passionately in favor  of perpetuating
         nationalistic divisions for 	the Gentile world.  For
         themselves, Jews never become assimilated 	with any 
         nation. They are a separate people, always were and always 
         	will be. All-Judaan's only quarrel with any nation occurs when  that 	nation makes it impossible for All-Judaan to control that  nation's 	industrial and financial profits. It can make war,  it can make 	peace; it can command anarchy in stubborn  cases, it can restore 	order. It holds the sinews of world power  in its hand and it 	apportions them among the nations in  	such ways as will best support All-Judaan's 	plan.    
         	Controlling the world's sources of news, 	All-Judaan  can always prepare the minds of the people for its next 	move.  The greatest exposure yet to be made is the way that news  is 	manufactured and the way in which the mind of whole  nations is 	molded for a purpose. When the powerful Jew is at  last traced and 	his hand revealed, then comes the ready cry  of persecution and it 	echoes through the world press.  The real causes of the persecution 	(which  is the oppression of the people by the financial  practices of 	the Jews) are never given publicity.     	All-Judaan has its vice-governments in
         London 	and New York.  Having wreaked its revenge
         on Germany it will now go 	forth to  conquer other
         nations. Britain it already has. Russia it is 	struggling 
         for, but the chances are against it. The United States, 	with 
         its good-natured tolerance of all races, offers a promising 	field. The scene  of operations changes, but the Jew is the same 	throughout the centuries.      	 
           There wasn't time to do anything but 	skip-read the Ford chapter, 
         after Meshell successfully pasted it on 	the new web page, while 
         looking for crunched words or continuity 	issues.  They both read
         enough to become curious about the whole 	book.  Monika showed
         Meshell how to net search and they found  a 	website that has Ford's
         book in it's entirety as a free read.    https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/The_International_Jew    	 They added the
         link to the their website and 	also copied and pasted  photos of
         Henry Ford and some meme quotes by 	Ford to the page.  	    	   Meshell was a fast learner.  	    	   The next email they opened was from Leon 	DeGrelle.  It was information about a book they had never heard of 	titled,  GERMANY MUST PERISH, by an American Jew 
         named Theodore 	Kaufman. There was a link to a pdf  	 copy of the
         book:  	    	 	https://archive.org/details/dudeman5685_yahoo_GMP/page/n9/mode/2up      	   There 	was a lot of information including this introductory
         note by Mark 	Weber:      
         	Theodore 	N. Kaufman, the author of Germany 	Must Perish,  was 	a Manhattan-born Jewish businessman who was also  chairman of a group 	that called itself the "American Federation for Peace."
          	The first
         edition of this slim volume was  published in 1940 or early 	1941. A second, 96-page edition, which  sold for 25 cents, was 	published in 1941 by Argyle Press
         of  Newark,
         New Jersey. Both 	editions were issued when  the United States was still officially 	neutral, that is,  before the Pearl Harbor attack of December 7, 	1941,  that brought the U.S. openly into World
         War II.    	Kaufman's 	fervent proposal for the systematic sterilization of the entire  	German population was given respectful attention
         in the American 	press,  	including
         	reviews in a number of newspapers. A review in the weekly  Time 	magazine, March 24, 1941, called Kaufman's
         plan a "sensational 	idea."    	Germany's 	propaganda chief, Joseph Goebbels, seized with  delight on the book. 	"This Jew [Kaufman]
         has done a disservice 
         to the enemy," 	Goebbels privately commented. "If he had composed  the book at 	my behest he couldn't have done a better job."    	At
         	his direction the German press played up Kaufman's call  for 	genocide. A front page article about the book in the Berlin  daily 	Der 	Angriff,
         	July 23, 1941, appeared under headlines that  called it a "Diabolical 	Plan for the Extermination of
         the German  People" and a work of 	"Old Testament Hatred." Extracts also appeared, for  	example, in
         the nationally-circulated 	weekly paper Das 	Reich, 	August 3, 1941.    	A
         	plan similar to Kaufman's was issued during the war years  by a 	prominent American anthropologist. In an article headlined  "Breed 	War Strain Out of Germans" in the New York
         daily  newspaper 	P.M., 	January
         4, 	1943, Ernest Hooton laid out an  "outbreeding" plan that 	would "destroy German nationalism and aggressive ideology while 	retaining and perpetuating
          desirable
         German biological and 	sociological capacities."  (See also: Benjamin Colby, ‘Twas
         	a Famous Victory, 	1974, p. 131.)    	The
         	Harvard University professor's proposal called for genetically  	transforming the German nation by encouraging mating  of German women 	with non-German men, who would be brought  into the country in large 	numbers, and of German
         men, forcibly  held outside
         of Germany, with 	non-German women. Ten to twelve  million German men would be assigned 	to forced labor under  Allied supervision in countries outside of 	Germany to rebuild their  economies. "The objects of this 	measure,"
         wrote Dr. Hooton,  "include
         reduction of the 	birthrate of 'pure' Germans, neutralization of German aggressiveness 	by outbreeding and  denationalization of indoctrinated individuals."    	This 	plan, Hooton
         estimated, would require at least 20  years to be 	implemented. "During this period," he went on,  "encourage 	also the immigration and settlement in the  German states of 	non-German nationals, especially
         males."    	In 	the decades since the end of World War II, something  of the spirit 	of the genocidal Kaufman and Hooton plans seems  manifest in 	Germany's population and immigration
          policies. Since the nation's
         	defeat in 1945, the German  birth
         rate has fallen to below the 	replacement level,  millions of racially and culturally alien 	migrants have been   
         	welcomed 	as settlers in Germany, the number
         of  children of mixed
         ethnicity 	has sharply increased, and  the ethnic-cultural character of much of 	the country  has been drastically altered, especially in the larger 	cities.      	   Monika 	thought to herself, “so... 	It 	was not Germans who proposed  the genocide of Jews, it was the Jews 	who
         literally proposed the genocide of Germans.” She 	was already looking forward to the  next PRS meeting at The Bar. She 	had questions formulating in her  brain
         that perhaps Ernie Zundel 	could shed light upon, or  at least, she wanted
         to ask Ernie what 	post-war Germany was like  from his personal
         experience. She also 	felt a  kinship with Ernie that she couldn't explain
         to  herself. 	Perhaps her German ancestry was  awakening within her, after all, she 	was a Shaefer.  	  	
   	  	
   	  	
   	  	
   	  	    
     
         
      
    
                  |